Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Appen

Appen

apx · ASX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker apx
Exchange ASX
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Appen
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2023
Annual Report

Contents

Overview

02 

04 

06 

08 

About Appen

2023 at a glance

Chair message

CEO message

Value drivers

10 

How we create value

12  Technology, processes, systems

15  Global crowd

18  Customer and brand

22  Our people

27  Financial

32  Social and environment

Governance

39 

50 

52 

54 

Identifying and managing risk

Our approach to governance

Board of Directors

Executive team

Directors’ report

58 

Directors’ report

62  Remuneration report

Financial report

87 

Financial report

135  Directors’ declaration

136 

Independent auditor’s report

140  Additional information

143  Materiality assessment

144 

 Prioritised United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals

145  Non-financial data metrics

148  Corporate directory

Appen Limited
ABN 60 138 878 298

All amounts in this report are 
in United States (US) dollars 
unless otherwise stated.

About this report

This Annual Report combines our financial and non-financial 
performance, linking environmental, social and governance 
matters to our strategy and business performance.

In preparing our Annual Report, we have used the International 
Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) Framework, the Sustainability 
Accounting Standards Board (SASB) and the Task Force 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) to guide 
our disclosures on how Appen creates value for shareholders 
and which topics are most material to our business.

Underlying results are alternative measures to those 
recommended under International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) and are used by management to assess the underlying 
performance of the business. Underlying results have been 
derived from statutory measures contained in the financial 
statements but have not been subject to audit. A reconciliation 
between statutory and underlying results is detailed on page 31 
of this report.

Sustainable Development goals

We support the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs), and by doing our part to contribute to the success of the 
SDGs we believe we can help contribute to a more sustainable 
future. On page 144 we have identified five SDGs as priority SDGs 
where we believe we can best contribute.

Reporting currency

Appen reports its financial results in United Stated (US) dollars.

Forward-looking statements

This report contains forward-looking statements. 
These statements involve subjective judgement and analysis 
and are subject to significant uncertainties, risks, and 
contingencies, many of which are outside the control of Appen. 
In particular, they speak only as of the date of this report, they 
are based on particular events, conditions or circumstances 
stated in the materials, they assume the success of Appen’s 
business strategies, and they are subject to significant regulatory, 
business, competitive, currency and economic uncertainties 
and risks. Except as required by applicable regulations or 
by law, Appen does not undertake to publicly update or review 
any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new 
information or future events. Past performance cannot 
be relied on as a guide to future performance.

Material issues

A matter is considered material if senior management and the 
board believe it could significantly impact the value created and 
delivered in the short, medium, and long term. We identify and 
capture material issues through stakeholder engagement and 
our annual risk and materiality assessment. The outcome of these 
processes and our material issues are described on page 143.

Operating and Financial Review

The sections of this report from pages 10 to 51 titled the 
Chair message, CEO message, How we create value, Identifying 
and managing risk and Our approach to governance, comprise 
our Operating and financial review (OFR), and form part 
of the Directors’ report.

Real world AI

transforming the lives of 

our customers and crowd

Appen 2023 Annual Report

1

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12  Technology, processes, systems

15  Global crowd

18  Customer and brand

22  Our people

27  Financial

32  Social and environment

of this report.

Contents

Overview

02 

04 

06 

08 

About Appen

2023 at a glance

Chair message

CEO message

Value drivers

10 

How we create value

Governance

39 

50 

52 

54 

Identifying and managing risk

Our approach to governance

Board of Directors

Executive team

Directors’ report

58 

Directors’ report

62  Remuneration report

Financial report

87 

Financial report

135  Directors’ declaration

136 

Independent auditor’s report

140  Additional information

143  Materiality assessment

144 

 Prioritised United Nations 

Sustainable Development Goals

145  Non-financial data metrics

148  Corporate directory

Appen Limited

ABN 60 138 878 298

All amounts in this report are 

in United States (US) dollars 

unless otherwise stated.

About this report

This Annual Report combines our financial and non-financial 

performance, linking environmental, social and governance 

matters to our strategy and business performance.

In preparing our Annual Report, we have used the International 

Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) Framework, the Sustainability 

Accounting Standards Board (SASB) and the Task Force 

on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) to guide 

our disclosures on how Appen creates value for shareholders 

and which topics are most material to our business.

Underlying results are alternative measures to those 

recommended under International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRS) and are used by management to assess the underlying 

performance of the business. Underlying results have been 

derived from statutory measures contained in the financial 

statements but have not been subject to audit. A reconciliation 

between statutory and underlying results is detailed on page 31 

Sustainable Development goals

We support the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals 

(SDGs), and by doing our part to contribute to the success of the 

SDGs we believe we can help contribute to a more sustainable 

future. On page 144 we have identified five SDGs as priority SDGs 

where we believe we can best contribute.

Reporting currency

Appen reports its financial results in United Stated (US) dollars.

Forward-looking statements

This report contains forward-looking statements. 

These statements involve subjective judgement and analysis 

and are subject to significant uncertainties, risks, and 

contingencies, many of which are outside the control of Appen. 

In particular, they speak only as of the date of this report, they 

are based on particular events, conditions or circumstances 

stated in the materials, they assume the success of Appen’s 

business strategies, and they are subject to significant regulatory, 

business, competitive, currency and economic uncertainties 

and risks. Except as required by applicable regulations or 

by law, Appen does not undertake to publicly update or review 

any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new 

information or future events. Past performance cannot 

be relied on as a guide to future performance.

Material issues

A matter is considered material if senior management and the 

board believe it could significantly impact the value created and 

delivered in the short, medium, and long term. We identify and 

capture material issues through stakeholder engagement and 

our annual risk and materiality assessment. The outcome of these 

processes and our material issues are described on page 143.

Operating and Financial Review

The sections of this report from pages 10 to 51 titled the 

Chair message, CEO message, How we create value, Identifying 

and managing risk and Our approach to governance, comprise 

our Operating and financial review (OFR), and form part 

of the Directors’ report.

Real world AI
transforming the lives of 
our customers and crowd

Appen 2023 Annual Report

1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
About

Appen

Appen is a global market leader in data with expertise in deep 
learning and generative AI. With almost three decades of experience 
in data sourcing, data annotation, and model evaluation by humans, 
we enable organisations to launch the world’s most innovative 
artificial intelligence systems. 

Our expertise includes a global crowd of more than one million skilled contractors who speak more than 
500 languages 1, in over 200 countries 2, as well as our advanced AI data platform. Our products and 
services give leaders in technology, automotive, financial services, retail, healthcare, and governments 
the confidence to launch world-class AI products. 

In 2023 Appen re-positioned itself to take advantage of its full growth potential and to capture all available 
opportunities in the generative AI space. We launched a new set of generative AI or LLM products that 
provide a comprehensive data platform for customers to generate meaningful value when they build 
and integrate generative AI models in their organisations. Our vision is to expand our addressable market, 
which will help to diversify our customer base, deliver margin improvement, increase revenue visibility 
and deliver strong return on investment.

Deep-learning AI

Generative AI

Data collection 

Data annotation

Relevance

Fine tuning

Assurance

Point of interest

Annotation

Search relevance

Human feedback

A/B testing 

Speech

Categorisation

Content moderation

Instruction datasets 

Benchmarking

Custom collections

Synthetic data

Ad evaluation

Model evaluation 

Certification 

AI feedback 

Monitoring

Appen Data Annotation Platform

Appen Crowd marketplace

1  Self-reported. 
2  Self-reported, includes territories.

2

Our purpose

This year, we defined our new purpose and values to support our 

transformation and create an environment where everyone can 

thrive, feel valued, and grow to their full potential. We are excited 

by the opportunities that lie ahead and our purpose talks to our role 

in unlocking the power of AI for Good to build a better world. Our new 

values unite us – they guide our decision making and how we behave.

We unlock the power of ‘AI for good’ to build a better world

Our purpose: 

Perspective: 

We are a learn-it-all culture and embrace that comfort 

and growth do not coexist

Our values

Customer obsessed

We believe our customer relationships are the ultimate 

differentiator and the foundation of our success.

Action oriented

We take decisive action, fast pace and make informed 

decisions quickly to drive progress and achieve results.

Courage to innovate

We have the courage to innovate and foster breakthrough thinking 

and make it our engine for growth, success, and progress.

Winning together

We foster teamwork and collaboration, celebrate each other’s 

success, and work together towards common goals.

Appen 2023 Annual Report

3

About

Appen

Appen is a global market leader in data with expertise in deep 

learning and generative AI. With almost three decades of experience 

in data sourcing, data annotation, and model evaluation by humans, 

we enable organisations to launch the world’s most innovative 

artificial intelligence systems. 

Our expertise includes a global crowd of more than one million skilled contractors who speak more than 

500 languages 1, in over 200 countries 2, as well as our advanced AI data platform. Our products and 

services give leaders in technology, automotive, financial services, retail, healthcare, and governments 

the confidence to launch world-class AI products. 

In 2023 Appen re-positioned itself to take advantage of its full growth potential and to capture all available 

opportunities in the generative AI space. We launched a new set of generative AI or LLM products that 

provide a comprehensive data platform for customers to generate meaningful value when they build 

and integrate generative AI models in their organisations. Our vision is to expand our addressable market, 

which will help to diversify our customer base, deliver margin improvement, increase revenue visibility 

and deliver strong return on investment.

Deep-learning AI

Generative AI

Data collection 

Data annotation

Relevance

Fine tuning

Assurance

Point of interest

Annotation

Search relevance

Human feedback

A/B testing 

Speech

Categorisation

Content moderation

Instruction datasets 

Benchmarking

Custom collections

Synthetic data

Ad evaluation

Model evaluation 

Certification 

AI feedback 

Monitoring

Appen Data Annotation Platform

Appen Crowd marketplace

1  Self-reported. 

2  Self-reported, includes territories.

2

Our purpose

This year, we defined our new purpose and values to support our 
transformation and create an environment where everyone can 
thrive, feel valued, and grow to their full potential. We are excited 
by the opportunities that lie ahead and our purpose talks to our role 
in unlocking the power of AI for Good to build a better world. Our new 
values unite us – they guide our decision making and how we behave.

Our purpose: 
We unlock the power of ‘AI for good’ to build a better world

Perspective: 
We are a learn-it-all culture and embrace that comfort 
and growth do not coexist

Our values

Customer obsessed

We believe our customer relationships are the ultimate 
differentiator and the foundation of our success.

Action oriented

We take decisive action, fast pace and make informed 
decisions quickly to drive progress and achieve results.

Courage to innovate

We have the courage to innovate and foster breakthrough thinking 
and make it our engine for growth, success, and progress.

Winning together

We foster teamwork and collaboration, celebrate each other’s 
success, and work together towards common goals.

Appen 2023 Annual Report

3

2023 
  at a glance

Financial

Revenue (US$M)

$273.0M

29.7% from $388.1m in FY22

Underlying EBITDA

$(24.5)M

compared to $11.0 million in FY22

Underlying EBITDA excluding FX

$(20.4)M

compared to $13.6m in FY22

Statutory NPAT

$(118.1)M

compared to $(239.1)m in FY22

Customers

35

Customer NPS

  from 22 in FY22

     171 

New Market customers 

22 

LLM model builders 
as customers 

83 

New projects for  
Global Services 

Our people

Our crowd

   75%

Employee engagement

  from 78%

27

Crowd NPS

  from 31

Global

Ethical and 

Modern 

Slavery policy 

   50%

Female representation 

amongst our board 

   22%

Female representation 

amongst our senior leadership 

8

Nil

secure ISO 27001 

certified facilities

reported material 

data breaches

95%

Completion rate of mandatory 

compliance training

Ethical 

Improving

the crowd experience 

with technology upgrades

AI

through our Crowd 

code of ethics

Technology 

$34.6M

99.9%

product investment 

system uptime

Social & Environment 

Signatory to the

UN Global 

Compact

Net 

zero

by 2030

‘AI for 

Good’ 

Committee 

established

5

impact sourcing 

partnerships 

with NGOs 

4

Appen 2023 Annual Report

5

2023 

  at a glance

Financial

Revenue (US$M)

$273.0M

29.7% from $388.1m in FY22

Underlying EBITDA

$(24.5)M

compared to $11.0 million in FY22

Underlying EBITDA excluding FX

$(20.4)M

compared to $13.6m in FY22

Statutory NPAT

$(118.1)M

compared to $(239.1)m in FY22

Customers

35

Customer NPS

  from 22 in FY22

     171 

New Market customers 

22 

LLM model builders 

as customers 

83 

New projects for  

Global Services 

Our people

Our crowd

   75%

Employee engagement

  from 78%

27

Crowd NPS
  from 31

Global

Ethical and 
Modern 
Slavery policy 

   50%

Female representation 
amongst our board 

   22%

Female representation 
amongst our senior leadership 

95%

Completion rate of mandatory 
compliance training

Ethical 
AI

through our Crowd 
code of ethics

Improving

the crowd experience 
with technology upgrades

Technology 

$34.6M

99.9%

product investment 

system uptime

8

Nil

secure ISO 27001 
certified facilities

reported material 
data breaches

Social & Environment 

Signatory to the

UN Global 
Compact

Net 
zero

by 2030

‘AI for 
Good’ 

Committee 
established

5

impact sourcing 
partnerships 
with NGOs 

4

Appen 2023 Annual Report

5

Chair message

Resetting  
Resetting  
our business 
our business 

2023 has been a disappointing year for shareholders 
and a challenging time for Appen. While the rise 
of generative AI has created significant excitement, 
difficult macro conditions and a slowdown in tech 
spending persisted. This year our immediate focus 
has been to reset the business by refreshing our 
leadership, removing costs and positioning Appen 
to participate in the generative AI services market. 

FY23 impacted by external conditions 

For the 2023 financial year, Appen announced a Statutory 
Loss of $118.1 million reflecting a non-cash impairment 
of $69.2 million. The impairment relates to Appen’s investment 
in its Global Services business. Importantly, the non-cash post 
tax impairment does not affect Appen’s liquidity. 

At the end of the year, Appen had $32.1 million (equivalent 
to A$48.6 million) 1 in cash. 

Once again, the board made the decision not to declare 
an interim or final dividend in 2023 due to Appen’s financial 
performance and to ensure an appropriate allocation 
of capital. 

Total operating revenue declined 29.7% to $273.0 million 
and Appen recorded an underlying EBITDA (before foreign 
exchange) loss of ($20.4) million, compared to $13.6 million 
in the prior year. Appen’s results reflect a challenging external 
environment as customers continued to optimise their 
tech spend and evaluate their AI strategies. 

Pleasingly, China recorded annual revenue growth of 2.7% 
compared to the prior year as it achieved a quarterly revenue 
record of $11.1 million in Q4FY23. The Quadrant business, 
which has been fully integrated into New Markets, also 
recorded a strong revenue uplift, albeit from a small base.  

There have also been some early benefits from Appen’s 
generative AI offerings; however, these have been 
insufficient to offset the revenue and earnings declines 
in our global and non-global business. 

The board remained focused on maintaining adequate 
balance sheet flexibility. In support of our strategy 
reset, Appen raised A$60 million of equity in June 2023 
and a further A$30 million of equity in December 2023. 

Resetting Appen 

Critical to Appen’s ongoing success is to ensure we operate 
efficiently and sustainably.

At the beginning of 2023, we began a transformation 
process to reset Appen to better capture the growth in 
generative AI and improve performance of our core business. 
This included a new strategy to deliver long term growth 
and revenue diversification along with a $60 million cost 
reduction program. 

Some of the key areas identified for improvement 
included a leadership and strategy refresh, operational 
improvements to project delivery and crowd management 
and strengthening of Appen’s sales and marketing functions. 

During the year, Appen also launched a new set of large 
language models (LLMs) for fine tuning and assurance 
to enable enterprise customers to capture value from 
generative AI models. Increasing Appen’s market channels 
was also a key focus and the partnership with NVIDIA 

1  Assumes FY23 average exchange rate AUD|USD 0.66.

6
6

has produced tangible benefits with the signing of our first 

Operating sustainably 

million-dollar Fortune 500 company deal. 

We remain committed to sizing our cost base in line with 

our revenue opportunity. In response to Google’s decision 

to terminate its global services contract by 19 March 2024, 

we will further reduce our cost base by $13.5 million. 

Change in leadership 

On 5 February 2024, we appointed Ryan Kolln as our new 

CEO and Managing Director. Ryan has made extraordinary 

Our commitment to our stakeholders including our crowd, 

our customers and people remain as strong as ever. 

We recognise the value of our one million plus crowd and 

the value our crowd provides to our customers. Despite 

the challenges faced by our business, we invested in 

systems and processes to improve the crowd and customer 

experience. Customer NPS has lifted significantly, however 

crowd NPS declined primarily due to lower project availability. 

contributions to Appen during his time with the company. 

The high ethical treatment of our crowd remains a key priority. 

He has an intimate understanding of Appen’s history, 

We stand by our commitment to the crowd as defined in our 

a strong technical understanding of the AI market, and 

Crowd Code of Conduct, and our Global Ethical Sourcing 

a proven strategy background. The unique combination 

and Modern Slavery Policy.

of his skills and experience makes Ryan the ideal leader 

to guide Appen through its next phase and navigate the 

evolving generative AI market.

To deliver on our commitment to responsible AI and ensure 

that AI performs correctly, it requires diverse datasets that 

reflect the real world. This year, our teams conducted further 

On behalf of the Board, I want to acknowledge Armughan 

research programs to understand representation across the 

Ahmad’s tenure as CEO. He held this position during a period 

Crowd and address any gaps. We also focused on our social 

of great change at Appen and oversaw a new strategic direction 

impact – establishing five partnerships with global non-profits 

and re-sizing of the business. We wish him well for the future. 

to foster diversity and offer work opportunities within our 

Board governance 

There have been no changes to the Board in 2023. 

The appointments of Lynn Mickleburgh and Mini Peiris 

to the Appen Board on 29 July 2022 and 4 November 2022 

respectively and their endorsement by shareholders at our 

AGM in May 2023 completes our process of Board renewal. 

Executive remuneration 

Commencing in FY22, Appen’s short-term incentive (STI) 

scorecard for key management personnel represents 

a combination of financial and non-financial metrics. 

Appen will always regard its financial performance as 

paramount and assigns these metrics an STI weighting of 70%. 

Non-financial metrics reflect Appen’s focus on its customers, 

crowd and people and are assigned an STI weighting of 30%. 

The board understands that shareholders are disappointed 

with Appen’s business and financial performance. Reflecting 

Closing 

on the shareholder experience and 2023 financial outcomes 

there is no STI payable for the company’s financial 

performance as revenue and earnings performance targets 

were not met. 

This year, customer NPS was 140% of target and employee 

engagement was 91.9% of target (which was above the 90% 

payout threshold). In recognition of these results a partial 

STI will be paid to key management personnel to reward 

performance for these two metrics only. The STI equates 

to 10.6% of the maximum payable. 

There was no STI payable to the former CEO. 

I would encourage shareholders to read the remuneration 

report, commencing on page 62. 

Crowd to underrepresented individuals, including refugees. 

Promoting a diverse and inclusive culture across all 

aspects of Appen’s business has been a long-held priority. 

In 2023 Appen achieved 55% female representation among 

its employees. We also maintained female representation 

of 50% among non-executive directors, however female 

representation among the senior leadership team 

declined from 30% to 22%. We acknowledge the extent 

of organisational change within Appen has adversely 

impacted female representation at senior levels. 

Appen remains committed to supporting international 

initiatives to transition to net zero emissions. We have 

completed our initial Net Zero Roadmap and have 

committed to net zero by 2030. We are also working 

towards assurance for our emissions data and remain 

committed to the Science Based Target initiative. 

Our people have worked hard to instil a greater level 

of operational rigour and reset Appen’s business 

in an incredibly challenging environment. I thank them 

for their perseverance and ongoing commitment 

in supporting our crowd and customers.

While Appen’s business returned to cash EBITDA 

profitability in December 2023 there is still much work to do. 

I am confident that under the stewardship of our new CEO, 

Ryan Kolln, together with the commitment of our people 

that Appen is on the right path. 

Our constant focus remains on improving the company’s 

performance and delivering better returns for shareholders. 

We thank shareholders for their ongoing support. 

RICHARD FREUDENSTEIN

Non-executive Chair

Appen 2023 Annual Report

7

Chair message

Resetting  

Resetting  

our business 

our business 

2023 has been a disappointing year for shareholders 

and a challenging time for Appen. While the rise 

of generative AI has created significant excitement, 

difficult macro conditions and a slowdown in tech 

spending persisted. This year our immediate focus 

has been to reset the business by refreshing our 

leadership, removing costs and positioning Appen 

to participate in the generative AI services market. 

FY23 impacted by external conditions 

At the end of the year, Appen had $32.1 million (equivalent 

to A$48.6 million) 1 in cash. 

For the 2023 financial year, Appen announced a Statutory 

Loss of $118.1 million reflecting a non-cash impairment 

of $69.2 million. The impairment relates to Appen’s investment 

in its Global Services business. Importantly, the non-cash post 

tax impairment does not affect Appen’s liquidity. 

Once again, the board made the decision not to declare 

an interim or final dividend in 2023 due to Appen’s financial 

performance and to ensure an appropriate allocation 

of capital. 

Total operating revenue declined 29.7% to $273.0 million 

and Appen recorded an underlying EBITDA (before foreign 

Resetting Appen 

exchange) loss of ($20.4) million, compared to $13.6 million 

Critical to Appen’s ongoing success is to ensure we operate 

in the prior year. Appen’s results reflect a challenging external 

efficiently and sustainably.

environment as customers continued to optimise their 

tech spend and evaluate their AI strategies. 

At the beginning of 2023, we began a transformation 

process to reset Appen to better capture the growth in 

Pleasingly, China recorded annual revenue growth of 2.7% 

generative AI and improve performance of our core business. 

compared to the prior year as it achieved a quarterly revenue 

This included a new strategy to deliver long term growth 

record of $11.1 million in Q4FY23. The Quadrant business, 

and revenue diversification along with a $60 million cost 

which has been fully integrated into New Markets, also 

reduction program. 

recorded a strong revenue uplift, albeit from a small base.  

There have also been some early benefits from Appen’s 

included a leadership and strategy refresh, operational 

generative AI offerings; however, these have been 

improvements to project delivery and crowd management 

insufficient to offset the revenue and earnings declines 

and strengthening of Appen’s sales and marketing functions. 

Some of the key areas identified for improvement 

in our global and non-global business. 

The board remained focused on maintaining adequate 

balance sheet flexibility. In support of our strategy 

reset, Appen raised A$60 million of equity in June 2023 

and a further A$30 million of equity in December 2023. 

During the year, Appen also launched a new set of large 

language models (LLMs) for fine tuning and assurance 

to enable enterprise customers to capture value from 

generative AI models. Increasing Appen’s market channels 

was also a key focus and the partnership with NVIDIA 

1  Assumes FY23 average exchange rate AUD|USD 0.66.

6

6

has produced tangible benefits with the signing of our first 
million-dollar Fortune 500 company deal. 

We remain committed to sizing our cost base in line with 
our revenue opportunity. In response to Google’s decision 
to terminate its global services contract by 19 March 2024, 
we will further reduce our cost base by $13.5 million. 

Change in leadership 

On 5 February 2024, we appointed Ryan Kolln as our new 
CEO and Managing Director. Ryan has made extraordinary 
contributions to Appen during his time with the company. 
He has an intimate understanding of Appen’s history, 
a strong technical understanding of the AI market, and 
a proven strategy background. The unique combination 
of his skills and experience makes Ryan the ideal leader 
to guide Appen through its next phase and navigate the 
evolving generative AI market.

On behalf of the Board, I want to acknowledge Armughan 
Ahmad’s tenure as CEO. He held this position during a period 
of great change at Appen and oversaw a new strategic direction 
and re-sizing of the business. We wish him well for the future. 

Board governance 

There have been no changes to the Board in 2023. 
The appointments of Lynn Mickleburgh and Mini Peiris 
to the Appen Board on 29 July 2022 and 4 November 2022 
respectively and their endorsement by shareholders at our 
AGM in May 2023 completes our process of Board renewal. 

Executive remuneration 

Commencing in FY22, Appen’s short-term incentive (STI) 
scorecard for key management personnel represents 
a combination of financial and non-financial metrics. 
Appen will always regard its financial performance as 
paramount and assigns these metrics an STI weighting of 70%. 
Non-financial metrics reflect Appen’s focus on its customers, 
crowd and people and are assigned an STI weighting of 30%. 

The board understands that shareholders are disappointed 
with Appen’s business and financial performance. Reflecting 
on the shareholder experience and 2023 financial outcomes 
there is no STI payable for the company’s financial 
performance as revenue and earnings performance targets 
were not met. 

This year, customer NPS was 140% of target and employee 
engagement was 91.9% of target (which was above the 90% 
payout threshold). In recognition of these results a partial 
STI will be paid to key management personnel to reward 
performance for these two metrics only. The STI equates 
to 10.6% of the maximum payable. 

There was no STI payable to the former CEO. 

I would encourage shareholders to read the remuneration 
report, commencing on page 62. 

Operating sustainably 

Our commitment to our stakeholders including our crowd, 
our customers and people remain as strong as ever. 

We recognise the value of our one million plus crowd and 
the value our crowd provides to our customers. Despite 
the challenges faced by our business, we invested in 
systems and processes to improve the crowd and customer 
experience. Customer NPS has lifted significantly, however 
crowd NPS declined primarily due to lower project availability. 

The high ethical treatment of our crowd remains a key priority. 
We stand by our commitment to the crowd as defined in our 
Crowd Code of Conduct, and our Global Ethical Sourcing 
and Modern Slavery Policy.

To deliver on our commitment to responsible AI and ensure 
that AI performs correctly, it requires diverse datasets that 
reflect the real world. This year, our teams conducted further 
research programs to understand representation across the 
Crowd and address any gaps. We also focused on our social 
impact – establishing five partnerships with global non-profits 
to foster diversity and offer work opportunities within our 
Crowd to underrepresented individuals, including refugees. 

Promoting a diverse and inclusive culture across all 
aspects of Appen’s business has been a long-held priority. 
In 2023 Appen achieved 55% female representation among 
its employees. We also maintained female representation 
of 50% among non-executive directors, however female 
representation among the senior leadership team 
declined from 30% to 22%. We acknowledge the extent 
of organisational change within Appen has adversely 
impacted female representation at senior levels. 

Appen remains committed to supporting international 
initiatives to transition to net zero emissions. We have 
completed our initial Net Zero Roadmap and have 
committed to net zero by 2030. We are also working 
towards assurance for our emissions data and remain 
committed to the Science Based Target initiative. 

Closing 

Our people have worked hard to instil a greater level 
of operational rigour and reset Appen’s business 
in an incredibly challenging environment. I thank them 
for their perseverance and ongoing commitment 
in supporting our crowd and customers.

While Appen’s business returned to cash EBITDA 
profitability in December 2023 there is still much work to do. 
I am confident that under the stewardship of our new CEO, 
Ryan Kolln, together with the commitment of our people 
that Appen is on the right path. 

Our constant focus remains on improving the company’s 
performance and delivering better returns for shareholders. 
We thank shareholders for their ongoing support. 

RICHARD FREUDENSTEIN
Non-executive Chair

Appen 2023 Annual Report

7

CEO message

Pivoting to  
  Generative AI

I am honoured to have been appointed CEO of Appen. 

I also acknowledge that it’s been a disappointing year for 

shareholders. Despite a challenging operating environment, 

we have made significant progress to reset the business. 

As CEO my priority is to continue evolving Appen, return our 

core business to profitability, and positioning the company 

to capture the full potential of generative AI. 

FY23 operating performance 
Our full year results are disappointing. FY23 revenue declined 
circa 30% to $273.0 million and we recorded an underlying 
EBITDA loss (excluding foreign exchange) of ($20.4) million, 
compared to $13.6 million in FY22. 

In 2023, despite our presence in a rapidly expanding market, 
we encountered significant challenges affecting our revenue. 
This was driven by three primary market factors. Firstly, 
a large customer materially reduced their spend on human 
annotation work which had an outsized impact on Appen. 
Secondly, the introduction of mainstream generative AI 
in late 2022 resulted in many customers evaluating their 
AI strategies and slowed down investment in ramping 
existing AI models. Thirdly, many of Appen’s customers 
were impacted by the broader technology slowdown which 
resulted in cost reduction measures.

While we can’t control market conditions, we can control 
our operations and have focused on ensuring we have 
a sustainable business model. In 2023 we completed 
a $60 million cost out program that enabled the business 
to exit the year profitability on a cash EBITDA basis. The cost 
out program focused on some of the direct costs related 
to revenue, streamlining our existing operations, delayering 
the organisation, and optimising growth investments.

2023 was a breakout year for AI thanks to the mainstream 
introduction of generative AI. Open AI’s ChatGPT was 
launched in late 2022 and showcased the potential of this 
new technology. 

Despite the external challenges and their impact on 
our revenue, we saw a large volume of new opportunities 
in generative AI from existing and new customers, particularly 
in the second half of 2023. We are currently working with 
22 large language model builders globally that are building 
generative AI foundation models. We also saw significant 
interest from Fortune 1000 companies that are looking 
to deploy generative AI in their operations. We anticipate 
that generative AI will materially expand our total addressable 
market, and we are well positioned to support companies 
involved in developing foundational models as well as those 
customising them. 

Appen’s Data Annotation Platform (ADAP) and crowd 
management platforms remain critical to how we deliver 
high quality data for our customers, including supporting 
generative AI. We have stepped up our product velocity 
and released new generative AI focused products including 
several features to support the new requirements 
of generative AI customers. In 2023 Appen’s investment in 
product development was $34.6 million, or 12.7% of revenue. 

We also opened a new technology hub in Hyderabad India 

On 22 January 2024, we reported that one of our largest 

to support Appen’s global engineering function. 

Building a world class go-to market function by driving a more 

consultative selling approach and standardising our sales 

and go-to market efforts is a key initiative. The sales team is 

now fully established. Our go-to-market function has been 

matched with our partnership ecosystem, as we collaborate 

with companies like NVIDIA to help expand our reach to more 

customers globally. 

AI for Good focus underpins everything we do. Our customers 

value our commitment to promote responsible and ethical 

AI. We continue to support important initiatives, including 

the active recruitment of impact sourced contributors from 

Africa, where we provide work opportunities to refugees and 

other disadvantaged people. 

Appen’s future in a dynamic market

2023 has been the year of AI. It is an exciting time 

for AI as the demand and expectations around 

generative AI continue to grow. From our perspective, 

it is also a transition period as companies continue to 

customers, Google, will terminate its global contract. 

We have carefully assessed our strategic options for the 

business and will implement a further cost out program 

of $13.5 million annualised. The loss of the Google contract 

is disappointing and was very unexpected. 

As we look forward, I am highly optimistic about the future 

of Appen. Our focus remains on creating high quality data 

for the world’s leading AI. Appen has evolved in the past 

and will continue to evolve as the market shifts. 

Management change

As part of resetting Appen, we have transitioned to a leaner 

company and are focused on ensuring our executive team 

has deep operational expertise. 

During the year, several changes were made to the executive 

team and we consolidated some functions.

Justin Miles has been appointed as Chief Financial Officer 

(CFO) effective 27 February 2024. Since August 2023, he has 

been acting as our interim CFO and was previously Deputy 

CFO. Justin is a seasoned finance leader who has been with 

evaluate their AI strategies considering not only generative AI, 

but also the challenging external environment. 

Appen since 2016. 

While we see a great opportunity for Appen in the generative 

AI space, the benefits from generative AI are yet to show 

meaningful results. Most Enterprise customers were piloting 

large language models in FY23, as there are few customers 

using it in large scale production. 

There is however, one constant. That is, humans play a critical 

role due to the subjective nature of generative AI outcomes. 

Technology used to develop generative AI relies on vast 

amounts of data to train base models. These models can 

be prone to error and human interaction is vital to align model 

outcomes with human values and reduce hallucinations, 

bias and toxicity.

Mike Davie was appointed as our new Chief Product Officer 

in August 2023 and has now also taken on the role of Chief 

Technology Officer in addition to his existing responsibilities.

Andrew Ettinger is our new Chief Revenue Officer. He leads 

Appen’s sales and marketing functions.   

Details of the team can be found on pages 54 to 57 

of this report. 

It would be remiss of me not to acknowledge and thank the 

people who have left Appen due to our restructuring program. 

I extend my heartfelt thanks and best wishes to them. 

Strategy and prospects

Our strategy remains focused on the three large customer 

segments of the AI data market. Firstly, customers that are 

developing deep learning models. This is our traditional 

customer base and we are focused on optimising how we 

Closing 

In closing, I would like to thank the Board, management 

and Appen employees for their support. I am truly excited 

to be leading Appen and could not be prouder of the positive 

impact we create by promoting responsible and ethical AI. 

deliver high quality data with more AI automation embedded 

While the external environment will continue to present 

in the process. We are making good progress in automation, 

challenges, I am confident we can return Appen to profitability 

with several customers now benefiting from automated 

and make further inroads into the generative AI space. 

I sincerely thank shareholders for their ongoing support. 

We will continue working hard to ensure a better future. 

data creation as a core element of our offering. 

Secondly, we will support generative AI foundation model 

builders with their data needs. As mentioned, as at the 

end of FY23 we are working with the vast majority of large 

language model builders globally and expect to see growth 

in this customer segment continue. 

Finally, we will support enterprises that are customising 

RYAN KOLLN 

large language models for their internal use cases. Our focus 

CEO and Managing Director

is to provide a software suite that enables internal data science 

teams to connect with internal experts for model training 

data and feedback. This solution uses Appen’s existing data 

annotation platform known as ADAP.

8
8

Appen 2023 Annual Report

9

CEO message

Pivoting to  

  Generative AI

I am honoured to have been appointed CEO of Appen. 

I also acknowledge that it’s been a disappointing year for 

shareholders. Despite a challenging operating environment, 

we have made significant progress to reset the business. 

As CEO my priority is to continue evolving Appen, return our 

core business to profitability, and positioning the company 

to capture the full potential of generative AI. 

FY23 operating performance 

Our full year results are disappointing. FY23 revenue declined 

circa 30% to $273.0 million and we recorded an underlying 

EBITDA loss (excluding foreign exchange) of ($20.4) million, 

compared to $13.6 million in FY22. 

In 2023, despite our presence in a rapidly expanding market, 

we encountered significant challenges affecting our revenue. 

This was driven by three primary market factors. Firstly, 

a large customer materially reduced their spend on human 

annotation work which had an outsized impact on Appen. 

Secondly, the introduction of mainstream generative AI 

in late 2022 resulted in many customers evaluating their 

AI strategies and slowed down investment in ramping 

existing AI models. Thirdly, many of Appen’s customers 

were impacted by the broader technology slowdown which 

resulted in cost reduction measures.

While we can’t control market conditions, we can control 

our operations and have focused on ensuring we have 

a sustainable business model. In 2023 we completed 

a $60 million cost out program that enabled the business 

to exit the year profitability on a cash EBITDA basis. The cost 

out program focused on some of the direct costs related 

to revenue, streamlining our existing operations, delayering 

the organisation, and optimising growth investments.

2023 was a breakout year for AI thanks to the mainstream 

introduction of generative AI. Open AI’s ChatGPT was 

launched in late 2022 and showcased the potential of this 

new technology. 

Despite the external challenges and their impact on 

our revenue, we saw a large volume of new opportunities 

in generative AI from existing and new customers, particularly 

in the second half of 2023. We are currently working with 

22 large language model builders globally that are building 

generative AI foundation models. We also saw significant 

interest from Fortune 1000 companies that are looking 

to deploy generative AI in their operations. We anticipate 

that generative AI will materially expand our total addressable 

market, and we are well positioned to support companies 

involved in developing foundational models as well as those 

customising them. 

Appen’s Data Annotation Platform (ADAP) and crowd 

management platforms remain critical to how we deliver 

high quality data for our customers, including supporting 

generative AI. We have stepped up our product velocity 

and released new generative AI focused products including 

several features to support the new requirements 

of generative AI customers. In 2023 Appen’s investment in 

product development was $34.6 million, or 12.7% of revenue. 

We also opened a new technology hub in Hyderabad India 
to support Appen’s global engineering function. 

Building a world class go-to market function by driving a more 
consultative selling approach and standardising our sales 
and go-to market efforts is a key initiative. The sales team is 
now fully established. Our go-to-market function has been 
matched with our partnership ecosystem, as we collaborate 
with companies like NVIDIA to help expand our reach to more 
customers globally. 

AI for Good focus underpins everything we do. Our customers 
value our commitment to promote responsible and ethical 
AI. We continue to support important initiatives, including 
the active recruitment of impact sourced contributors from 
Africa, where we provide work opportunities to refugees and 
other disadvantaged people. 

Appen’s future in a dynamic market
2023 has been the year of AI. It is an exciting time 
for AI as the demand and expectations around 
generative AI continue to grow. From our perspective, 
it is also a transition period as companies continue to 
evaluate their AI strategies considering not only generative AI, 
but also the challenging external environment. 

While we see a great opportunity for Appen in the generative 
AI space, the benefits from generative AI are yet to show 
meaningful results. Most Enterprise customers were piloting 
large language models in FY23, as there are few customers 
using it in large scale production. 

There is however, one constant. That is, humans play a critical 
role due to the subjective nature of generative AI outcomes. 
Technology used to develop generative AI relies on vast 
amounts of data to train base models. These models can 
be prone to error and human interaction is vital to align model 
outcomes with human values and reduce hallucinations, 
bias and toxicity.

Strategy and prospects

Our strategy remains focused on the three large customer 
segments of the AI data market. Firstly, customers that are 
developing deep learning models. This is our traditional 
customer base and we are focused on optimising how we 
deliver high quality data with more AI automation embedded 
in the process. We are making good progress in automation, 
with several customers now benefiting from automated 
data creation as a core element of our offering. 

Secondly, we will support generative AI foundation model 
builders with their data needs. As mentioned, as at the 
end of FY23 we are working with the vast majority of large 
language model builders globally and expect to see growth 
in this customer segment continue. 

Finally, we will support enterprises that are customising 
large language models for their internal use cases. Our focus 
is to provide a software suite that enables internal data science 
teams to connect with internal experts for model training 
data and feedback. This solution uses Appen’s existing data 
annotation platform known as ADAP.

On 22 January 2024, we reported that one of our largest 
customers, Google, will terminate its global contract. 
We have carefully assessed our strategic options for the 
business and will implement a further cost out program 
of $13.5 million annualised. The loss of the Google contract 
is disappointing and was very unexpected. 

As we look forward, I am highly optimistic about the future 
of Appen. Our focus remains on creating high quality data 
for the world’s leading AI. Appen has evolved in the past 
and will continue to evolve as the market shifts. 

Management change
As part of resetting Appen, we have transitioned to a leaner 
company and are focused on ensuring our executive team 
has deep operational expertise. 

During the year, several changes were made to the executive 
team and we consolidated some functions.

Justin Miles has been appointed as Chief Financial Officer 
(CFO) effective 27 February 2024. Since August 2023, he has 
been acting as our interim CFO and was previously Deputy 
CFO. Justin is a seasoned finance leader who has been with 
Appen since 2016. 

Mike Davie was appointed as our new Chief Product Officer 
in August 2023 and has now also taken on the role of Chief 
Technology Officer in addition to his existing responsibilities.

Andrew Ettinger is our new Chief Revenue Officer. He leads 
Appen’s sales and marketing functions.   

Details of the team can be found on pages 54 to 57 
of this report. 

It would be remiss of me not to acknowledge and thank the 
people who have left Appen due to our restructuring program. 
I extend my heartfelt thanks and best wishes to them. 

Closing 

In closing, I would like to thank the Board, management 
and Appen employees for their support. I am truly excited 
to be leading Appen and could not be prouder of the positive 
impact we create by promoting responsible and ethical AI. 

While the external environment will continue to present 
challenges, I am confident we can return Appen to profitability 
and make further inroads into the generative AI space. 
I sincerely thank shareholders for their ongoing support. 
We will continue working hard to ensure a better future. 

RYAN KOLLN 
CEO and Managing Director

8

8

Appen 2023 Annual Report

9

How we create value

Value Driver
Value Driver

Principle risks
Principle risks

How we deliver value
How we deliver value

Creating and measuring value

Creating and measuring value

 Investment in technology, 
 Investment in technology, 
innovation and transformation
innovation and transformation

 Compliance with security, 
 Compliance with security, 
privacy and other data regulations
privacy and other data regulations

 Through our technology and innovative solutions, 
 Through our technology and innovative solutions, 
we look to streamline and automate processes 
we look to streamline and automate processes 
so we can deliver AI training data at scale
so we can deliver AI training data at scale

 Our engineer, privacy, and cyber security teams 
 Our engineer, privacy, and cyber security teams 
work to ensure that data availability targets are met, 
work to ensure that data availability targets are met, 
and data is protected and secure
and data is protected and secure

 Crowd conditions
 Crowd conditions

 Crowd supply meets 
 Crowd supply meets 
customer demand
customer demand

 Changing customer strategy 
 Changing customer strategy 
and needs
and needs

 Ability to execute on operational 
 Ability to execute on operational 
requirements
requirements

 Talent strategy and employee 
 Talent strategy and employee 
value proposition
value proposition

 Managing a culture of growth 
 Managing a culture of growth 
through change 
through change 

 Strategic direction of the business
 Strategic direction of the business

 Financial sustainability
 Financial sustainability

 We are committed to treating our crowd fairly 
 We are committed to treating our crowd fairly 
in accordance with our Crowd Code of Ethics
in accordance with our Crowd Code of Ethics

 Whistleblower and Speak Up Policy is available 
 Whistleblower and Speak Up Policy is available 
to support crowd grievances 
to support crowd grievances 

 Our Impact Sourcing strategy provides jobs to people 
 Our Impact Sourcing strategy provides jobs to people 
who have limited prospects for secure employment
who have limited prospects for secure employment

 We do great work for our customers and deliver 
 We do great work for our customers and deliver 
a superior customer experience
a superior customer experience

 Our LLM capabilities provide customers with 
 Our LLM capabilities provide customers with 
resources to fine-tune and assure their AI models, 
resources to fine-tune and assure their AI models, 
helping to improve their customer experiences
helping to improve their customer experiences

 Constantly monitoring relevant market and customer 
 Constantly monitoring relevant market and customer 
trends to meet the evolving needs of customers
trends to meet the evolving needs of customers

 By focusing on making Appen a great place to work 
 By focusing on making Appen a great place to work 
and creating a culture where our people can thrive, 
and creating a culture where our people can thrive, 
grow and feel valued
grow and feel valued

 Investing in our people and HR systems to build 
 Investing in our people and HR systems to build 
a workforce for the future and optimise the 
a workforce for the future and optimise the 
employee experience
employee experience

 Embedding diversity principles across our business 
 Embedding diversity principles across our business 
via our Diversity and Inclusion policy
via our Diversity and Inclusion policy

 We aim to grow the business and to deliver 
 We aim to grow the business and to deliver 
increased revenue and earnings to support returns 
increased revenue and earnings to support returns 
for shareholders
for shareholders

 Capture the potential of generative AI
 Capture the potential of generative AI

Technology, 
Technology, 
processes 
processes 
systems
systems

Global crowd
Global crowd

Customer 
Customer 
and brand
and brand

Our people
Our people

Financial
Financial

 Compliance with legal, statutory 
 Compliance with legal, statutory 
and ethical obligations
and ethical obligations

 We are taking steps to reduce the impact 
 We are taking steps to reduce the impact 
of our operations on the environment
of our operations on the environment

Social and 
Social and 
environment
environment

 Environmental, social and 
 Environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) risks and 
governance (ESG) risks and 
performance
performance

 Our platform removes traditional barriers to work 
 Our platform removes traditional barriers to work 
and increases global participation and representation 
and increases global participation and representation 
in the development of emerging technologies
in the development of emerging technologies

 We are committed to achieving fair AI and creating 
 We are committed to achieving fair AI and creating 
responsible AI standards
responsible AI standards

1  Due to budget constraints, the net zero emissions target for business operations has been revised from 2025 to 2030. 
1  Due to budget constraints, the net zero emissions target for business operations has been revised from 2025 to 2030. 

10

To deliver on our purpose and unlock the power of ‘AI for good’ to build a better world we draw our technology, scale and 

flexibility of our Crowd and deep expertise. We offer our customers highly flexible offerings – from fully tailored solutions 

to pre-labelled datasets and LLM solutions. We have a strong track record of AI deployment across many data types and 

a proven ability to meet production needs that achieve high benchmarks for data quality. The outcomes delivered for each 

value driver determines our ability to create value for our stakeholders – including Our Crowd, Our customers, Our people, 

shareholders, and the community more broadly. Even though we conduct our work with an innovative mindset and embrace 

new ways of doing things, our decisions are always supported by a disciplined approach to governance and risk management. 

We support the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). By doing our part to contribute to the success 

of these goals we believe we can help contribute to a more sustainable future and create value for our stakeholders. 

We have identified the following six core priority SDGs where we believe we can best contribute.

SDGs

SDGs

Pages 12-14

Pages 12-14

 Invested $34.6 million in technology and systems, including enhancements to ADAP 

 Invested $34.6 million in technology and systems, including enhancements to ADAP 

to support LLM products and better support the crowd and customers

to support LLM products and better support the crowd and customers

 Development of a China intelligent LLM development platform

 Development of a China intelligent LLM development platform

 No material privacy breaches

 No material privacy breaches

 Met or exceeded 99.9% uptime across all our platforms

 Met or exceeded 99.9% uptime across all our platforms

 Maintained certification for ISO 27001 and SOC 2

 Maintained certification for ISO 27001 and SOC 2

 Gained ISO 14001/ISO 45001 for four sites

 Gained ISO 14001/ISO 45001 for four sites

 We provided flexible, work-from-home opportunities to our global crowd of one million+ contractors

 We provided flexible, work-from-home opportunities to our global crowd of one million+ contractors

 We helped make AI ethical and fair through our Crowd Code of Ethics

 We helped make AI ethical and fair through our Crowd Code of Ethics

 In response to crowd NPS we delivered initiatives to improve the crowd experience

 In response to crowd NPS we delivered initiatives to improve the crowd experience

 Partnered with Mercy Corps, Na’amal, Generation and Konexio to bring digital work 

 Partnered with Mercy Corps, Na’amal, Generation and Konexio to bring digital work 

Pages 15-17

Pages 15-17

to underprivileged communities

to underprivileged communities

 Piloted demographic surveys to understand representation across the Crowd and identify gaps

 Piloted demographic surveys to understand representation across the Crowd and identify gaps

 Improved customer satisfaction with a significant uplift in our Net Promoter Score 

 Improved customer satisfaction with a significant uplift in our Net Promoter Score 

 Enhanced the customer experience through the launch of LLM fine tuning and assurance products

 Enhanced the customer experience through the launch of LLM fine tuning and assurance products

 We demonstrated leadership in promoting responsible and ethical AI through our AI 

 We demonstrated leadership in promoting responsible and ethical AI through our AI 

for Good strategy which also helps to enhance our brand

for Good strategy which also helps to enhance our brand

Pages 18-21

Pages 18-21

 We have a target of 30% female representation of women in senior management positions 

 We have a target of 30% female representation of women in senior management positions 

and on the board. We exceeded this target at board level

and on the board. We exceeded this target at board level

 Continue to respond to employee feedback to drive future engagement scores higher

 Continue to respond to employee feedback to drive future engagement scores higher

 Established and implemented Appen’s new culture code

 Established and implemented Appen’s new culture code

Pages 22-26

Pages 22-26

 Completed equity raisings in June 2023 and December 2023 to support Appen’s strategy refresh

 Completed equity raisings in June 2023 and December 2023 to support Appen’s strategy refresh

 Determined not to pay a dividend due to Appen’s financial performance

 Determined not to pay a dividend due to Appen’s financial performance

 Continued disclosure of scopes 1,2 and 3 and commenced work on assuring of the data

 Continued disclosure of scopes 1,2 and 3 and commenced work on assuring of the data

 Continued implementation of our Net Zero Roadmap and working towards net zero across 

 Continued implementation of our Net Zero Roadmap and working towards net zero across 

operations by 2030 1

operations by 2030 1

Compact commitments

Compact commitments

 Commenced development of reporting on progress against United Nations Global 

 Commenced development of reporting on progress against United Nations Global 

Pages 27-31

Pages 27-31

Pages 32-38

Pages 32-38

Appen 2023 Annual Report

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How we create value

To deliver on our purpose and unlock the power of ‘AI for good’ to build a better world we draw our technology, scale and 
flexibility of our Crowd and deep expertise. We offer our customers highly flexible offerings – from fully tailored solutions 
to pre-labelled datasets and LLM solutions. We have a strong track record of AI deployment across many data types and 
a proven ability to meet production needs that achieve high benchmarks for data quality. The outcomes delivered for each 
value driver determines our ability to create value for our stakeholders – including Our Crowd, Our customers, Our people, 
shareholders, and the community more broadly. Even though we conduct our work with an innovative mindset and embrace 
new ways of doing things, our decisions are always supported by a disciplined approach to governance and risk management. 
We support the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). By doing our part to contribute to the success 
of these goals we believe we can help contribute to a more sustainable future and create value for our stakeholders. 
We have identified the following six core priority SDGs where we believe we can best contribute.

Value Driver

Value Driver

Principle risks

Principle risks

How we deliver value

How we deliver value

Creating and measuring value
Creating and measuring value

 Invested $34.6 million in technology and systems, including enhancements to ADAP 
 Invested $34.6 million in technology and systems, including enhancements to ADAP 
to support LLM products and better support the crowd and customers
to support LLM products and better support the crowd and customers

 Development of a China intelligent LLM development platform
 Development of a China intelligent LLM development platform

 No material privacy breaches
 No material privacy breaches

 Met or exceeded 99.9% uptime across all our platforms
 Met or exceeded 99.9% uptime across all our platforms

 Maintained certification for ISO 27001 and SOC 2
 Maintained certification for ISO 27001 and SOC 2

 Gained ISO 14001/ISO 45001 for four sites
 Gained ISO 14001/ISO 45001 for four sites

 We provided flexible, work-from-home opportunities to our global crowd of one million+ contractors
 We provided flexible, work-from-home opportunities to our global crowd of one million+ contractors

 We helped make AI ethical and fair through our Crowd Code of Ethics
 We helped make AI ethical and fair through our Crowd Code of Ethics

 In response to crowd NPS we delivered initiatives to improve the crowd experience
 In response to crowd NPS we delivered initiatives to improve the crowd experience

 Partnered with Mercy Corps, Na’amal, Generation and Konexio to bring digital work 
 Partnered with Mercy Corps, Na’amal, Generation and Konexio to bring digital work 
to underprivileged communities
to underprivileged communities

 Piloted demographic surveys to understand representation across the Crowd and identify gaps
 Piloted demographic surveys to understand representation across the Crowd and identify gaps

SDGs
SDGs

Pages 12-14
Pages 12-14

Pages 15-17
Pages 15-17

 Changing customer strategy 

 Changing customer strategy 

 We do great work for our customers and deliver 

 We do great work for our customers and deliver 

 Improved customer satisfaction with a significant uplift in our Net Promoter Score 
 Improved customer satisfaction with a significant uplift in our Net Promoter Score 

 Enhanced the customer experience through the launch of LLM fine tuning and assurance products
 Enhanced the customer experience through the launch of LLM fine tuning and assurance products

 We demonstrated leadership in promoting responsible and ethical AI through our AI 
 We demonstrated leadership in promoting responsible and ethical AI through our AI 
for Good strategy which also helps to enhance our brand
for Good strategy which also helps to enhance our brand

Pages 18-21
Pages 18-21

 We have a target of 30% female representation of women in senior management positions 
 We have a target of 30% female representation of women in senior management positions 
and on the board. We exceeded this target at board level
and on the board. We exceeded this target at board level

 Continue to respond to employee feedback to drive future engagement scores higher
 Continue to respond to employee feedback to drive future engagement scores higher

 Established and implemented Appen’s new culture code
 Established and implemented Appen’s new culture code

Pages 22-26
Pages 22-26

 Strategic direction of the business

 Strategic direction of the business

 We aim to grow the business and to deliver 

 We aim to grow the business and to deliver 

 Completed equity raisings in June 2023 and December 2023 to support Appen’s strategy refresh
 Completed equity raisings in June 2023 and December 2023 to support Appen’s strategy refresh

 Financial sustainability

 Financial sustainability

 Determined not to pay a dividend due to Appen’s financial performance
 Determined not to pay a dividend due to Appen’s financial performance

 Continued disclosure of scopes 1,2 and 3 and commenced work on assuring of the data
 Continued disclosure of scopes 1,2 and 3 and commenced work on assuring of the data

 Continued implementation of our Net Zero Roadmap and working towards net zero across 
 Continued implementation of our Net Zero Roadmap and working towards net zero across 
operations by 2030 1
operations by 2030 1

 Commenced development of reporting on progress against United Nations Global 
 Commenced development of reporting on progress against United Nations Global 
Compact commitments
Compact commitments

Pages 27-31
Pages 27-31

Pages 32-38
Pages 32-38

Appen 2023 Annual Report

11

Technology, 

Technology, 

processes 

processes 

systems

systems

Global crowd

Global crowd

Customer 

Customer 

and brand

and brand

 Investment in technology, 

 Investment in technology, 

 Through our technology and innovative solutions, 

 Through our technology and innovative solutions, 

innovation and transformation

innovation and transformation

we look to streamline and automate processes 

we look to streamline and automate processes 

 Compliance with security, 

 Compliance with security, 

so we can deliver AI training data at scale

so we can deliver AI training data at scale

privacy and other data regulations

privacy and other data regulations

 Our engineer, privacy, and cyber security teams 

 Our engineer, privacy, and cyber security teams 

work to ensure that data availability targets are met, 

work to ensure that data availability targets are met, 

and data is protected and secure

and data is protected and secure

 Crowd conditions

 Crowd conditions

 Crowd supply meets 

 Crowd supply meets 

customer demand

customer demand

 We are committed to treating our crowd fairly 

 We are committed to treating our crowd fairly 

in accordance with our Crowd Code of Ethics

in accordance with our Crowd Code of Ethics

 Whistleblower and Speak Up Policy is available 

 Whistleblower and Speak Up Policy is available 

to support crowd grievances 

to support crowd grievances 

 Our Impact Sourcing strategy provides jobs to people 

 Our Impact Sourcing strategy provides jobs to people 

who have limited prospects for secure employment

who have limited prospects for secure employment

 Ability to execute on operational 

 Ability to execute on operational 

 Our LLM capabilities provide customers with 

 Our LLM capabilities provide customers with 

a superior customer experience

a superior customer experience

and needs

and needs

requirements

requirements

resources to fine-tune and assure their AI models, 

resources to fine-tune and assure their AI models, 

helping to improve their customer experiences

helping to improve their customer experiences

 Constantly monitoring relevant market and customer 

 Constantly monitoring relevant market and customer 

trends to meet the evolving needs of customers

trends to meet the evolving needs of customers

 Talent strategy and employee 

 Talent strategy and employee 

 By focusing on making Appen a great place to work 

 By focusing on making Appen a great place to work 

value proposition

value proposition

and creating a culture where our people can thrive, 

and creating a culture where our people can thrive, 

Our people

Our people

 Managing a culture of growth 

 Managing a culture of growth 

through change 

through change 

grow and feel valued

grow and feel valued

 Investing in our people and HR systems to build 

 Investing in our people and HR systems to build 

a workforce for the future and optimise the 

a workforce for the future and optimise the 

employee experience

employee experience

 Embedding diversity principles across our business 

 Embedding diversity principles across our business 

via our Diversity and Inclusion policy

via our Diversity and Inclusion policy

increased revenue and earnings to support returns 

increased revenue and earnings to support returns 

for shareholders

for shareholders

 Capture the potential of generative AI

 Capture the potential of generative AI

Financial

Financial

 Compliance with legal, statutory 

 Compliance with legal, statutory 

 We are taking steps to reduce the impact 

 We are taking steps to reduce the impact 

and ethical obligations

and ethical obligations

of our operations on the environment

of our operations on the environment

Social and 

Social and 

environment

environment

 Environmental, social and 

 Environmental, social and 

governance (ESG) risks and 

governance (ESG) risks and 

performance

performance

 Our platform removes traditional barriers to work 

 Our platform removes traditional barriers to work 

and increases global participation and representation 

and increases global participation and representation 

in the development of emerging technologies

in the development of emerging technologies

 We are committed to achieving fair AI and creating 

 We are committed to achieving fair AI and creating 

responsible AI standards

responsible AI standards

1  Due to budget constraints, the net zero emissions target for business operations has been revised from 2025 to 2030. 

1  Due to budget constraints, the net zero emissions target for business operations has been revised from 2025 to 2030. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Value drivers

Technology

  processes, 
  systems

Appen’s technology processes and systems deliver AI training data 
at scale. We leverage advanced tools and methodologies to source, 
prepare, and evaluate data, ensuring the highest quality datasets for 
our clients. With the ability to support large language model (LLM) 
capabilities we are at the forefront of Generative AI, providing our 
customers with the resources they need to fine-tune their AI models 
and achieve optimal performance.

$34.6M

in product development

Nil

reported material 
data breaches

Priority SDG

Our comprehensive range of technology products and data services 
encompasses both deep learning and generative AI. This includes Appen 
Connect 2.0 and our Appen Data Annotation Platform (ADAP), a solution 
that allows internal teams and external customers to design and manage 
human annotation projects. Through the acquisition of Quadrant, we have 
integrated the data collection services of Geolancer and Hydra into our 
product suite. We also offer specialised services through our China 

platform tailored for the Chinese market. 

Global Services, Global Product, Enterprise, Government

China

Appen
Connect 2.0

Sources crowd

Matches to projects
and annotation tasks

Handles crowd payments

Leverage crowd support 
capabilities

Appen
Data Annotation 
Platform (ADAP)

Collect and annotate 
training data

Draw on powerful LLM 
capabilities (fine tuning 
and assurance) 

Data Collection

China Platform

Provides crowd 
management and 
annotation for China 
markets

Harness intelligent 
LLM platform

Geolancer – Provides 
in-field data 
collection including 
point of interest data 

Hydra – Allows mobile 
location DaaS data 
collection

QCMP – Manage user 
consent and data 
privacy compliance  

Product development

In FY23, investment in product development (excluding 

amortisation) decreased 16.0% to $34.6 million and 

represented 12.7% of revenue (2022: $41.2 million 

or 10.6% of revenue).

This year we delivered several initiatives to improve 

the crowd and customer experience. As the industry 

evolves and projects become more complex, customers 

require a crowd with a more advanced skill set. In turn, 

we developed and upgraded the Appen Connect platform 

to enable a simpler, more effective creation and management 

of projects while providing functionality to rapidly source 

and match the right crowd contributors to the right project.

By the end of FY23, all contributor and project records 

were migrated to Appen Connect 2.0. In addition, 

all project teams were using the upgraded platform 

for project creation and project management of their crowd. 

The upgraded Appen Connect 2.0 platform is expected 

to be fully functional by Q3 in 2024.

We have seen some early benefits associated with the 

upgraded platform with reduced dependency on human 

input to manage project recruitment. Appen’s recruitment 

function has become more automated, with the team 

reduced from 70 to seven employees.

Within the Appen Connect 2.0 platform, we have 

upgraded the following functionality:

 modernised and expanded our reporting 

and analytics capabilities to collect contributor, 

productivity, and quality data for individual projects.

 built a new fraud screening functionality which includes 

more sophisticated identity measures including ID 

validation, facial recognition, and proof of address.

 began piloting a new payment service to be used 

for all contributors, providing rapid payment 

functionality and increased flexibility of payment 

methods, while supporting a global crowd. Expected 

use of this new payment service is Q1 of 2024.

 built a more comprehensive profile record for 

individual contributors to record NPS score, support 

issues, parsed resume data, contributor skills such 

as language, domain expertise and educational records. 

This helps increase the knowledge Appen has on any 

individual contributor, enabling better crowd sourcing 

and recruitment outcomes.

 updated our communication platform to better 

support the demands of our project teams and 

improve support of the crowd.

To create a better user experience and seamless point 

of contact between Appen and our contributors, we merged 

Appen Mobile into Appen Connect 2.0. Our Crowd can 

access Appen Connect 2.0 on the web, on their phone 

or via an app.

Within ADAP we released enhancements and new features 

to support our LLM data products which enable Enterprises 

to fine tune, evaluate and monitor their LLM models. 

These products include AI chat feedback functionality, 

benchmarking solutions and text tools.

The AI Chat Feedback solution allows domain experts to have 

live conversations with Chatbots and review, rate and rewrite 

responses in real time. While the benchmarking solution 

addresses the challenge of model selection by enabling 

the efficient comparison of multiple models. Further detail 

of these offerings can be found in the Customer and Brand 

section on page 18.

We also added writing assistance tools in ADAP which include 

reinforcement learning with human feedback functionality 

and response writing such as rich text editors, gibberish 

detection and advanced duplicate detection. 

Within ADAP, quality flow features were upgraded to provide 

customers with enhanced assurance methodology and highly 

flexible data annotation workflow capabilities. Other areas 

of investment included improving contributor productivity, 

increasing quality of data and reducing fraud.

Separately, Appen China developed its own intelligent 

LLM development platform which offers a comprehensive 

one-stop solution for AI clients in the industry. It integrates 

mainstream open-source large language models and covers 

a wide range of capabilities, including data set management, 

data annotation, computational resource scheduling, model 

evaluation, model fine-tuning, and model deployment. 

By leveraging the platform, Appen China provides end-to-end 

solutions for customised data and model development, 

enabling enterprises to easily adopt large language models 

and create high quality generative AI applications for 

transformative user experiences.

12

Appen 2023 Annual Report

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Value drivers

Technology

  processes, 

  systems

Appen’s technology processes and systems deliver AI training data 

at scale. We leverage advanced tools and methodologies to source, 

prepare, and evaluate data, ensuring the highest quality datasets for 

our clients. With the ability to support large language model (LLM) 

capabilities we are at the forefront of Generative AI, providing our 

customers with the resources they need to fine-tune their AI models 

and achieve optimal performance.

$34.6M

in product development

Nil

reported material 

data breaches

Priority SDG

Our comprehensive range of technology products and data services 

encompasses both deep learning and generative AI. This includes Appen 

Connect 2.0 and our Appen Data Annotation Platform (ADAP), a solution 

that allows internal teams and external customers to design and manage 

human annotation projects. Through the acquisition of Quadrant, we have 

integrated the data collection services of Geolancer and Hydra into our 

product suite. We also offer specialised services through our China 

platform tailored for the Chinese market. 

Global Services, Global Product, Enterprise, Government

China

Appen

Data Collection

China Platform

Appen

Connect 2.0

Sources crowd

Matches to projects

and annotation tasks

Handles crowd payments

Leverage crowd support 

capabilities

Data Annotation 

Platform (ADAP)

Collect and annotate 

training data

Draw on powerful LLM 

capabilities (fine tuning 

and assurance) 

Provides crowd 

management and 

annotation for China 

markets

Harness intelligent 

LLM platform

Geolancer – Provides 

in-field data 

collection including 

point of interest data 

Hydra – Allows mobile 

location DaaS data 

collection

QCMP – Manage user 

consent and data 

privacy compliance  

Product development

In FY23, investment in product development (excluding 
amortisation) decreased 16.0% to $34.6 million and 
represented 12.7% of revenue (2022: $41.2 million 
or 10.6% of revenue).

This year we delivered several initiatives to improve 
the crowd and customer experience. As the industry 
evolves and projects become more complex, customers 
require a crowd with a more advanced skill set. In turn, 
we developed and upgraded the Appen Connect platform 
to enable a simpler, more effective creation and management 
of projects while providing functionality to rapidly source 
and match the right crowd contributors to the right project.

By the end of FY23, all contributor and project records 
were migrated to Appen Connect 2.0. In addition, 
all project teams were using the upgraded platform 
for project creation and project management of their crowd. 
The upgraded Appen Connect 2.0 platform is expected 
to be fully functional by Q3 in 2024.

We have seen some early benefits associated with the 
upgraded platform with reduced dependency on human 
input to manage project recruitment. Appen’s recruitment 
function has become more automated, with the team 
reduced from 70 to seven employees.

Within the Appen Connect 2.0 platform, we have 
upgraded the following functionality:

 modernised and expanded our reporting 
and analytics capabilities to collect contributor, 
productivity, and quality data for individual projects.

 built a new fraud screening functionality which includes 
more sophisticated identity measures including ID 
validation, facial recognition, and proof of address.

 began piloting a new payment service to be used 
for all contributors, providing rapid payment 
functionality and increased flexibility of payment 
methods, while supporting a global crowd. Expected 
use of this new payment service is Q1 of 2024.

 built a more comprehensive profile record for 
individual contributors to record NPS score, support 
issues, parsed resume data, contributor skills such 
as language, domain expertise and educational records. 
This helps increase the knowledge Appen has on any 
individual contributor, enabling better crowd sourcing 
and recruitment outcomes.

 updated our communication platform to better 
support the demands of our project teams and 
improve support of the crowd.

To create a better user experience and seamless point 
of contact between Appen and our contributors, we merged 
Appen Mobile into Appen Connect 2.0. Our Crowd can 
access Appen Connect 2.0 on the web, on their phone 
or via an app.

Within ADAP we released enhancements and new features 
to support our LLM data products which enable Enterprises 
to fine tune, evaluate and monitor their LLM models. 
These products include AI chat feedback functionality, 
benchmarking solutions and text tools.

The AI Chat Feedback solution allows domain experts to have 
live conversations with Chatbots and review, rate and rewrite 
responses in real time. While the benchmarking solution 
addresses the challenge of model selection by enabling 
the efficient comparison of multiple models. Further detail 
of these offerings can be found in the Customer and Brand 
section on page 18.

We also added writing assistance tools in ADAP which include 
reinforcement learning with human feedback functionality 
and response writing such as rich text editors, gibberish 
detection and advanced duplicate detection. 

Within ADAP, quality flow features were upgraded to provide 
customers with enhanced assurance methodology and highly 
flexible data annotation workflow capabilities. Other areas 
of investment included improving contributor productivity, 
increasing quality of data and reducing fraud.

Separately, Appen China developed its own intelligent 
LLM development platform which offers a comprehensive 
one-stop solution for AI clients in the industry. It integrates 
mainstream open-source large language models and covers 
a wide range of capabilities, including data set management, 
data annotation, computational resource scheduling, model 
evaluation, model fine-tuning, and model deployment. 
By leveraging the platform, Appen China provides end-to-end 
solutions for customised data and model development, 
enabling enterprises to easily adopt large language models 
and create high quality generative AI applications for 
transformative user experiences.

12

Appen 2023 Annual Report

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Technology, processes, systems

Value drivers

Managing and protecting data

Cyber security

At Appen, we manage and protect massive amounts 
of data, in line with security, privacy, and other data 
regulations. We are also mindful of the increasing risk 
posed by cyber security attacks and continue to adopt 
industry best practices to guard against this risk.

System and data security

Managing data security is an essential and a core 
competency of our business. Our approach 
is comprehensive and involves people, processes, 
and technology. As a minimum we adhere to industry 
recognised standards, such as the International 
Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) and National 
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and 
implement global best practices.

Mandatory security awareness and privacy training 
is provided to all employees. We also conduct regular 
synthetic phishing tests to promote employee awareness 
of the threats and their responsibilities in managing data 
security. These tests also provide an indication as to the 
effectiveness of our training programs.

We provide customers with a range of secure technology 
solutions. Our SaaS customers can maintain their data 
in their environment and do not need to physically move 
it to our environment. For maximum data security, our 
software can be deployed in the customers’ air-gapped 
environment or private cloud.

Customers with even higher data security requirements 
are able to use one of our eight ISO 27001 certified secure 
facilities in the Philippines, the UK and China.

Data privacy

Our engineering, security and privacy teams work closely 
together to ensure that data privacy is integrated into our 
systems. We also work to comply with specific data privacy 
requirements in the markets in which we operate, including 
the California Consumer Privacy Act, the Philippines and 
Australian Privacy Acts, and the EU/UK General Data 
Protection Regulation. Mandatory data privacy training 
is provided to all employees on an annual basis.

In 2023, China achieved BSI certification  
ISO 14001/ISO 45001 for four sites.

There were no reported material breaches in 2023 1.

Platform availability, reliability and resilience

Platform availability, reliability and resilience is a key focus 
of our engineering teams. The team works to strict system 
availability targets and ensures that our systems can 
safely scale in response to changes in demand. In FY23, 
we continued to meet or exceed 99.9% 2 uptime across 
all our platforms.

Our cyber security risk management framework 
is based on internationally recognised NIST standards 
and is structured to identify, detect, protect against, 
respond and recover to cyber security threats.

Security penetration testing is conducted annually 
by a third-party specialist, we have ISO 27001: 2013 certified 
facilities and our ADAP platform is SOC 2 Type-2 attested. 
Additionally, our UK and China facilities are ISO 9001 
certified, and our UK facility is Cyber Essential Plus 
certified in line with UK requirements. Appen also achieved 
Payment Card Industry (PCI) compliance for its ADAP 
platform as per industry requirements.

Our IT Security policies and standards are adhering 
to ISO 27001 controls and the incident response procedure 
is aligned with the NIST CSF (Cyber Security Framework). 
We conduct several incident response tabletop 
exercises annually.

In 2022, a cybersecurity maturity assessment was 
conducted by an independent third party (PwC) utilising 
the NIST framework. The assessment showed that Appen’s 
maturity level had improved. The results of this review 
continue to form the program of works to further mature 
Appen’s cybersecurity capability.

In 2023, we enhanced the security posture of Appen 
by implementing Attack surface management, Security 
validation and Zero Fox takedown from Mandiant. 
Five of the ten project recommendations were completed 
in FY23, and the remainder will be finished by the end 
of FY24 in time for re-evaluation.

Appen has cyber security insurance in place.

Data encryption is in place when data is at rest and in transit 
for critical systems as per SAL (Secure Algorithm List). 
We have centralised access controls via SSO (Single Sign 
On) and MFA (Multi Factor Authentication) for additional 
layers of protection. Security logs from our critical systems 
are captured and monitored in a SIEM (Security Information 
and Event Management) tool.

We also have top tier network, perimeter, and end point 
security tools protecting the assets and monitoring 
inbound and outbound network traffic. Privilege access 
and vendor security reviews are conducted as per 
our standards.

FY24 focus

Appen is committed to innovation and excellence. We remain 
focused on revamping the crowd experience to foster a more 
engaging environment, advancing our annotation platform 
to support classified or sensitive projects, and automating 
processes through AI-based productivity enhancements. 
Advancing our cybersecurity maturity through dedicated 
programs, as well as data classification and loss prevention 
projects also remain key priorities.

1  Based on report from Privacy and Counsel team.
2  Based on report from third-party website monitoring company, StatusCake.

1  Self-reported, includes territories.

2  Self-reported. 

14

Appen 2023 Annual Report

15

Global 

 crowd

Our skilled and diverse crowd of more than 1 million contributors 

is key to our purpose of unlocking the power of AI to build a better 

world. Spanning more than 200 countries 1, speaking 500+ 2 

languages, and comprising a multitude of specialised areas 

of expertise we’ve assembled a crowd that’s unmatched.

Ethical AI

through our 

Crowd code 

of ethics

27

Crowd NPS

 4 points from 31 FY22

Priority SDG

Purpose of our crowd

Our crowd is our most valued asset, 

providing clients certainty that AI 

solutions will work, are aligned with 

their values, and with human values.

Our platform enables our 

contributors to work with our 

clients in deploying AI that is both 

responsible and ethical. Our clients 

deeply value the broad diversity 

of skills and capabilities our crowd 

has to offer.

Appen’s flexible work from home 

model attracts the most trusted, 

qualified, and capable contributors 

from around the world. 

Our crowd appreciate the 

opportunity to participate in the 

dynamic and growing AI market, 

developing technology skills and 

on projects that fit with their 

personal goals and lifestyle. 

At Appen, we believe that AI has 

the power to solve some of the 

world’s biggest challenges when it 

is developed and deployed ethically, 

responsibly, and aligned with 

human values. We also believe that 

humans play a crucial role in the 

safe and effective deployment of AI.

We have built a diverse crowd 

which spans many cultures, 

ethnicities, age groups, life stages 

and occupations. Our crowd offers 

clients access to a rich diversity 

needed to train and align AI models 

with human values.

Human involvement is not a stage 

in AI development – it’s the core. 

Human alignment helps to minimise 

hallucinations, bias and toxicity and 

should be incorporated at every 

stage. Keeping humans in the loop 

throughout AI development and 

deployment ensures AI is steered 

towards a future where technology 

augments human potential.

Our crowd Net Promoter 

Score (NPS) declined 4 points 

from 31 to 27 during the year. 

the lack of project availability, 

duration of projects, amount of 

pay, support and communication. 

With development of Appen 

Connect 2.0 we hope to address 

some of these concerns. 

Importance of people in AI

Responders raised concerns about 

AI knowledge while earning money 

Crowd engagement

 
Technology, processes, systems

Value drivers

Global 

 crowd

Our skilled and diverse crowd of more than 1 million contributors 
is key to our purpose of unlocking the power of AI to build a better 
world. Spanning more than 200 countries 1, speaking 500+ 2 
languages, and comprising a multitude of specialised areas 
of expertise we’ve assembled a crowd that’s unmatched.

Ethical AI

through our 
Crowd code 
of ethics

27

Crowd NPS

 4 points from 31 FY22

Priority SDG

1  Based on report from Privacy and Counsel team.

2  Based on report from third-party website monitoring company, StatusCake.

1  Self-reported, includes territories.
2  Self-reported. 

Purpose of our crowd

Our crowd is our most valued asset, 
providing clients certainty that AI 
solutions will work, are aligned with 
their values, and with human values.

Our platform enables our 
contributors to work with our 
clients in deploying AI that is both 
responsible and ethical. Our clients 
deeply value the broad diversity 
of skills and capabilities our crowd 
has to offer.

Appen’s flexible work from home 
model attracts the most trusted, 
qualified, and capable contributors 
from around the world. 

Our crowd appreciate the 
opportunity to participate in the 
dynamic and growing AI market, 
developing technology skills and 
AI knowledge while earning money 
on projects that fit with their 
personal goals and lifestyle. 

Importance of people in AI

At Appen, we believe that AI has 
the power to solve some of the 
world’s biggest challenges when it 
is developed and deployed ethically, 
responsibly, and aligned with 

human values. We also believe that 
humans play a crucial role in the 
safe and effective deployment of AI.

We have built a diverse crowd 
which spans many cultures, 
ethnicities, age groups, life stages 
and occupations. Our crowd offers 
clients access to a rich diversity 
needed to train and align AI models 
with human values.

Human involvement is not a stage 
in AI development – it’s the core. 
Human alignment helps to minimise 
hallucinations, bias and toxicity and 
should be incorporated at every 
stage. Keeping humans in the loop 
throughout AI development and 
deployment ensures AI is steered 
towards a future where technology 
augments human potential.

Crowd engagement

Our crowd Net Promoter 
Score (NPS) declined 4 points 
from 31 to 27 during the year. 
Responders raised concerns about 
the lack of project availability, 
duration of projects, amount of 
pay, support and communication. 
With development of Appen 
Connect 2.0 we hope to address 
some of these concerns. 

14

Appen 2023 Annual Report

15

Managing and protecting data

Cyber security

At Appen, we manage and protect massive amounts 

Our cyber security risk management framework 

of data, in line with security, privacy, and other data 

is based on internationally recognised NIST standards 

regulations. We are also mindful of the increasing risk 

and is structured to identify, detect, protect against, 

posed by cyber security attacks and continue to adopt 

respond and recover to cyber security threats.

industry best practices to guard against this risk.

System and data security

Managing data security is an essential and a core 

competency of our business. Our approach 

is comprehensive and involves people, processes, 

and technology. As a minimum we adhere to industry 

recognised standards, such as the International 

Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) and National 

Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and 

implement global best practices.

Mandatory security awareness and privacy training 

is provided to all employees. We also conduct regular 

synthetic phishing tests to promote employee awareness 

of the threats and their responsibilities in managing data 

security. These tests also provide an indication as to the 

effectiveness of our training programs.

We provide customers with a range of secure technology 

solutions. Our SaaS customers can maintain their data 

in their environment and do not need to physically move 

it to our environment. For maximum data security, our 

software can be deployed in the customers’ air-gapped 

environment or private cloud.

Customers with even higher data security requirements 

are able to use one of our eight ISO 27001 certified secure 

facilities in the Philippines, the UK and China.

Data privacy

Our engineering, security and privacy teams work closely 

together to ensure that data privacy is integrated into our 

systems. We also work to comply with specific data privacy 

requirements in the markets in which we operate, including 

the California Consumer Privacy Act, the Philippines and 

Australian Privacy Acts, and the EU/UK General Data 

Protection Regulation. Mandatory data privacy training 

is provided to all employees on an annual basis.

In 2023, China achieved BSI certification  

ISO 14001/ISO 45001 for four sites.

There were no reported material breaches in 2023 1.

Platform availability, reliability and resilience

Platform availability, reliability and resilience is a key focus 

of our engineering teams. The team works to strict system 

availability targets and ensures that our systems can 

safely scale in response to changes in demand. In FY23, 

we continued to meet or exceed 99.9% 2 uptime across 

all our platforms.

Security penetration testing is conducted annually 

by a third-party specialist, we have ISO 27001: 2013 certified 

facilities and our ADAP platform is SOC 2 Type-2 attested. 

Additionally, our UK and China facilities are ISO 9001 

certified, and our UK facility is Cyber Essential Plus 

certified in line with UK requirements. Appen also achieved 

Payment Card Industry (PCI) compliance for its ADAP 

platform as per industry requirements.

Our IT Security policies and standards are adhering 

to ISO 27001 controls and the incident response procedure 

is aligned with the NIST CSF (Cyber Security Framework). 

We conduct several incident response tabletop 

exercises annually.

In 2022, a cybersecurity maturity assessment was 

conducted by an independent third party (PwC) utilising 

the NIST framework. The assessment showed that Appen’s 

maturity level had improved. The results of this review 

continue to form the program of works to further mature 

Appen’s cybersecurity capability.

In 2023, we enhanced the security posture of Appen 

by implementing Attack surface management, Security 

validation and Zero Fox takedown from Mandiant. 

Five of the ten project recommendations were completed 

in FY23, and the remainder will be finished by the end 

of FY24 in time for re-evaluation.

Appen has cyber security insurance in place.

Data encryption is in place when data is at rest and in transit 

for critical systems as per SAL (Secure Algorithm List). 

We have centralised access controls via SSO (Single Sign 

On) and MFA (Multi Factor Authentication) for additional 

layers of protection. Security logs from our critical systems 

are captured and monitored in a SIEM (Security Information 

and Event Management) tool.

We also have top tier network, perimeter, and end point 

security tools protecting the assets and monitoring 

inbound and outbound network traffic. Privilege access 

and vendor security reviews are conducted as per 

our standards.

FY24 focus

Appen is committed to innovation and excellence. We remain 

focused on revamping the crowd experience to foster a more 

engaging environment, advancing our annotation platform 

to support classified or sensitive projects, and automating 

processes through AI-based productivity enhancements. 

Advancing our cybersecurity maturity through dedicated 

programs, as well as data classification and loss prevention 

projects also remain key priorities.

 
Global crowd

Crowd NPS 1

2023
2022
2021
2020

27

31

40

47

Our strategy to get the right crowd

We deploy a variety of strategies and technology to ensure 
our Crowd includes the diversity of skills, experience 
and backgrounds required for our clients’ projects. 
Requirements for more specific, specialised, and verified 
skills such as finance, coding, law, health, and creative 
writing are increasing as more clients work to develop and 
enhance generative AI and large language models (LLMs).

In 2023, we fundamentally overhauled most of our crowd 
facing systems. These enhancements deliver a better 
user experience, by providing a more efficient qualification 
process, without compromising our trust and safety 
standards for our customers.

We also expanded and upgraded our reporting and 
analytics capabilities to include richer contributor profiles 
– with hundreds of searchable profile skills and attributes 
now available. This helps to increase the knowledge 

that Appen has on an individual contributor. These 
enhancements also include quality data for individual 
projects which provide valuable insights for our customers.

Upgrades were also made to our communication platform 
to better support the crowd and we began piloting a new 
payment service with improved functionality and flexibility.

More details on Appen’s technology initiatives to support 
its crowd can be found in the Technology process 
and systems section on page 12.

Crowd care

The fair and ethical treatment of our contractors, and 
our ongoing commitment to their wellbeing is a priority. 
As a company, we uphold responsible and sustainable 
labour and supply chain practices. We recognise this 
is the right thing to do and our customers also expect 
that their business partners uphold such standards.

Our Crowd Code of Ethics is central to how we care for 
our contractors. It includes our goal of fair pay and having 
our hourly rates exceed the minimum wage in markets 
where our managed services are used by customers. 
We continue to monitor hourly rates of pay of our crowd 
to ensure that any pay gaps are identified and resolved.

1 

 Measures the likelihood of crowd contractors to recommend Appen to a friend or colleague, according to a scale of 1–10 where 10 means 
extremely likely (0–6 Detractor, 7–8 Passive, 9–10 Promoter). NPS is calculated by subtracting the % of total detractors from the % of total 
promoters. Scores can range from – 100 to +100. 

Our Global Ethical Sourcing and Modern Slavery 

Policy outlines what we expect of our suppliers. 

Our policy is published on our website at 

Global Ethical Sourcing and Modern Slavery Policy.

We also support our contractors under our 

Whistleblower and Speak Up Policy. This policy 

is also published on our website at Whistleblower 

Speak Up Policy.

Crowd diversity and inclusion

One of the six pillars of our Crowd Code of Ethics 

is inclusion and we are dedicated to offering 

opportunities to individuals of all abilities 

and backgrounds.

Our Impact Sourcing Partnerships between our 

customers and community partners continue to grow, 

bringing in people who would not otherwise have 

opportunities for meaningful employment.

More information about our impact sourcing 

partnerships can be found in the Social and 

environment section on page 32.

Our Crowd 

Code of Ethics

   Fair pay  – Our goal is to pay our crowd 

above minimum wage in every market 

around the world where we operate.

   Inclusion – A diverse and inclusive 

culture is vital to our mission of helping 

build better AI. We offer opportunities for 

individuals of all abilities and backgrounds.

   Crowd voice – Our crowd has a valued 

voice at Appen and their feedback helps 

us to continuously improve.

   Privacy and confidentiality – 

Any information collected about the crowd 

is requested solely for the purposes of the 

project. We take precautions to protect 

that information and do not release private 

data on individuals to third parties without 

lawful basis.

    Communication – We believe 

in helpful, transparent and responsive 

lines of communication with our crowd.

   Wellbeing – We promote wellness, 

community and connections through 

online forums and best practices.

Our Crowd Code of Ethics 

Statement is available at: 

Our diverse global Crowd of 1M 

Contributors is Unmatched 

(appen.com)

FY24 focus

Our crowd is key to our ability to meet the needs of our clients. Attracting and retaining qualified people to work 

with clients to deploy AI that is effective and safe is critical to our operations and essential for the development 

of responsible AI. We remain focused on further enhancing the crowd experience to improve engagement.

16

Appen 2023 Annual Report

17

Global crowd

Crowd NPS 1

2023

2022

2021

2020

27

31

40

47

Our strategy to get the right crowd

We deploy a variety of strategies and technology to ensure 

our Crowd includes the diversity of skills, experience 

and backgrounds required for our clients’ projects. 

Requirements for more specific, specialised, and verified 

skills such as finance, coding, law, health, and creative 

writing are increasing as more clients work to develop and 

enhance generative AI and large language models (LLMs).

In 2023, we fundamentally overhauled most of our crowd 

facing systems. These enhancements deliver a better 

user experience, by providing a more efficient qualification 

process, without compromising our trust and safety 

standards for our customers.

We also expanded and upgraded our reporting and 

analytics capabilities to include richer contributor profiles 

– with hundreds of searchable profile skills and attributes 

now available. This helps to increase the knowledge 

that Appen has on an individual contributor. These 

enhancements also include quality data for individual 

projects which provide valuable insights for our customers.

Upgrades were also made to our communication platform 

to better support the crowd and we began piloting a new 

payment service with improved functionality and flexibility.

More details on Appen’s technology initiatives to support 

its crowd can be found in the Technology process 

and systems section on page 12.

Crowd care

The fair and ethical treatment of our contractors, and 

our ongoing commitment to their wellbeing is a priority. 

As a company, we uphold responsible and sustainable 

labour and supply chain practices. We recognise this 

is the right thing to do and our customers also expect 

that their business partners uphold such standards.

Our Crowd Code of Ethics is central to how we care for 

our contractors. It includes our goal of fair pay and having 

our hourly rates exceed the minimum wage in markets 

where our managed services are used by customers. 

We continue to monitor hourly rates of pay of our crowd 

to ensure that any pay gaps are identified and resolved.

1 

 Measures the likelihood of crowd contractors to recommend Appen to a friend or colleague, according to a scale of 1–10 where 10 means 

extremely likely (0–6 Detractor, 7–8 Passive, 9–10 Promoter). NPS is calculated by subtracting the % of total detractors from the % of total 

promoters. Scores can range from – 100 to +100. 

Our Global Ethical Sourcing and Modern Slavery 
Policy outlines what we expect of our suppliers. 
Our policy is published on our website at 
Global Ethical Sourcing and Modern Slavery Policy.

We also support our contractors under our 
Whistleblower and Speak Up Policy. This policy 
is also published on our website at Whistleblower 
Speak Up Policy.

Crowd diversity and inclusion

One of the six pillars of our Crowd Code of Ethics 
is inclusion and we are dedicated to offering 
opportunities to individuals of all abilities 
and backgrounds.

Our Impact Sourcing Partnerships between our 
customers and community partners continue to grow, 
bringing in people who would not otherwise have 
opportunities for meaningful employment.

More information about our impact sourcing 
partnerships can be found in the Social and 
environment section on page 32.

Our Crowd 
Code of Ethics

   Fair pay  – Our goal is to pay our crowd 
above minimum wage in every market 
around the world where we operate.

   Inclusion – A diverse and inclusive 
culture is vital to our mission of helping 
build better AI. We offer opportunities for 
individuals of all abilities and backgrounds.

   Crowd voice – Our crowd has a valued 
voice at Appen and their feedback helps 
us to continuously improve.

   Privacy and confidentiality – 
Any information collected about the crowd 
is requested solely for the purposes of the 
project. We take precautions to protect 
that information and do not release private 
data on individuals to third parties without 
lawful basis.

    Communication – We believe 
in helpful, transparent and responsive 
lines of communication with our crowd.

   Wellbeing – We promote wellness, 
community and connections through 
online forums and best practices.

Our Crowd Code of Ethics 
Statement is available at: 
Our diverse global Crowd of 1M 
Contributors is Unmatched 
(appen.com)

FY24 focus

Our crowd is key to our ability to meet the needs of our clients. Attracting and retaining qualified people to work 
with clients to deploy AI that is effective and safe is critical to our operations and essential for the development 
of responsible AI. We remain focused on further enhancing the crowd experience to improve engagement.

16

Appen 2023 Annual Report

17

Value drivers

Customer 
  and brand

At Appen, our focus is to deliver great outcomes and experiences for 
our customers. As a global market leader and trusted partner, we provide 
high-quality, human centric data to promote responsible and ethical AI.

Delivering value for customers

Since 1996, we have powered innovative AI applications for global 
brands including Microsoft, Amazon, Pinterest, Salesforce, Oracle, 
Adobe and BestBuy. Appen has cultivated trusted partnerships 
and earned a reputation based on our ability to provide unbiased, 
high quality, and globally representative data. As the demand for 
AI continues to grow, we remain committed to our core belief that 
humans are at the heart of its success.

Our focus is on creating stronger, smarter, and more efficient AI 
systems for our clients and to help shape a future where human 
intellect and machine learning seamlessly collaborate.

We believe that the success of our clients lies in their ability 
to leverage data effectively. Our high-quality human-annotated 
datasets are essential in training and validating AI algorithms, 
ultimately leading to more accurate and reliable results.

AI can be a powerful tool for positive change in the world. The work 
we do for our customers is impactful and we are committed to using 
our expertise and resources to support initiatives that use AI for 
social good. From partnering with organisations focused on 
environmental conservation to supporting projects that promote 
diversity and inclusion, we are dedicated to making a difference 
through AI. Our customers value our unwavering focus to promote 
responsible and ethical AI.

35

Customer NPS 

 13 points from 22 

in FY22

171

new customers 

22

LLM model builders 
as customers 

Priority SDG

Net promoter score

Our key customer satisfaction measurement tool 

is Net Promoter Score (NPS). We seek feedback from 

our customers on a bi-annual basis and monitor NPS 

across our Global, Enterprise and China clients.

This year customer NPS was 35, up 13 points from 

22 in FY22. This score was above target and reflected 

a high level of customer satisfaction with Appen’s service 

offerings and project delivery. Customers saw the benefit 

of organisational change at Appen, with the company’s 

internal resources and process better aligned and able 

to pivot to deliver higher quality project outcomes. 

In addition to the scoring process, we also receive 

qualitative feedback from our surveys. This feedback 

provides valuable insights and helps us to identify 

opportunities to further refine our product offerings and 

delivery services. We undertook several initiatives within 

our quality and engineering teams to ensure enterprise AI 

models delivered accurate and timely data for customers. 

Increasing channels to market

Establishing meaningful ecosystem partnerships 

to increase our channels to market has been a key 

focus. These relationships provide important access 

to enterprise customers and will enable our sales 

organisation to reach more customers.

NVIDIA: Our collaboration with NVIDIA, announced 

3 May 2023, is a solution that combines Appen’s AI data 

expertise with the NVIDIA AI Enterprise platform. The 

NVIDIA AI Enterprise platform provides a comprehensive 

suite of AI and data analytics software, while Appen 

complements this with data sourcing, annotation and 

labelling, and Reinforcement Learning with Human 

Feedback services. The collaboration between Appen 

and NVIDIA empowers our enterprise clients to elevate 

customer interactions through AI-enabled experiences. 

In 1H23, we signed our first million-dollar deal to service 

a global Fortune 500 company together with NVIDIA. 

REKA: The Appen + Reka AI partnership, announced 

4 May 2023 aims to accelerate the LLM journey for 

enterprises, providing them with the tools and expertise 

to overcome these challenges. Together, we deliver 

customised multi-modal LLM applications that improve 

productivity, improve customer experiences, and ensure 

data security and privacy.

Amazon Web Services (AWS): In November 2023, 

Appen selected AWS as its primary cloud for its 

AI solutions and innovation. Through a multi-year 

agreement, Appen and AWS have expanded their 

relationship as Appen develops new enterprise 

solutions for AI data sourcing, annotation and model 

evaluation. By leveraging AWS’s cloud infrastructure, 

including machine learning and AI capabilities, Appen’s 

AI data platform ensures the delivery of high-quality 

training data for market-leading generative AI products. 

This expanded partnership enables Appen to integrate 

cutting-edge services from AWS, further enhancing its AI 

data platform as a vital interface between humans and AI.

18

Appen 2023 Annual Report

19

Value drivers

Customer 

  and brand

At Appen, our focus is to deliver great outcomes and experiences for 

our customers. As a global market leader and trusted partner, we provide 

high-quality, human centric data to promote responsible and ethical AI.

Delivering value for customers

Since 1996, we have powered innovative AI applications for global 

brands including Microsoft, Amazon, Pinterest, Salesforce, Oracle, 

Adobe and BestBuy. Appen has cultivated trusted partnerships 

and earned a reputation based on our ability to provide unbiased, 

high quality, and globally representative data. As the demand for 

AI continues to grow, we remain committed to our core belief that 

humans are at the heart of its success.

Our focus is on creating stronger, smarter, and more efficient AI 

systems for our clients and to help shape a future where human 

intellect and machine learning seamlessly collaborate.

We believe that the success of our clients lies in their ability 

to leverage data effectively. Our high-quality human-annotated 

datasets are essential in training and validating AI algorithms, 

ultimately leading to more accurate and reliable results.

AI can be a powerful tool for positive change in the world. The work 

we do for our customers is impactful and we are committed to using 

our expertise and resources to support initiatives that use AI for 

social good. From partnering with organisations focused on 

environmental conservation to supporting projects that promote 

diversity and inclusion, we are dedicated to making a difference 

through AI. Our customers value our unwavering focus to promote 

responsible and ethical AI.

35

Customer NPS 

 13 points from 22 

in FY22

171

new customers 

22

LLM model builders 

as customers 

Priority SDG

Net promoter score

Our key customer satisfaction measurement tool 
is Net Promoter Score (NPS). We seek feedback from 
our customers on a bi-annual basis and monitor NPS 
across our Global, Enterprise and China clients.

This year customer NPS was 35, up 13 points from 
22 in FY22. This score was above target and reflected 
a high level of customer satisfaction with Appen’s service 
offerings and project delivery. Customers saw the benefit 
of organisational change at Appen, with the company’s 
internal resources and process better aligned and able 
to pivot to deliver higher quality project outcomes. 

In addition to the scoring process, we also receive 
qualitative feedback from our surveys. This feedback 
provides valuable insights and helps us to identify 
opportunities to further refine our product offerings and 
delivery services. We undertook several initiatives within 
our quality and engineering teams to ensure enterprise AI 
models delivered accurate and timely data for customers. 

Increasing channels to market

Establishing meaningful ecosystem partnerships 
to increase our channels to market has been a key 
focus. These relationships provide important access 
to enterprise customers and will enable our sales 
organisation to reach more customers.

NVIDIA: Our collaboration with NVIDIA, announced 
3 May 2023, is a solution that combines Appen’s AI data 
expertise with the NVIDIA AI Enterprise platform. The 
NVIDIA AI Enterprise platform provides a comprehensive 
suite of AI and data analytics software, while Appen 
complements this with data sourcing, annotation and 
labelling, and Reinforcement Learning with Human 
Feedback services. The collaboration between Appen 
and NVIDIA empowers our enterprise clients to elevate 
customer interactions through AI-enabled experiences. 
In 1H23, we signed our first million-dollar deal to service 
a global Fortune 500 company together with NVIDIA. 

REKA: The Appen + Reka AI partnership, announced 
4 May 2023 aims to accelerate the LLM journey for 
enterprises, providing them with the tools and expertise 
to overcome these challenges. Together, we deliver 
customised multi-modal LLM applications that improve 
productivity, improve customer experiences, and ensure 
data security and privacy.

Amazon Web Services (AWS): In November 2023, 
Appen selected AWS as its primary cloud for its 
AI solutions and innovation. Through a multi-year 
agreement, Appen and AWS have expanded their 
relationship as Appen develops new enterprise 
solutions for AI data sourcing, annotation and model 
evaluation. By leveraging AWS’s cloud infrastructure, 
including machine learning and AI capabilities, Appen’s 
AI data platform ensures the delivery of high-quality 
training data for market-leading generative AI products. 
This expanded partnership enables Appen to integrate 
cutting-edge services from AWS, further enhancing its AI 
data platform as a vital interface between humans and AI.

18

Appen 2023 Annual Report

19

Customer and brand

Large Language Models

Growing and diversifying our customer base

Taking the industry to new heights

At Appen, we understand the importance of trust and 
accountability in AI. Our Large Language Models (LLMs) 
released during 2023 serve as an essential trust layer, 
ensuring that AI tools are truly helpful and not harmful 
to the public. This year Appen launched various LLM tools 
for fine tuning and assurance, including AI chat feedback 
and benchmarking solutions. Collectively, these help 
enterprises to build more complex and high-performing 
LLMs that provide helpful, harmless, and honest 
responses while reducing bias and toxicity.

Appen is truly a global business and supports companies 
that are at the forefront of AI. Our customers include 
global technology companies, software business 
that incorporate AI models into their core products, 
generative AI model builders and enterprise companies 
that are adopting AI in their products and operations. 

In FY23, our top five customers accounted for 74.8% 
of revenue, down from 81.9% in FY22 . Revenue from 
New Markets (excluding Global Product) accounted 
for 26.3% of revenue, up from 18.1% in FY22. 

This year, Appen delivered multiple projects related 
to generative AI model development and evaluation, 
for leading model builders, large tech and enterprise 
customers. These projects included curating 
prompt-response datasets for fine tuning, preference 
annotation and ranking to train LLMs with human 
feedback, evaluation and benchmarking of generative 
AI model outputs, and human testing with live 
model interactions. More complex projects required 
domain-specific expertise, multilingual expansion and 
multimodal datasets. 

Generative AI revenue significantly increased in 2H23, 
up 410% compared to 1H23. Most projects are delivered 
using Appen’s Data Annotation Platform (ADAP); 
however, we are seeing new platform-only projects 
emerge with LLM startups. Appen is currently working 
with 22 LLM model builders globally. 

Generative AI

AI Chat Feedback:

Allows domain experts to assess multi-turn 
live conversations, enabling them to review, 
rate, and rewrite each response. This ensures 
that LLMs are tested in complex conversations 
that extend over multiple turns or dialogues, 
mirroring real-world applications.

Benchmarking:

Addresses the challenge of model selection 
by enabling customers to evaluate the 
performance of various models across common 
or fully custom dimensions. By leveraging 
a curated crowd of our AI training specialists, 
we evaluate performance along demographic 
dimensions such as gender, ethnicity, and 
language. A configurable dashboard enables 
efficient comparison of multiple models, 
providing invaluable insights for informed 
decision-making.

Beyond contributing to the technical growth of the 

AI industry, Appen plays a significant role in ensuring 

responsible AI practices. Our dedication to ethical 

considerations is apparent in every aspect of our work, 

from strict adherence to privacy and security protocols 

to regular reviews and updates of our policies.

By instilling these ethical standards throughout the AI 

lifecycle, we help create a framework within the industry 

that prioritises responsible AI use. This commitment 

ensures that the AI technologies we enable are not only 

advanced but also respect user privacy and promote 

fairness. We remain dedicated to shaping a future 

towards positive and ethical progress of AI.

In addition to supporting customers directly, we provide 

industry information and resources that monitor trends 

Case Study: Enhancing 

internet safety through 

search relevance

Appen data ensures online safety 

for children through search relevance

The Project: A popular video platform for 

children identified a need to improve search 

results and implement content filtering 

to ensure only appropriate content is readily 

available on the platform. A dedicated quality 

team was established to oversee the publication 

of content and a thorough quality check was 

conducted to flag and filter out inappropriate 

material before it is shared with children.

and developments in AI. In FY23, Appen released its State 

The Challenge: With a massive volume 

of AI Automotive Report. The report offers specific insights 

of content being published on the platform, 

into how the transportation and automotive industries 

the company needed to scale quickly. 

are leveraging artificial intelligence to improve driver and 

Specialised tasks were used to address child 

passenger experience, safety and comfort.

Appen partnered with The Harris Poll to deliver the 

research which identified that AI has tremendous 

potential to make the automotive experience safer 

and more innovative. The findings also noted optimism 

about the future of autonomous vehicles. Almost 80% 

safety thresholds and protection in search 

results. This allows users of all ages to enjoy 

relevant search results while being shielded 

from inappropriate content. The company also 

needed to validate that age-appropriate content 

filtering was working accurately.

of respondents indicated that they currently feel safe with 

The Solution: Appen’s ability to quickly 

autonomous vehicles on the road. Those surveyed also 

implement and scale projects made us the 

indicated their confidence in a number of AI applications.

preferred data provider. We assembled 

Appen’s research also uncovered the importance of 

human oversight to ensure an accurate and safe rollout 

of AI across the transportation space. In fact, 97% 

of respondents noted that human-in-the-loop evaluation 

is important for accurate model performance, which 

allows for more collaboration and oversight to improve 

the effectiveness of AI and machine learning models. 

The report can be accessed on the web: The State of AI 

and Machine Learning for Automotive 2023 (appen.com).

a dedicated quality team to provide precise 

rating guidance with detailed instructions for the 

crowd to clarify the defined age groups, content 

types, and definitions of inappropriate material.

The Result: The project is an ongoing effort 

to consistently deliver appropriate and filtered 

content to each defined age group. The team 

diligently reviews tens of thousands of video 

tasks each month, swiftly identifying videos 

that may initially appear safe for children but 

contain inappropriate voiceover content. 

Such videos are promptly flagged for offensive 

content, effectively deterring the viewing of 

inappropriate material by children, and creating 

a safer platform experience for users of all ages.

FY24 focus

In a dynamic and fast-paced AI market new opportunities are endless. Appen will continue to leverage its position 

as a global leader in data to deliver great outcomes for its customers and build new relationships. In FY24, we will 

continue to build on our expertise in LLM tools and evolve our offerings, including advancements to our annotation 

platform and automate processes through AI-based productivity initiatives.

20

Appen 2023 Annual Report

21

Customer and brand

At Appen, we understand the importance of trust and 

accountability in AI. Our Large Language Models (LLMs) 

released during 2023 serve as an essential trust layer, 

ensuring that AI tools are truly helpful and not harmful 

to the public. This year Appen launched various LLM tools 

for fine tuning and assurance, including AI chat feedback 

and benchmarking solutions. Collectively, these help 

LLMs that provide helpful, harmless, and honest 

responses while reducing bias and toxicity.

enterprises to build more complex and high-performing 

In FY23, our top five customers accounted for 74.8% 

Appen is truly a global business and supports companies 

that are at the forefront of AI. Our customers include 

global technology companies, software business 

that incorporate AI models into their core products, 

generative AI model builders and enterprise companies 

that are adopting AI in their products and operations. 

of revenue, down from 81.9% in FY22 . Revenue from 

New Markets (excluding Global Product) accounted 

for 26.3% of revenue, up from 18.1% in FY22. 

This year, Appen delivered multiple projects related 

to generative AI model development and evaluation, 

for leading model builders, large tech and enterprise 

customers. These projects included curating 

prompt-response datasets for fine tuning, preference 

annotation and ranking to train LLMs with human 

feedback, evaluation and benchmarking of generative 

AI model outputs, and human testing with live 

model interactions. More complex projects required 

domain-specific expertise, multilingual expansion and 

multimodal datasets. 

Generative AI revenue significantly increased in 2H23, 

up 410% compared to 1H23. Most projects are delivered 

using Appen’s Data Annotation Platform (ADAP); 

however, we are seeing new platform-only projects 

emerge with LLM startups. Appen is currently working 

with 22 LLM model builders globally. 

Generative AI

AI Chat Feedback:

Allows domain experts to assess multi-turn 

live conversations, enabling them to review, 

rate, and rewrite each response. This ensures 

that LLMs are tested in complex conversations 

that extend over multiple turns or dialogues, 

mirroring real-world applications.

Benchmarking:

Addresses the challenge of model selection 

by enabling customers to evaluate the 

performance of various models across common 

or fully custom dimensions. By leveraging 

a curated crowd of our AI training specialists, 

we evaluate performance along demographic 

dimensions such as gender, ethnicity, and 

language. A configurable dashboard enables 

efficient comparison of multiple models, 

providing invaluable insights for informed 

decision-making.

Large Language Models

Growing and diversifying our customer base

Taking the industry to new heights

Beyond contributing to the technical growth of the 
AI industry, Appen plays a significant role in ensuring 
responsible AI practices. Our dedication to ethical 
considerations is apparent in every aspect of our work, 
from strict adherence to privacy and security protocols 
to regular reviews and updates of our policies.

By instilling these ethical standards throughout the AI 
lifecycle, we help create a framework within the industry 
that prioritises responsible AI use. This commitment 
ensures that the AI technologies we enable are not only 
advanced but also respect user privacy and promote 
fairness. We remain dedicated to shaping a future 
towards positive and ethical progress of AI.

In addition to supporting customers directly, we provide 
industry information and resources that monitor trends 
and developments in AI. In FY23, Appen released its State 
of AI Automotive Report. The report offers specific insights 
into how the transportation and automotive industries 
are leveraging artificial intelligence to improve driver and 
passenger experience, safety and comfort.

Appen partnered with The Harris Poll to deliver the 
research which identified that AI has tremendous 
potential to make the automotive experience safer 
and more innovative. The findings also noted optimism 
about the future of autonomous vehicles. Almost 80% 
of respondents indicated that they currently feel safe with 
autonomous vehicles on the road. Those surveyed also 
indicated their confidence in a number of AI applications.

Appen’s research also uncovered the importance of 
human oversight to ensure an accurate and safe rollout 
of AI across the transportation space. In fact, 97% 
of respondents noted that human-in-the-loop evaluation 
is important for accurate model performance, which 
allows for more collaboration and oversight to improve 
the effectiveness of AI and machine learning models. 

The report can be accessed on the web: The State of AI 
and Machine Learning for Automotive 2023 (appen.com).

Case Study: Enhancing 
internet safety through 
search relevance

Appen data ensures online safety 
for children through search relevance

The Project: A popular video platform for 
children identified a need to improve search 
results and implement content filtering 
to ensure only appropriate content is readily 
available on the platform. A dedicated quality 
team was established to oversee the publication 
of content and a thorough quality check was 
conducted to flag and filter out inappropriate 
material before it is shared with children.

The Challenge: With a massive volume 
of content being published on the platform, 
the company needed to scale quickly. 
Specialised tasks were used to address child 
safety thresholds and protection in search 
results. This allows users of all ages to enjoy 
relevant search results while being shielded 
from inappropriate content. The company also 
needed to validate that age-appropriate content 
filtering was working accurately.

The Solution: Appen’s ability to quickly 
implement and scale projects made us the 
preferred data provider. We assembled 
a dedicated quality team to provide precise 
rating guidance with detailed instructions for the 
crowd to clarify the defined age groups, content 
types, and definitions of inappropriate material.

The Result: The project is an ongoing effort 
to consistently deliver appropriate and filtered 
content to each defined age group. The team 
diligently reviews tens of thousands of video 
tasks each month, swiftly identifying videos 
that may initially appear safe for children but 
contain inappropriate voiceover content. 
Such videos are promptly flagged for offensive 
content, effectively deterring the viewing of 
inappropriate material by children, and creating 
a safer platform experience for users of all ages.

20

Appen 2023 Annual Report

21

FY24 focus

In a dynamic and fast-paced AI market new opportunities are endless. Appen will continue to leverage its position 
as a global leader in data to deliver great outcomes for its customers and build new relationships. In FY24, we will 
continue to build on our expertise in LLM tools and evolve our offerings, including advancements to our annotation 
platform and automate processes through AI-based productivity initiatives.

Value drivers

Our 
  people

Every day, our people strive to unlock the power of AI for Good 
to build a better world. Our aim is to support their ability to do 
so, by providing a safe and inclusive work culture to allow them 
to perform at their best.

1,037 
FTEs

  from 1,475 in FY22

75%

Employee 
engagement

  from 78% in FY22

Priority SDG

Global and diverse work force

As of 31 December 2023, we had 795 full time equivalent employees (FTE), 
and approximately 222 fixed term, nine casual employees and 11 interns. 
Full time employees total 992 and part time employees total 45. As part 
of our transformation and in response to challenging external operating 
conditions we flattened our organisational structure and consolidated 
functions. This resulted in a 29.7% reduction in our workforce. 

1,037 
employees

  Permanent 
  Fixed term 
  Casual 
Interns 

  Full time 
  Part time 

795
222
9
11

992
45

2023 employee distribution

Appen’s people are based in North America, Asia Pacific, UK, Europe, 
Australia and India. In 2023, we added two new offices in Canada and India. 

1,037 
employees

  Asia Pacific 

  North America 

  Australia/NZ 

  UK/Europe 

725

185

55

72

Commitment to 

diversity and inclusion

At Appen, we aim to build a more diverse and 

inclusive workforce to improve our performance 

and better reflect the communities in which 

we operate. We understand the value of a global 

workforce and embrace the unique perspectives, 

experiences, and backgrounds of our people. 

Our diversity policy guides our inclusive work 

practices and is focused on increasing gender 

and ethnic diversity among employees, in senior 

management and on the board.

The Board has set a target of 30% female 

representation at all senior leadership levels. 

Female representation at the executive team 

and senior vice president (SVP) level declined 

due to voluntary and involuntary departures 

of senior female employees.

As of 31 December, women represented:

Overall workforce

Board director

Executive team/SVP

Vice President

Senior Director

Director

Manager

% female 2

2023

2022

55

50

22

35

47

40

61

57

50

30

32

63

45

57

Occupational profile

Our people have deep industry expertise, particularly 

in the areas of project delivery, crowd management 

and engineering. We have developed specialised 

industry capabilities which we embed into our 

products and processes. We also rely on deep domain 

expertise in the areas of linguistics, knowledge 

graphs, computational aptitude, machine learning 

and computer science. AI is fast paced and dynamic, 

and the with rise of generative AI we recognise 

that ongoing upskilling and reskilling is required 

to meet and exceed stakeholder expectations.

1,037 

employees

 Product and engineering 

  Delivery 

  Corporate 

  Crowd 

  Executive 

  Revenue and marketing 

546

171

111

132

67

10

Employee engagement

We recognise that an engaged and high-performing 

workforce is essential for the success of our business. 

To ensure we are responding to the needs of our 

people, we conduct quarterly engagement surveys. 

We continue to receive strong employee participation 

rates that allow us to leverage insights from our 

employee surveys to drive further improvements.

In FY23, we recorded an employee engagement 

score of 75% down from 78% on the previous year. 

In part, the decline in our employee engagement 

score reflects the challenging external environment 

and the realignment of our workforce to create 

a leaner and more efficient organisational structure. 

We will continue to respond to our employee’s 

feedback and drive our engagement scores higher 

in the following year.

Employee engagement 1

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

75%

78%

76%

82%

76%

1 

 Measures the likelihood of full-time permanent employees 

(including those in PEOS) referring a friend or colleague 

to Appen based on their employee experience. The scale 

is a 5-point Likert resulting in 1–2 Detractor, 3 Passive 

and 4–5 Promoter. NPS is calculated by subtracting 

the % of total detractors from the % of total promoters. 

Survey results are provided by Workday Peakon.

2  Based on HR report for all permanent employees 

generated by Workday.

22

Appen 2023 Annual Report

23

 
 
Value drivers

Our 

  people

Every day, our people strive to unlock the power of AI for Good 

to build a better world. Our aim is to support their ability to do 

so, by providing a safe and inclusive work culture to allow them 

to perform at their best.

1,037 

FTEs

  from 1,475 in FY22

75%

Employee 

engagement

  from 78% in FY22

Priority SDG

Global and diverse work force

As of 31 December 2023, we had 795 full time equivalent employees (FTE), 

and approximately 222 fixed term, nine casual employees and 11 interns. 

Full time employees total 992 and part time employees total 45. As part 

of our transformation and in response to challenging external operating 

conditions we flattened our organisational structure and consolidated 

functions. This resulted in a 29.7% reduction in our workforce. 

1,037 

employees

  Permanent 

  Fixed term 

  Casual 

Interns 

  Full time 

  Part time 

2023 employee distribution

Appen’s people are based in North America, Asia Pacific, UK, Europe, 

Australia and India. In 2023, we added two new offices in Canada and India. 

1,037 

employees

  Asia Pacific 

  North America 

  Australia/NZ 

  UK/Europe 

795

222

9

11

992

45

725

185

55

72

Commitment to 
diversity and inclusion

At Appen, we aim to build a more diverse and 
inclusive workforce to improve our performance 
and better reflect the communities in which 
we operate. We understand the value of a global 
workforce and embrace the unique perspectives, 
experiences, and backgrounds of our people. 
Our diversity policy guides our inclusive work 
practices and is focused on increasing gender 
and ethnic diversity among employees, in senior 
management and on the board.

The Board has set a target of 30% female 
representation at all senior leadership levels. 
Female representation at the executive team 
and senior vice president (SVP) level declined 
due to voluntary and involuntary departures 
of senior female employees.

As of 31 December, women represented:

Overall workforce

Board director

Executive team/SVP

Vice President

Senior Director

Director

Manager

% female 2

2023

2022

55

50

22

35

47

40

61

57

50

30

32

63

45

57

Occupational profile

Our people have deep industry expertise, particularly 
in the areas of project delivery, crowd management 
and engineering. We have developed specialised 
industry capabilities which we embed into our 
products and processes. We also rely on deep domain 
expertise in the areas of linguistics, knowledge 
graphs, computational aptitude, machine learning 
and computer science. AI is fast paced and dynamic, 
and the with rise of generative AI we recognise 
that ongoing upskilling and reskilling is required 
to meet and exceed stakeholder expectations.

  Delivery 

 Product and engineering 

1,037 
employees

  Corporate 

  Crowd 

  Revenue and marketing 

  Executive 

546

171

111

132

67

10

Employee engagement

We recognise that an engaged and high-performing 
workforce is essential for the success of our business. 
To ensure we are responding to the needs of our 
people, we conduct quarterly engagement surveys. 
We continue to receive strong employee participation 
rates that allow us to leverage insights from our 
employee surveys to drive further improvements.

In FY23, we recorded an employee engagement 
score of 75% down from 78% on the previous year. 
In part, the decline in our employee engagement 
score reflects the challenging external environment 
and the realignment of our workforce to create 
a leaner and more efficient organisational structure. 
We will continue to respond to our employee’s 
feedback and drive our engagement scores higher 
in the following year.

Employee engagement 1

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

75%

78%

76%

82%

76%

1 

 Measures the likelihood of full-time permanent employees 
(including those in PEOS) referring a friend or colleague 
to Appen based on their employee experience. The scale 
is a 5-point Likert resulting in 1–2 Detractor, 3 Passive 
and 4–5 Promoter. NPS is calculated by subtracting 
the % of total detractors from the % of total promoters. 
Survey results are provided by Workday Peakon.
2  Based on HR report for all permanent employees 

generated by Workday.

22

Appen 2023 Annual Report

23

 
 
Our people

Building our new culture

Training and development

This year, we adopted a new Culture Code to support our 
transformation. Through our new Purpose and Perspective, 
we are seeking to create an environment where everyone 
can thrive, feel valued, and grow their potential. Our people 
are further united by our four values that guide how 
we pursue individual, team and organisational objectives. 
Our values also inform how we work with those within 
and outside Appen.

Leaders are responsible for modelling our Culture Code 
and fostering it within their teams, and each employee 
is expected to conduct themselves in alignment with 
Appen’s Culture Code.

Appen’s Culture Code:

Purpose

We unlock the power of AI for Good to build a better world.

Perspective

We are a learn-it-all culture and embrace that comfort 
and growth do not coexist.

Values 

Four values unite us:

 Customer obsessed: We believe our customer 
relationships are the ultimate differentiator and 
the foundation of our success.

 Action oriented: We take decisive action, 
fast pace and make informed decisions quickly 
in order to drive progress and achieve results.

 Courage to innovate: We have the courage 
to and foster breakthrough thinking and make 
it our engine for growth, success, and progress.

 Winning together: We foster teamwork and 
collaboration, celebrate each other’s success, 
and work together towards common goals.

A collaborative goal-setting methodology was introduced 
in Appen in 2023 with OKRs – Objectives and Key Results. 
This framework helps drive our teams and employees 
to set challenging and ambitious goals with measurable 
results. All employees and managers were provided training 
throughout the year on how to cultivate impactful OKRs 
and drive meaningful conversations.

During 2023, Appen’s strategic focus progressed towards 
Large Language Models (LLMs), and due to the fast-changing 
landscape of today, it was important that Appen equipped 
its own people with the fundamentals of AI and LLMs. 
All employees were upskilled, and a specific focus on 
client-facing roles in sales, marketing, solutions, linguists, 
and service delivery, as well as an advanced path for more 
technical roles.

At the beginning of 2023, Appen rolled out a new leadership 
program that included paths for leaders at different levels 
from self-leadership to leading the organisation, as well 
as a Leadership Collaborative community and quarterly 
leadership labs where leaders can share best practices 
and collaborate on specific topics.

In FY23, our people averaged one hour of training per 
month through Appen University, with a total training time 
of 35,156 hours 1.

Working ethically

Our people are required to complete mandatory annual 
training in critical areas such as data privacy, security 
awareness and sexual harassment. Our Code of Conduct 
training which sets out employees’ obligations to act 
honestly and ethically is also mandatory for all employees 
and contractors. In FY23, we achieved a 95% completion 
rate for our Code of Conduct training 2.

 Data from Appen University.

1 
2  Data from Appen University, excluding China employees.

Giving back

Giving back to our global community is at the core of our 

business. In alignment with Appen’s AI for Good strategy, 

Appen launched its Volunteering program, giving our 

employees one day per year to volunteer for non-profit 

organisations in their communities. Appen believes this 

will not only benefit the communities in which we operate, 

but also enrich the lives of our employees by allowing 

them to make a difference.

Some examples of giving back included the Sydney 

office coming together to create 50 care packages 

in partnership with The Good Box, who support people 

experiencing homelessness across Australia.

In the Philippines, our Cavite team partnered with the 

Department of Education’s Brigada Eskwela, also known 

as School Maintenance Week, and prepped the schools 

for the upcoming academic year. The team helped 

transform ordinary classrooms into lively spaces that 

fuel creativity through donations of cleaning materials, 

refreshing the classroom by painting walls and furniture 

and cleaning the surroundings.

In addition, Appen’s Employee Service committee 

facilitated the following events to raise money, awareness 

and show our support:

 Appen’s Biggest Morning Tea – held in both Australia 

and the Philippines, where Appen raised $2,500 

towards making a difference for those impacted 

by cancer.

 Pride Month – Appen beamed Pride across the globe 

during Pride Month with our Philippines team marching 

in the Cavite Pride Parade; Exeter hosted ‘Dress Like 

The Rainbow’ day (helping to raise awareness of the 

state of LGBTQI rights across Europe); Sydney held 

a rainbow food-filled Pride lunch bursting with colour, 

and Bellevue threw a Pride Party raising funds for 

a local LGBTQI youth non-profit organisation.

 Cavite Fire Appeal – in 2023, many families were 

displaced by fires in Cavite, Philippines. Appen 

raised $3,500 to support those in need.

 Organised a 10,000 steps per day challenge across 

the month of September to help raise money for the 

Cerebral Palsy Alliance (CPA), an organisation that 

supports people living with Cerebral Palsy. A total 

of $5,200 was raised with more than 10 million steps 

made by employees globally.

24

Appen 2023 Annual Report

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our people

Building our new culture

Training and development

This year, we adopted a new Culture Code to support our 

A collaborative goal-setting methodology was introduced 

transformation. Through our new Purpose and Perspective, 

in Appen in 2023 with OKRs – Objectives and Key Results. 

we are seeking to create an environment where everyone 

This framework helps drive our teams and employees 

can thrive, feel valued, and grow their potential. Our people 

to set challenging and ambitious goals with measurable 

are further united by our four values that guide how 

results. All employees and managers were provided training 

we pursue individual, team and organisational objectives. 

throughout the year on how to cultivate impactful OKRs 

Our values also inform how we work with those within 

and drive meaningful conversations.

and outside Appen.

Leaders are responsible for modelling our Culture Code 

Large Language Models (LLMs), and due to the fast-changing 

and fostering it within their teams, and each employee 

landscape of today, it was important that Appen equipped 

is expected to conduct themselves in alignment with 

its own people with the fundamentals of AI and LLMs. 

During 2023, Appen’s strategic focus progressed towards 

Appen’s Culture Code.

Appen’s Culture Code:

Purpose

We unlock the power of AI for Good to build a better world.

Perspective

We are a learn-it-all culture and embrace that comfort 

and growth do not coexist.

Values 

Four values unite us:

 Customer obsessed: We believe our customer 

relationships are the ultimate differentiator and 

the foundation of our success.

 Action oriented: We take decisive action, 

fast pace and make informed decisions quickly 

in order to drive progress and achieve results.

 Courage to innovate: We have the courage 

to and foster breakthrough thinking and make 

it our engine for growth, success, and progress.

 Winning together: We foster teamwork and 

collaboration, celebrate each other’s success, 

and work together towards common goals.

All employees were upskilled, and a specific focus on 

client-facing roles in sales, marketing, solutions, linguists, 

and service delivery, as well as an advanced path for more 

technical roles.

At the beginning of 2023, Appen rolled out a new leadership 

program that included paths for leaders at different levels 

from self-leadership to leading the organisation, as well 

as a Leadership Collaborative community and quarterly 

leadership labs where leaders can share best practices 

and collaborate on specific topics.

In FY23, our people averaged one hour of training per 

month through Appen University, with a total training time 

of 35,156 hours 1.

Working ethically

Our people are required to complete mandatory annual 

training in critical areas such as data privacy, security 

awareness and sexual harassment. Our Code of Conduct 

training which sets out employees’ obligations to act 

honestly and ethically is also mandatory for all employees 

and contractors. In FY23, we achieved a 95% completion 

rate for our Code of Conduct training 2.

1 

 Data from Appen University.

2  Data from Appen University, excluding China employees.

Giving back

Giving back to our global community is at the core of our 
business. In alignment with Appen’s AI for Good strategy, 
Appen launched its Volunteering program, giving our 
employees one day per year to volunteer for non-profit 
organisations in their communities. Appen believes this 
will not only benefit the communities in which we operate, 
but also enrich the lives of our employees by allowing 
them to make a difference.

Some examples of giving back included the Sydney 
office coming together to create 50 care packages 
in partnership with The Good Box, who support people 
experiencing homelessness across Australia.

In the Philippines, our Cavite team partnered with the 
Department of Education’s Brigada Eskwela, also known 
as School Maintenance Week, and prepped the schools 
for the upcoming academic year. The team helped 
transform ordinary classrooms into lively spaces that 
fuel creativity through donations of cleaning materials, 
refreshing the classroom by painting walls and furniture 
and cleaning the surroundings.

In addition, Appen’s Employee Service committee 
facilitated the following events to raise money, awareness 
and show our support:

 Appen’s Biggest Morning Tea – held in both Australia 
and the Philippines, where Appen raised $2,500 
towards making a difference for those impacted 
by cancer.

 Pride Month – Appen beamed Pride across the globe 
during Pride Month with our Philippines team marching 
in the Cavite Pride Parade; Exeter hosted ‘Dress Like 
The Rainbow’ day (helping to raise awareness of the 
state of LGBTQI rights across Europe); Sydney held 
a rainbow food-filled Pride lunch bursting with colour, 
and Bellevue threw a Pride Party raising funds for 
a local LGBTQI youth non-profit organisation.

 Cavite Fire Appeal – in 2023, many families were 
displaced by fires in Cavite, Philippines. Appen 
raised $3,500 to support those in need.

 Organised a 10,000 steps per day challenge across 
the month of September to help raise money for the 
Cerebral Palsy Alliance (CPA), an organisation that 
supports people living with Cerebral Palsy. A total 
of $5,200 was raised with more than 10 million steps 
made by employees globally.

24

Appen 2023 Annual Report

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our people

Value drivers

New presence in India

Our Future Ways of Working

Appen completed the resizing and relocation of its 
engineering function to Hyderabad, India. This new location 
will be home to approximately 100 employees who will help 
with the development of cutting-edge software solutions 
that will shape the future of AI and Machine Learning. 

Launch of our internship program 

Appen launched its first internship program in 2023 
to harness curiosity, energy, and an irresistible zest 
for learning. The interns have actively participated, 
tackled substantial challenges, and ignited real business 
transformation across product, engineering, sales, 
marketing, customer success, IT and HR functions.

Appen partnered with the Coalition of Innovation Leaders 
Against Racism (CILAR) and attended the CILAR MyStartr 
event in Toronto in March 2023 where we sourced 
more than 100 applicants for our eight intern openings 
in the US and Canada – all from ethnically diverse 
backgrounds with senior level managers for exposure 
and coaching during the Summer of 2023. Nearly half 
remained during the fall to extend their internships.

For nearly three years, Appen employees have 
faced many challenges including working through 
the pandemic and responding to the ongoing tech 
slowdown as our customers cut costs. During this 
time, we transitioned to different working models 
and as a company, we embraced resilience and 
adjusted to the ever-changing environment and 
needs of our customers.

The next evolution of our Future Ways of Working 
strategy focuses on flexibility and no-one size fits 
all approach. This year, we learnt a lot about what 
we need to do in order to thrive at Appen, and a hybrid 
model gives us the best of both worlds. This model 
fosters flexibility, enhancing employee satisfaction and 
drives productivity. Appen has continued to promote 
in person social and cultural connections through 
the Neighbourhood Connections Program – allowing 
employees that live in the same city or community 
to build connections with colleagues.

FY24 focus

We recognise that a diverse, engaged and high performing workforce is key to our success. 
To that end, we remain focused on investing in our people and culture. We plan to further 
embed our new Culture Code throughout the company and develop and empower our leaders. 
Across Appen we will continue to champion diversity to help build a more inclusive workplace.

26

Appen 2023 Annual Report

27

Financial

Appen’s financial results reflect challenging external operating and 

macroeconomic conditions that have led to a broader technology market 

slowdown as customers reduced their spend and evaluated their AI 

strategies. In response, we remained focused on areas within our control 

and adopted a greater level of operational rigour. This enabled Appen 

to achieve its cash EBITDA profitability objective in December 2023. 

US$M (unless stated otherwise)

Group revenue and other income 

Operating revenue

Gross Margin 1 %

Underlying EBITDA 2

Underlying EBITDA 2 before FX

Underlying NPAT 3 

Statutory NPAT 4

Dividend cents per share

FY23

274.2

273.0

36.3%

(24.5)

(20.4)

(52.8)

(118.1)

Nil

FY22

388.5

388.1

37.6%

11.0

13.6

(22.8)

(239.1)

Nil

Change

-29.4%

-29.7%

-130bps

nm%

nm%

nm%

nm%

Financial performance summary 

The external operating environment and the response of our 

customers’ is reflected in Appen’s financial performance as follows: 

•  Group revenue and other income decreased 29.4% 

•  China finished the year strongly with Q4 revenue 

to $274.2 million, primarily reflecting a lower contribution 

of $11.1 million representing a quarterly record. 

from Global Services which recorded a 36.1% reduction 

in revenue. 

•  Product development investment (excluding 

amortisation) decreased 16.0% to $34.6 million 

•  Global Services revenue down 36.1% to $191.5 million.

and represented 12.7% of revenue.

•  New Market revenue down 7.8% to $81.5 million, 

•  Underlying EBITDA (before the impact of foreign 

impacted by lower Global Product revenue. Excluding 

exchange losses) decreased from $13.6 million 

Global Product, New Markets revenue grew 2.2% 

to ($20.4) million due to lower revenue, lower gross 

to $71.8 million. 

margin, proportionally higher cost base versus FY22. 

Priority 

SDG

1  Gross margin refers to revenue less crowd expenses.

2  Underlying EBITDA excludes impairment loss, earn-out adjustment, restructure costs, transaction costs, 

inventory losses, and acquisition-related and one-time share-based payment expense.

3  Underlying NPAT excludes after tax impact of impairment loss, earn-out adjustment, restructure costs, 

transaction costs, inventory losses, acquisition-related and one-time share-based payment expense, 

amortisation of acquisition related intangibles, and deemed interest on earn-out liability.

4  Includes non-cash impairment of $69.2 million (FY22: non-cash impairment of $204.3 million).

Our people

Value drivers

New presence in India

Our Future Ways of Working

Appen completed the resizing and relocation of its 

For nearly three years, Appen employees have 

engineering function to Hyderabad, India. This new location 

faced many challenges including working through 

will be home to approximately 100 employees who will help 

the pandemic and responding to the ongoing tech 

with the development of cutting-edge software solutions 

slowdown as our customers cut costs. During this 

that will shape the future of AI and Machine Learning. 

time, we transitioned to different working models 

Launch of our internship program 

Appen launched its first internship program in 2023 

to harness curiosity, energy, and an irresistible zest 

for learning. The interns have actively participated, 

tackled substantial challenges, and ignited real business 

transformation across product, engineering, sales, 

marketing, customer success, IT and HR functions.

Appen partnered with the Coalition of Innovation Leaders 

Against Racism (CILAR) and attended the CILAR MyStartr 

event in Toronto in March 2023 where we sourced 

more than 100 applicants for our eight intern openings 

in the US and Canada – all from ethnically diverse 

backgrounds with senior level managers for exposure 

and coaching during the Summer of 2023. Nearly half 

remained during the fall to extend their internships.

and as a company, we embraced resilience and 

adjusted to the ever-changing environment and 

needs of our customers.

The next evolution of our Future Ways of Working 

strategy focuses on flexibility and no-one size fits 

all approach. This year, we learnt a lot about what 

we need to do in order to thrive at Appen, and a hybrid 

model gives us the best of both worlds. This model 

fosters flexibility, enhancing employee satisfaction and 

drives productivity. Appen has continued to promote 

in person social and cultural connections through 

the Neighbourhood Connections Program – allowing 

employees that live in the same city or community 

to build connections with colleagues.

FY24 focus

We recognise that a diverse, engaged and high performing workforce is key to our success. 

To that end, we remain focused on investing in our people and culture. We plan to further 

embed our new Culture Code throughout the company and develop and empower our leaders. 

Across Appen we will continue to champion diversity to help build a more inclusive workplace.

Financial

Appen’s financial results reflect challenging external operating and 
macroeconomic conditions that have led to a broader technology market 
slowdown as customers reduced their spend and evaluated their AI 
strategies. In response, we remained focused on areas within our control 
and adopted a greater level of operational rigour. This enabled Appen 
to achieve its cash EBITDA profitability objective in December 2023. 

US$M (unless stated otherwise)

Group revenue and other income 

Operating revenue

Gross Margin 1 %

Underlying EBITDA 2

Underlying EBITDA 2 before FX

Underlying NPAT 3 

Statutory NPAT 4

Dividend cents per share

FY23

274.2

273.0

36.3%

(24.5)

(20.4)

(52.8)

(118.1)

Nil

FY22

388.5

388.1

37.6%

11.0

13.6

(22.8)

(239.1)

Nil

Change

-29.4%

-29.7%

-130bps

nm%

nm%

nm%

nm%

Financial performance summary 

The external operating environment and the response of our 
customers’ is reflected in Appen’s financial performance as follows: 

•  Group revenue and other income decreased 29.4% 

to $274.2 million, primarily reflecting a lower contribution 
from Global Services which recorded a 36.1% reduction 
in revenue. 

•  Global Services revenue down 36.1% to $191.5 million.

•  China finished the year strongly with Q4 revenue 
of $11.1 million representing a quarterly record. 

•  Product development investment (excluding 
amortisation) decreased 16.0% to $34.6 million 
and represented 12.7% of revenue.

•  New Market revenue down 7.8% to $81.5 million, 

impacted by lower Global Product revenue. Excluding 
Global Product, New Markets revenue grew 2.2% 
to $71.8 million. 

•  Underlying EBITDA (before the impact of foreign 
exchange losses) decreased from $13.6 million 
to ($20.4) million due to lower revenue, lower gross 
margin, proportionally higher cost base versus FY22. 

Priority 
SDG

1  Gross margin refers to revenue less crowd expenses.
2  Underlying EBITDA excludes impairment loss, earn-out adjustment, restructure costs, transaction costs, 

inventory losses, and acquisition-related and one-time share-based payment expense.

3  Underlying NPAT excludes after tax impact of impairment loss, earn-out adjustment, restructure costs, 
transaction costs, inventory losses, acquisition-related and one-time share-based payment expense, 
amortisation of acquisition related intangibles, and deemed interest on earn-out liability.

4  Includes non-cash impairment of $69.2 million (FY22: non-cash impairment of $204.3 million).

26

Appen 2023 Annual Report

27

Financial

•  Underlying EBITDA (including the impact of foreign 

Operating revenue and customer diversification

exchange gains and losses) decreased from $11.0 million 
to ($24.5) million.

•  Underlying net loss after tax increased to $52.8 million 
from underlying net loss of $22.8 million in FY22, due 
to the factors mentioned above, offset by an income 
tax benefit of $6.8 million primarily relating to the 
reduction of deferred tax liabilities.

•  Non-cash impairment of $69.2 million reflecting the 

impairment of Goodwill and certain non-current assets 
associated with the Global Services cash generating unit. 
FY22 included non-cash impairment of $204.3 million 
reflecting the impairment of Goodwill and certain 
intangibles associated with the New Markets (excl. China) 
cash generating unit.

•  Statutory net loss after tax and after impairment 
of $118.1 million, compared to statutory net loss after 
tax of $239.1 million in FY22. 

•  No dividend was paid due to Appen’s financial 

performance and to ensure appropriate allocation 
of capital. 

•  Cash balance of $32.1 million at 31 December 2023 

and no debt. 

Market conditions 

In 2023 global economic growth slowed given the impact 
of monetary policy tightening and cost of living pressures. 
While activity remained resilient in key markets like the 
United States, economic and geopolitical conditions 
resulted in an ongoing slowdown in Tech spending as 
customers continued to reduce costs and evaluate their 
AI strategies. These conditions proved more challenging 
than expected. While there were green shoots in generative 
AI product offerings, these projects remain small, and they 
have not offset revenue declines in Appen’s core deep 
learning business. 

The emergence of large language models (LLMs) such as 
ChatGPT launched at the end of 2022 sparked excitement 
and significant interest in generative AI. Throughout 2023, 
the potential impact of generative AI continued to grow, 
and the acceleration of its adoption is now a key propriety 
for many companies. Bloomberg Intelligence expect the 
generative AI market to grow at a CAGR of 42% and reach 
a total spend of approximately $1.3 trillion in 2032. 1 

Human feedback across the full cycle of LLM development 
is required to minimise hallucinations, bias and toxicity. 
In 2023 we saw the emergence of tools that enabled 
developers to use LLMs more effectively with humans 
for data curation, testing and monitoring human functions. 
To secure the last mile development of LLMs, human in the 
loop feedback will be critical to ensure ongoing fine-tuning 
and generally supporting a new potential of human led 
operating systems.

Group operating revenue decreased 29.7% to $273.0 million, 
reflecting a lower contribution from the Global division 
and New Markets as our customers optimise their spend, 
cut costs, and evaluated their AI strategies. Revenue from 
New Markets (excluding Global Product) represented 26.3% 
of total group revenue, up from 18.1% in FY22. 

In FY23, model testing and relevance work represented 
75.9% of group revenue, compared to 76.1% in FY22. 

On 22 January 2024, Appen advised that it had received 
notification from a material customer, Google LLC, that 
as part of a strategic review process it will be terminating 
its global inbound services contract with Appen, resulting 
in the cessation of all projects with Appen by 19 March 2024. 

Appen’s FY23 revenue from Google was $82.8 million and 
represents 30.3% of total revenue. Group revenue, excluding 
Google was $190.2 million, compared to $285.4 million in FY22. 

Revenue by operating division

Global Services FY23 revenue decreased 36.1% 
to $191.5 million (FY22: $299.8 million) and was impacted 
by a reduction in spend from Global customers due to the 
ongoing challenging external operating and macroeconomic 
conditions. Despite the external environment, Global 
Services won 83 new projects (albeit at a lower level when 
compared to 156 in FY22), including annotation, content 
categorisation and relevance work. 

We saw some green shoots as revenue from LLM work 
contributed, and all Appen’s Global customers completed 
a generative AI project or had a project in the pipeline. 

New Markets revenue declined 7.8% to $81.5 million, 
impacted by lower Global Product revenue. Second half 
revenue from New Markets reduced 1.6% to $42.6 million 
from $43.3 million in 2HFY22. 

Excluding Global Product, New Markets revenue grew 
2.2% to $71.8 million due to growth from China, Quadrant 
and Government. 

Second half revenue from Enterprise, China, Quadrant 
and Government grew 8.8% compared to prior corresponding 
period to $39.0 million due to strong contributions from 
China and Quadrant. In China, 2H23 revenue grew 23.4% 
on the prior corresponding period on the back of new 
LLM project launches. 

New Markets won a total of 171 new customers 
(FY22: 184 new customers). This reflects the good 
momentum in Enterprise, China and Quadrant, primarily 
for LLM evaluation, autonomous vehicles (AV), in-car cabin 
data collection and point-of-interest data collection. 

The Enterprise team secured 34 new client wins which 
included LLM evaluation and categorisation, search 
relevance, taxonomy and annotation work. 

Enterprise also secured multiple deals with leading LLM 

Amortisation of product development was $19.7 million down 

model builder. The average deal size signed was $147,000, 

from $20.6 million in 2022. The decrease reflects and reflects 

up 5.0% from the average deal size of $140,000 in FY22 

a higher lower level of product development investment.

and $61,000 in FY21. In 2H FY23 the average deal size was 

$200,000 compared to $106,000 in 1H FY23.

China recorded 2.7% lift in revenue to $34.5 million compared 

to FY22. The business finished the year strongly delivering 

a record Q4 revenue performance of $11.1 million as business 

conditions returned to more normalised levels as the 

protracted COVID19 impacts evident in 1H23 subsided. 

Underlying financial performance 

Underlying earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and 

amortisation (EBITDA) was ($24.5 million) (2022: $11.0 million). 

Before the impact of foreign exchange gains or losses, 

underlying EBITDA was ($20.4 million) (2022: $13.6 million). 

The reduction in Appen’s underlying EBITDA is due 

to reduced revenue and gross margin, and a proportionally 

Collectively China, Japan and Korea secured 82 new 

higher cost base versus FY22. 

clients, which included eight clients with 20 LLM projects, 

projects with large tech and leading automobile companies, 

and a project with a large multinational conglomerate. 

Cost of sales, which is predominantly comprised of payments 

to our crowd workers was up as a percentage of revenue 

at 63.7% compared to 62.4% for FY22. This is primarily 

China remained focused on growth and maintaining its 

due to the customer and project mix.

position as a leading AI data company. In the first half 

of FY23 China released two new platforms, 1) an LLM 

Data Training platform, and 2) SaaS Annotation platform. 

The China business continues to support 10 of the leading 

auto companies, the top 10 internet companies and the 

top four mobile companies. 

The Quadrant business, which now fully integrated into 

the New Markets business, recorded strong revenue growth, 

albeit from a small base. This primarily reflects an increase 

in data location. Quadrant also secured 55 new clients wins. 

Operating expenses 1 for FY23 decreased 11.3% or $14.8 million 

compared to FY22. The decrease predominately reflects the 

benefit of the cost reduction program completed over the 

course of FY23. 

The Global Services segment reported EBITDA 

of $17.5 million down 67.9% from $54.5 million in FY22, 

mainly due to reduction in spend from Global customers 

due to the ongoing challenging external operating and 

macroeconomic conditions, and a proportionally higher 

cost base coming out of FY22. Global Services EBITDA 

Government recorded good revenue growth, albeit from 

margin of 9.1% primarily impacted by lower revenue on core 

a small base. This primarily reflects the delivery of large 

high margin projects, and a proportionally higher cost base 

contract won in FY22.

coming out of FY22.

Further detail can be found in the Customer and Brand value 

The New Markets segment reported EBITDA 

driver on page 18.

Product development

Technology continues to play a critical role in Appen’s 

business and underpins our ability to deliver large scale 

data requirements for our customers. Investment in product 

development in FY23 (excluding amortisation) decreased 

16.0% to $34.6 million and represented 12.7% of revenue 

(2022: $41.2 million or 10.6% of revenue). 

While the quantum of our product development spend was 

lower in FY23, we remain committed to the development 

of industry-leading products and tools. This year, 

we delivered several initiatives to improve the crowd and 

customer experiences, and the development of LLM and 

annotation platforms in China. Within ADAP we released 

enhancements and new features to support our LLM data 

products which enable Enterprises to fine tune, evaluate 

and monitor their LLM models. These products include AI 

chat feedback functionality, benchmarking solutions and 

text tools. For more information on these initiatives see the 

Technology processes and systems value driver on page 12. 

of ($32.7 million) compared to EBITDA of ($36.5 million) 

in FY22. The improvement reflects implementation 

of the cost reduction program and higher margin project 

mix in Global Product.

Underlying net loss after tax was ($52.8 million) compared 

to ($22.8 million) in FY22. Increase predominately due 

to the factors noted above with the main contributing 

factor being a reduction in spend from Global customers 

due to the ongoing challenging external operating and 

macroeconomic conditions.

Statutory net loss after tax of ($118.1 million) includes 

one-off restructure costs of $8.9 million associated 

with implementation of the cost reduction programs 

implemented during FY23 and one-off costs associated 

with changes to the leadership team to align with the 

strategy refresh and turn around focus. Also included 

is non-cash impairment of $69.2 million in relation to the 

Global Services cash generating unit.

1  Bloomberg Intelligence, IDC (June 2023).

28

1  Operating expenses exclude crowd labelling services, share-based payments, depreciation and amortisation, transaction 

costs, finance costs and restructure costs.

Appen 2023 Annual Report

29

Financial

•  Underlying EBITDA (including the impact of foreign 

Operating revenue and customer diversification

of $118.1 million, compared to statutory net loss after 

Appen’s FY23 revenue from Google was $82.8 million and 

exchange gains and losses) decreased from $11.0 million 

to ($24.5) million.

•  Underlying net loss after tax increased to $52.8 million 

from underlying net loss of $22.8 million in FY22, due 

to the factors mentioned above, offset by an income 

tax benefit of $6.8 million primarily relating to the 

reduction of deferred tax liabilities.

•  Non-cash impairment of $69.2 million reflecting the 

impairment of Goodwill and certain non-current assets 

associated with the Global Services cash generating unit. 

FY22 included non-cash impairment of $204.3 million 

reflecting the impairment of Goodwill and certain 

intangibles associated with the New Markets (excl. China) 

cash generating unit.

•  Statutory net loss after tax and after impairment 

tax of $239.1 million in FY22. 

•  No dividend was paid due to Appen’s financial 

performance and to ensure appropriate allocation 

of capital. 

and no debt. 

Market conditions 

In 2023 global economic growth slowed given the impact 

of monetary policy tightening and cost of living pressures. 

While activity remained resilient in key markets like the 

United States, economic and geopolitical conditions 

resulted in an ongoing slowdown in Tech spending as 

customers continued to reduce costs and evaluate their 

AI strategies. These conditions proved more challenging 

than expected. While there were green shoots in generative 

Group operating revenue decreased 29.7% to $273.0 million, 

reflecting a lower contribution from the Global division 

and New Markets as our customers optimise their spend, 

cut costs, and evaluated their AI strategies. Revenue from 

New Markets (excluding Global Product) represented 26.3% 

of total group revenue, up from 18.1% in FY22. 

In FY23, model testing and relevance work represented 

75.9% of group revenue, compared to 76.1% in FY22. 

On 22 January 2024, Appen advised that it had received 

notification from a material customer, Google LLC, that 

as part of a strategic review process it will be terminating 

its global inbound services contract with Appen, resulting 

in the cessation of all projects with Appen by 19 March 2024. 

represents 30.3% of total revenue. Group revenue, excluding 

Google was $190.2 million, compared to $285.4 million in FY22. 

Revenue by operating division

to $191.5 million (FY22: $299.8 million) and was impacted 

by a reduction in spend from Global customers due to the 

ongoing challenging external operating and macroeconomic 

conditions. Despite the external environment, Global 

Services won 83 new projects (albeit at a lower level when 

compared to 156 in FY22), including annotation, content 

categorisation and relevance work. 

We saw some green shoots as revenue from LLM work 

contributed, and all Appen’s Global customers completed 

a generative AI project or had a project in the pipeline. 

•  Cash balance of $32.1 million at 31 December 2023 

Global Services FY23 revenue decreased 36.1% 

AI product offerings, these projects remain small, and they 

New Markets revenue declined 7.8% to $81.5 million, 

have not offset revenue declines in Appen’s core deep 

impacted by lower Global Product revenue. Second half 

learning business. 

revenue from New Markets reduced 1.6% to $42.6 million 

from $43.3 million in 2HFY22. 

The emergence of large language models (LLMs) such as 

ChatGPT launched at the end of 2022 sparked excitement 

Excluding Global Product, New Markets revenue grew 

and significant interest in generative AI. Throughout 2023, 

2.2% to $71.8 million due to growth from China, Quadrant 

the potential impact of generative AI continued to grow, 

and Government. 

and the acceleration of its adoption is now a key propriety 

for many companies. Bloomberg Intelligence expect the 

generative AI market to grow at a CAGR of 42% and reach 

a total spend of approximately $1.3 trillion in 2032. 1 

Second half revenue from Enterprise, China, Quadrant 

and Government grew 8.8% compared to prior corresponding 

period to $39.0 million due to strong contributions from 

China and Quadrant. In China, 2H23 revenue grew 23.4% 

Human feedback across the full cycle of LLM development 

on the prior corresponding period on the back of new 

is required to minimise hallucinations, bias and toxicity. 

LLM project launches. 

In 2023 we saw the emergence of tools that enabled 

developers to use LLMs more effectively with humans 

for data curation, testing and monitoring human functions. 

To secure the last mile development of LLMs, human in the 

loop feedback will be critical to ensure ongoing fine-tuning 

and generally supporting a new potential of human led 

operating systems.

New Markets won a total of 171 new customers 

(FY22: 184 new customers). This reflects the good 

momentum in Enterprise, China and Quadrant, primarily 

for LLM evaluation, autonomous vehicles (AV), in-car cabin 

data collection and point-of-interest data collection. 

The Enterprise team secured 34 new client wins which 

included LLM evaluation and categorisation, search 

relevance, taxonomy and annotation work. 

Enterprise also secured multiple deals with leading LLM 
model builder. The average deal size signed was $147,000, 
up 5.0% from the average deal size of $140,000 in FY22 
and $61,000 in FY21. In 2H FY23 the average deal size was 
$200,000 compared to $106,000 in 1H FY23.

China recorded 2.7% lift in revenue to $34.5 million compared 
to FY22. The business finished the year strongly delivering 
a record Q4 revenue performance of $11.1 million as business 
conditions returned to more normalised levels as the 
protracted COVID19 impacts evident in 1H23 subsided. 

Collectively China, Japan and Korea secured 82 new 
clients, which included eight clients with 20 LLM projects, 
projects with large tech and leading automobile companies, 
and a project with a large multinational conglomerate. 

China remained focused on growth and maintaining its 
position as a leading AI data company. In the first half 
of FY23 China released two new platforms, 1) an LLM 
Data Training platform, and 2) SaaS Annotation platform. 
The China business continues to support 10 of the leading 
auto companies, the top 10 internet companies and the 
top four mobile companies. 

The Quadrant business, which now fully integrated into 
the New Markets business, recorded strong revenue growth, 
albeit from a small base. This primarily reflects an increase 
in data location. Quadrant also secured 55 new clients wins. 

Government recorded good revenue growth, albeit from 
a small base. This primarily reflects the delivery of large 
contract won in FY22.

Further detail can be found in the Customer and Brand value 
driver on page 18.

Product development

Technology continues to play a critical role in Appen’s 
business and underpins our ability to deliver large scale 
data requirements for our customers. Investment in product 
development in FY23 (excluding amortisation) decreased 
16.0% to $34.6 million and represented 12.7% of revenue 
(2022: $41.2 million or 10.6% of revenue). 

While the quantum of our product development spend was 
lower in FY23, we remain committed to the development 
of industry-leading products and tools. This year, 
we delivered several initiatives to improve the crowd and 
customer experiences, and the development of LLM and 
annotation platforms in China. Within ADAP we released 
enhancements and new features to support our LLM data 
products which enable Enterprises to fine tune, evaluate 
and monitor their LLM models. These products include AI 
chat feedback functionality, benchmarking solutions and 
text tools. For more information on these initiatives see the 
Technology processes and systems value driver on page 12. 

Amortisation of product development was $19.7 million down 
from $20.6 million in 2022. The decrease reflects and reflects 
a higher lower level of product development investment.

Underlying financial performance 

Underlying earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and 
amortisation (EBITDA) was ($24.5 million) (2022: $11.0 million). 
Before the impact of foreign exchange gains or losses, 
underlying EBITDA was ($20.4 million) (2022: $13.6 million). 
The reduction in Appen’s underlying EBITDA is due 
to reduced revenue and gross margin, and a proportionally 
higher cost base versus FY22. 

Cost of sales, which is predominantly comprised of payments 
to our crowd workers was up as a percentage of revenue 
at 63.7% compared to 62.4% for FY22. This is primarily 
due to the customer and project mix.

Operating expenses 1 for FY23 decreased 11.3% or $14.8 million 
compared to FY22. The decrease predominately reflects the 
benefit of the cost reduction program completed over the 
course of FY23. 

The Global Services segment reported EBITDA 
of $17.5 million down 67.9% from $54.5 million in FY22, 
mainly due to reduction in spend from Global customers 
due to the ongoing challenging external operating and 
macroeconomic conditions, and a proportionally higher 
cost base coming out of FY22. Global Services EBITDA 
margin of 9.1% primarily impacted by lower revenue on core 
high margin projects, and a proportionally higher cost base 
coming out of FY22.

The New Markets segment reported EBITDA 
of ($32.7 million) compared to EBITDA of ($36.5 million) 
in FY22. The improvement reflects implementation 
of the cost reduction program and higher margin project 
mix in Global Product.

Underlying net loss after tax was ($52.8 million) compared 
to ($22.8 million) in FY22. Increase predominately due 
to the factors noted above with the main contributing 
factor being a reduction in spend from Global customers 
due to the ongoing challenging external operating and 
macroeconomic conditions.

Statutory net loss after tax of ($118.1 million) includes 
one-off restructure costs of $8.9 million associated 
with implementation of the cost reduction programs 
implemented during FY23 and one-off costs associated 
with changes to the leadership team to align with the 
strategy refresh and turn around focus. Also included 
is non-cash impairment of $69.2 million in relation to the 
Global Services cash generating unit.

1  Bloomberg Intelligence, IDC (June 2023).

28

1  Operating expenses exclude crowd labelling services, share-based payments, depreciation and amortisation, transaction 

costs, finance costs and restructure costs.

Appen 2023 Annual Report

29

Financial

Cost reduction program 

Non-cash asset impairment charge

The following table summarises the Group’s financial results for the current and prior year and provides a reconciliation 

In line with Appen’s focus on operational rigour, the Group 
announced delivered a $60 million1 cost savings program, 
with the first full year impact expected to be achieved 
in FY24. The initiatives completed over the course 
of FY23 enabled Appen to achieve its cash EBITDA 
profitability objective in December 2023.

Growth strategy and FY24 priorities 

Appen plays a key role in powering both deep learning 
applications and generative AI. This year, Appen 
re-positioned itself to take advantage of its full growth 
potential and to capture available opportunities 
in the generative AI space.

Appen’s strategy remains focused on delivering high 
quality data for leading AI. Quality data is important for 
deep learning model performance and is even more 
important for generative AI.

Appen has a comparative advantage over its competitors 
by using its +28 years of experience in crowd-based data 
collection, annotation and model evaluation and adapt this 
expertise to generative AI. Appen’s AI data services for deep 
learning and generative AI is illustrated on page 2 in the 
About Appen section. 

Appen is focused on the following five strategic pillars 
to support its customers and deliver profitable growth. 

1.  Building a next generation crowd and project 

management platform that improve how we deliver 
projects, create a better experience for our crowd, 
and reduce our related product and engineering costs. 

2.  Utilise more AI in our projects to scale the creation 

of datasets for our customers. 

3.  Configure our highly-flexible ADAP platform to support 

companies that are customising off-the-shelf generative 
AI models for their internal use cases. 

4.  Modernise our sales and marketing with a stronger focus 
on existing customer account management technical 
thought leadership. 

5.  Tightly manage our costs to adjust costs more 

proactively to revenue.

Following a review of the value of the Group’s cash 
generating units (CGU) and of the carrying value of its assets 
in accordance with the relevant accounting standards, 
a non-cash, pre-tax impairment charge of $69.2 million was 
booked for the year ended 31 December 2023. The carrying 
value of non-goodwill intangibles attributable to the Global 
Services CGU was reduced by $16.1 million and the carrying 
value of Goodwill was reduced by $53.1 million. 

The impairment charge is non-cash related and 
is a non-operating item. Accordingly, underlying EBITDA 
and underlying NPAT is not impacted. 

Note 12 of the financial report (pages 107 to 110) 
provides further information in relation to the impact 
of the impairment charge on the Group’s intangible assets.

Balance sheet

Net assets at 31 December 2023 were $92.8 million 
(31 December 2022: $148.0 million). Decrease in net assets 
primarily due to trading performance during the year and 
non-cash impairment charge noted above.

Trade and other receivables combined with contract assets 
were $29.3 million lower at 31 December 2023 compared 
to 31 December 2022 due to lower revenue volumes. 

Current liabilities were $17.4 million lower at 31 December 2023 
compared to 31 December 2022. Decrease is due to lower 
trade and other payables ($12.5 million) because of lower 
cost of sales and operating expenses. In addition, contract 
liabilities are down $7.6 million primarily due to lower 
revenue volumes. 

Cash balance increased by $8.7 million to $32.1 million 
at 31 December 2023 from $23.4 million at 31 December 2022. 
This includes net proceeds of $57.4 million from issuance 
of shares during the period, partially offset by lower trading 
performance and one-off costs associated with cost 
reduction programs. 

In June Appen completed a fully underwritten ~A$60 million 
equity raising and in December 2023, completed a further 
fully underwritten ~A$30 million equity raising to support the 
company’s refresh. Net proceeds of $57.4 million through the 
issue of 86,707,619 shares.

between our statutory and underlying results.

Global Services revenue

New Markets revenue

Other income

Total sales revenue and other income from principal activities

Underlying net loss after tax (NPAT) 1

(Less)/add underlying adjustments (net of tax)

Amortisation of acquisition-related identifiable Intangible assets

Impairment loss

Earn-out adjustment

Restructure costs

Transaction costs

Deemed interest on earn-out liability 2

Losses on inventory

Acquisition-related and one-time share-based payments 

Statutory NPAT

Less: tax benefit

Add: net interest expense

Add: deemed interest on earn-out liability 2

EBIT 3

Add: depreciation and amortisation

Statutory EBITDA 4

Add/(less): underlying adjustments

Impairment loss

Earn-out adjustment 

Restructure costs

Transaction costs 

Inventory losses

Underlying EBITDA 1

Statutory diluted earnings per share (cents)

Underlying diluted earnings per share (cents)

% Statutory EBITDA/revenue

% Underlying EBITDA/revenue

Acquisition-related and one-time share-based payments 

Year ended

Year ended

31 December 

31 December 

Change

(36.1%)

(7.8%)

(29.4%)

(52,810)

(22,739)

nm%

2023 

$000

191,533

81,479

1,153

274,165

(61,663)

(6,158)

11,196

(6,515)

(380)

(248)

–

(1,501)

(118,079)

(6,870)

805

354

(123,790)

35,147

69,182

(15,994)

8,967

542

1,501

–

(24,445)

(83.10)

(37.17)

(32.3%)

(8.9%)

2022

$000

299,755

88.378

360

388,493

(204,326)

(9,573)

–

(488)

(1,096)

(540)

(257)

(49)

–

772

813

204,326

–

678

1,556

49

309

11,017

(193.78)

(18.43)

(50.4%)

2.8%

(239,068)

nm%

(237,483)

41,582

nm%

(88,643)

(195,901)

nm%

nm%

1  $60.0 million annualised cash opex savings (comparing December FY23 versus Q1 FY23). Cash opex refers to opex included in underlying 
EBITDA calculation, adding platform development capitalised from the profit and loss, less non-cash share-based payments expense. 
FY23 annualised cash opex included STI at 15.6% achievement (that represents partial achievement for non-financial metrics).

1  Underlying results are a non-IFRS measure used by management to assess the performance of the business and have been calculated from 

statutory measures. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit. Underlying EBITDA excludes impairment loss, restructure costs, 

transaction costs, earn-out adjustment, inventory losses and acquisition-related and one-time share-based payments expense.

2  Liability with respect to the Quadrant acquisition which settled in January 2024 via the issue of ordinary shares. 

3  EBIT is defined as earnings before interest and tax. 

4  EBITDA is EBIT before depreciation and amortisation.

30

Appen 2023 Annual Report

31

Financial

Cost reduction program 

Non-cash asset impairment charge

In line with Appen’s focus on operational rigour, the Group 

Following a review of the value of the Group’s cash 

announced delivered a $60 million1 cost savings program, 

generating units (CGU) and of the carrying value of its assets 

with the first full year impact expected to be achieved 

in accordance with the relevant accounting standards, 

in FY24. The initiatives completed over the course 

a non-cash, pre-tax impairment charge of $69.2 million was 

of FY23 enabled Appen to achieve its cash EBITDA 

booked for the year ended 31 December 2023. The carrying 

profitability objective in December 2023.

value of non-goodwill intangibles attributable to the Global 

Services CGU was reduced by $16.1 million and the carrying 

Growth strategy and FY24 priorities 

value of Goodwill was reduced by $53.1 million. 

Appen plays a key role in powering both deep learning 

applications and generative AI. This year, Appen 

re-positioned itself to take advantage of its full growth 

potential and to capture available opportunities 

in the generative AI space.

Appen’s strategy remains focused on delivering high 

quality data for leading AI. Quality data is important for 

deep learning model performance and is even more 

important for generative AI.

The impairment charge is non-cash related and 

is a non-operating item. Accordingly, underlying EBITDA 

and underlying NPAT is not impacted. 

Note 12 of the financial report (pages 107 to 110) 

provides further information in relation to the impact 

of the impairment charge on the Group’s intangible assets.

Balance sheet

Net assets at 31 December 2023 were $92.8 million 

Appen has a comparative advantage over its competitors 

(31 December 2022: $148.0 million). Decrease in net assets 

by using its +28 years of experience in crowd-based data 

primarily due to trading performance during the year and 

collection, annotation and model evaluation and adapt this 

non-cash impairment charge noted above.

expertise to generative AI. Appen’s AI data services for deep 

learning and generative AI is illustrated on page 2 in the 

About Appen section. 

Appen is focused on the following five strategic pillars 

to support its customers and deliver profitable growth. 

1.  Building a next generation crowd and project 

management platform that improve how we deliver 

projects, create a better experience for our crowd, 

and reduce our related product and engineering costs. 

2.  Utilise more AI in our projects to scale the creation 

of datasets for our customers. 

3.  Configure our highly-flexible ADAP platform to support 

companies that are customising off-the-shelf generative 

AI models for their internal use cases. 

on existing customer account management technical 

thought leadership. 

5.  Tightly manage our costs to adjust costs more 

proactively to revenue.

Trade and other receivables combined with contract assets 

were $29.3 million lower at 31 December 2023 compared 

to 31 December 2022 due to lower revenue volumes. 

Current liabilities were $17.4 million lower at 31 December 2023 

compared to 31 December 2022. Decrease is due to lower 

trade and other payables ($12.5 million) because of lower 

cost of sales and operating expenses. In addition, contract 

liabilities are down $7.6 million primarily due to lower 

revenue volumes. 

Cash balance increased by $8.7 million to $32.1 million 

at 31 December 2023 from $23.4 million at 31 December 2022. 

This includes net proceeds of $57.4 million from issuance 

of shares during the period, partially offset by lower trading 

performance and one-off costs associated with cost 

In June Appen completed a fully underwritten ~A$60 million 

equity raising and in December 2023, completed a further 

fully underwritten ~A$30 million equity raising to support the 

company’s refresh. Net proceeds of $57.4 million through the 

issue of 86,707,619 shares.

The following table summarises the Group’s financial results for the current and prior year and provides a reconciliation 
between our statutory and underlying results.

Global Services revenue
New Markets revenue
Other income
Total sales revenue and other income from principal activities

Underlying net loss after tax (NPAT) 1
(Less)/add underlying adjustments (net of tax)
Impairment loss
Amortisation of acquisition-related identifiable Intangible assets
Earn-out adjustment
Restructure costs
Transaction costs
Deemed interest on earn-out liability 2
Losses on inventory
Acquisition-related and one-time share-based payments 
Statutory NPAT
Less: tax benefit
Add: net interest expense
Add: deemed interest on earn-out liability 2

EBIT 3
Add: depreciation and amortisation

Statutory EBITDA 4
Add/(less): underlying adjustments
Impairment loss
Earn-out adjustment 
Restructure costs
Transaction costs 
Acquisition-related and one-time share-based payments 
Inventory losses

Year ended
31 December 
2023 
$000

Year ended
31 December 
2022
$000

191,533
81,479
1,153
274,165

299,755
88.378
360
388,493

Change

(36.1%)
(7.8%)

(29.4%)

(52,810)

(22,739)

nm%

(61,663)
(6,158)
11,196
(6,515)
(380)
(248)
–
(1,501)
(118,079)
(6,870)
805
354

(123,790)
35,147

(204,326)
(9,573)
–
(488)
(1,096)
(540)
(257)
(49)
(239,068)
–
772
813

(237,483)
41,582

nm%

nm%

(88,643)

(195,901)

nm%

69,182
(15,994)
8,967
542
1,501
–

204,326
–
678
1,556
49
309

4.  Modernise our sales and marketing with a stronger focus 

reduction programs. 

Underlying EBITDA 1

(24,445)

11,017

nm%

Statutory diluted earnings per share (cents)
Underlying diluted earnings per share (cents)
% Statutory EBITDA/revenue
% Underlying EBITDA/revenue

(83.10)
(37.17)
(32.3%)
(8.9%)

(193.78)
(18.43)
(50.4%)
2.8%

1  $60.0 million annualised cash opex savings (comparing December FY23 versus Q1 FY23). Cash opex refers to opex included in underlying 

EBITDA calculation, adding platform development capitalised from the profit and loss, less non-cash share-based payments expense. 

FY23 annualised cash opex included STI at 15.6% achievement (that represents partial achievement for non-financial metrics).

1  Underlying results are a non-IFRS measure used by management to assess the performance of the business and have been calculated from 
statutory measures. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit. Underlying EBITDA excludes impairment loss, restructure costs, 
transaction costs, earn-out adjustment, inventory losses and acquisition-related and one-time share-based payments expense.

2  Liability with respect to the Quadrant acquisition which settled in January 2024 via the issue of ordinary shares. 
3  EBIT is defined as earnings before interest and tax. 
4  EBITDA is EBIT before depreciation and amortisation.

30

Appen 2023 Annual Report

31

Value drivers

  Social and
environment

The acceleration of generative AI marks an important milestone. 
Its adoption can make a positive impact to many aspects of our 
lives and deliver far reaching societal benefits. As the use 
of AI technology grows, we strive to be at the forefront of the 
development of responsible AI.

AI for Good

In Appen, we believe AI can be a powerful tool for positive change 
in the world which aligns with our commitment to good business 
practices. Hence, we have drafted our ‘AI for Good’ strategy with 
the purpose of:

  putting ethics and responsibility at the heart of our products, 

governance and operations – Be Good

  invest our time, products & profit to support communities 

where we live and work – Do Good

  engage & influence our Customers & the AI industry 
to demand ethical and responsible AI – Lead Good

The ‘AI for Good’ Committee was established in the current year 
to oversee the delivery and progress of the AI for Good strategy. 
The committee, chaired by our CEO and Managing Director, will 
provide guidance and advice to ensure that we are achieving the 
desired outcomes from the strategy.

Signatory

to the UN Global 
Compact

5

impact sourcing 
partnerships with 
global NGOs

Priority SDG

Governance

Our social and environmental frameworks are underpinned 

by our commitment to a high standard of corporate 

governance. The Board of Directors is responsible for:

in 2024.

Human rights

Our stance on human rights is 

Below is a snapshot of our current progress against the 

principles ahead of our formal reporting requirements 

 overseeing the management of climate change related 

Labour

We continue to report on gender 

 considering the environmental impacts of our activities

 setting social and environmental standards

 monitoring compliance with our social and sustainability 

policies and practices

risks and opportunities

 approving climate change related disclosures.

 monitoring progress against goals and targets 

set for climate related issues

The Audit and Risk Management Committee 

is responsible for:

 considering environmental and climate change 

risk as part of the quarterly risk reporting process

 reviewing relevant reporting from management 

to ensure management is effectively managing the risks

 making recommendations to the Board

Good business practice

Good business practice involves prioritising ethical 

conduct towards customers, employees, and stakeholders. 

Our Code of Conduct outlines the minimum standards 

for our business, our people and stakeholder interactions. 

Our Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Policy reinforces 

our zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption, 

including specifically prohibiting the use of corporate 

funds for political advocacy and political donations 1.

Mandatory code of conduct training, completed by 95% 2 

of eligible employees as of December 31, 2023, ensures 

that our people are aware of their obligations. To enhance 

compliance and foster accountability, short-term incentive 

awards for senior management are linked to divisional 

training completion rates during the year.

To demonstrate our commitment, in 2022 we became 

a signatory to the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC). 

We continue to support the ten principles of UNGC 

on human rights, labour, environment, and anti-corruption 

and are adopting them to our business strategies 

and operations.

underpinned by our Global Ethical 

Sourcing and Modern Slavery Policy.

We anticipate that we will commence 

risk-based reviews of our suppliers 

in line with this policy in 2024.

diversity metrics and have set a target 

for 30% female representation across 

senior management.

implementation of the net zero 

roadmap with the target of net zero 

by 2030. Consolidation of offices and 

LED lightings installations has helped 

reduce electricity consumption and 

greenhouse gas emissions.

and included as part of mandatory 

compliance training for everyone. 

We will continue to monitor and 

report on the compliance training 

with employees encouraged to report 

on potential corruption practices via 

our whistleblower hotline.

Environment

We have commenced the 

Anti-Corruption

Anti-corruption policy in place 

Modern Slavery and respect for Human Rights

We consider any form of modern slavery and human 

rights abuse as unacceptable and acknowledge 

our role in eradicating it. Our commitment is outlined 

in our Global Ethical Sourcing and Modern Slavery Policy, 

which sets expectations for us and our suppliers. 

The policy opposes forced labour and supports fair 

employment, working conditions, freedom of association, 

non-discrimination, and whistleblower protections.

We’ve integrated supplier requirements from the policy into 

procurement practices, collaborating with suppliers and 

customers to mitigate modern slavery and human rights 

risks in our supply chain. Any breaches of our commitments 

undergo thorough investigation through grievance 

or whistleblower processes, with findings reported 

to the board. In 2023, there was one modern slavery 

breach reported to authorities.

1  Based on financial data from Workday.

2  Data from Appen University. Calculation consistent with FY22 which excludes China and Quadrant.

32

Appen 2023 Annual Report

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Value drivers

  Social and

environment

The acceleration of generative AI marks an important milestone. 

Its adoption can make a positive impact to many aspects of our 

lives and deliver far reaching societal benefits. As the use 

of AI technology grows, we strive to be at the forefront of the 

development of responsible AI.

AI for Good

the purpose of:

In Appen, we believe AI can be a powerful tool for positive change 

in the world which aligns with our commitment to good business 

practices. Hence, we have drafted our ‘AI for Good’ strategy with 

  putting ethics and responsibility at the heart of our products, 

governance and operations – Be Good

  invest our time, products & profit to support communities 

where we live and work – Do Good

  engage & influence our Customers & the AI industry 

to demand ethical and responsible AI – Lead Good

The ‘AI for Good’ Committee was established in the current year 

to oversee the delivery and progress of the AI for Good strategy. 

The committee, chaired by our CEO and Managing Director, will 

provide guidance and advice to ensure that we are achieving the 

desired outcomes from the strategy.

Signatory

to the UN Global 

Compact

5

impact sourcing 

partnerships with 

global NGOs

Priority SDG

Governance

Our social and environmental frameworks are underpinned 
by our commitment to a high standard of corporate 
governance. The Board of Directors is responsible for:

 considering the environmental impacts of our activities

 setting social and environmental standards

 monitoring compliance with our social and sustainability 
policies and practices

 overseeing the management of climate change related 
risks and opportunities

Labour

 approving climate change related disclosures.

 monitoring progress against goals and targets 
set for climate related issues

The Audit and Risk Management Committee 
is responsible for:

Environment

 considering environmental and climate change 
risk as part of the quarterly risk reporting process

 reviewing relevant reporting from management 
to ensure management is effectively managing the risks

 making recommendations to the Board

Anti-Corruption

Below is a snapshot of our current progress against the 
principles ahead of our formal reporting requirements 
in 2024.

Human rights

Our stance on human rights is 
underpinned by our Global Ethical 
Sourcing and Modern Slavery Policy.

We anticipate that we will commence 
risk-based reviews of our suppliers 
in line with this policy in 2024.

We continue to report on gender 
diversity metrics and have set a target 
for 30% female representation across 
senior management.

We have commenced the 
implementation of the net zero 
roadmap with the target of net zero 
by 2030. Consolidation of offices and 
LED lightings installations has helped 
reduce electricity consumption and 
greenhouse gas emissions.

Anti-corruption policy in place 
and included as part of mandatory 
compliance training for everyone. 
We will continue to monitor and 
report on the compliance training 
with employees encouraged to report 
on potential corruption practices via 
our whistleblower hotline.

Good business practice

Good business practice involves prioritising ethical 
conduct towards customers, employees, and stakeholders. 
Our Code of Conduct outlines the minimum standards 
for our business, our people and stakeholder interactions. 
Our Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Policy reinforces 
our zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption, 
including specifically prohibiting the use of corporate 
funds for political advocacy and political donations 1.

Mandatory code of conduct training, completed by 95% 2 
of eligible employees as of December 31, 2023, ensures 
that our people are aware of their obligations. To enhance 
compliance and foster accountability, short-term incentive 
awards for senior management are linked to divisional 
training completion rates during the year.

To demonstrate our commitment, in 2022 we became 
a signatory to the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC). 
We continue to support the ten principles of UNGC 
on human rights, labour, environment, and anti-corruption 
and are adopting them to our business strategies 
and operations.

Modern Slavery and respect for Human Rights

We consider any form of modern slavery and human 
rights abuse as unacceptable and acknowledge 
our role in eradicating it. Our commitment is outlined 
in our Global Ethical Sourcing and Modern Slavery Policy, 
which sets expectations for us and our suppliers. 
The policy opposes forced labour and supports fair 
employment, working conditions, freedom of association, 
non-discrimination, and whistleblower protections.

We’ve integrated supplier requirements from the policy into 
procurement practices, collaborating with suppliers and 
customers to mitigate modern slavery and human rights 
risks in our supply chain. Any breaches of our commitments 
undergo thorough investigation through grievance 
or whistleblower processes, with findings reported 
to the board. In 2023, there was one modern slavery 
breach reported to authorities.

32

Appen 2023 Annual Report

33

1  Based on financial data from Workday.
2  Data from Appen University. Calculation consistent with FY22 which excludes China and Quadrant.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Social and environment

Case Study

Appen is proud to partner with Na’amal,  
a non-profit who works to change the narrative, 
and create pathways to employment for refugees 
and underrepresented groups. In Ethiopia and 
Kenya, to complement Na’amal’s tech and soft 
skills training, Appen ran informational and 
onboarding webinars and provided dedicated 
support to the students so they could start 
earning an income on our platform. Appen 
staff also put their hand up to mentor refugees, 
and we provided funding for internet access 
and ex-Appen laptops so the students on the 
program could launch their online careers.

Seid Omer (second from left in first image), 
a refugee living in Ethiopia, shared his take 
on the experience: “I felt an overwhelming 
happiness at having the chance to work 
and provide for myself without depending 
on anyone. Furthermore, I experienced a sense 
of accomplishment for successfully completing 
the qualification process, passing the exam, 
and coming onboard Appen. Being presented 
with an opportunity like this in a refugee-like 
environment is truly life-changing, as it instills 
hope and a sense of security…. Overall, this 
income empowers me to have greater autonomy, 
opportunities, and a brighter outlook on life.”

Social Impact

As part of our ongoing commitment to make a positive 
social impact, we collaborate with entities to create 
employment opportunities for individuals facing 
barriers to work. We are particularly focused on helping 
individuals from vulnerable or marginalised backgrounds 
such as refugees and the long-term unemployed. 
In FY23, we focused on partnerships with refugee 
communities and organisations.

In 2023, we launched impact sourcing partnerships 
with global NGOs such as Re:Coded, Na’amal, Konexio 
and Generation, and continued our partnership with 
MercyCorps. Our program now spans seven countries 
and provides dedicated support to onboard more than 
200 refugees and people who have been long-term 
unemployed to access work on our platform. To further 
support these individuals and help them launch their 
online careers, we worked with our partners to provide 
internet access, laptops and training in a variety 
of technical and soft skills. We also continue to take 
a leading role in the IAOP Center for Social Impact, 
helping to develop principles around impact sourcing 
and collaborating with organisations seeking to engage 
in impact sourcing.

Appen employees give back by undertaking pro-bono 
work and hold various fundraising events organised 
by our Employee Services Committee (ESC) to support 
a variety of not-for-profit organisations throughout 
the year including the Appen’s Biggest Morning Tea, 
Steptember and the Cavite fire appeal where we raised 
a total of over $17,000 for charities such as Cancer 
Council, Cerebral Palsy Alliance and the International 
Red Cross.

Importance of diversity to achieving fair AI

To achieve equitable outcomes for users of AI products, 
developers must address bias throughout the AI 
lifecycle. This involves mitigating bias in data sourcing, 
preparation, evaluation, and quality management. 
Our global crowd, with diverse backgrounds, aids 
customers in promoting fairness and minimising bias. 
We emphasise diversity not only in the data but also 
in the individuals involved in the data lifecycle and 
product development.

As part of our ongoing commitment to diverse 
representation, we piloted demographic surveys for one 
of our largest projects to identify and start to address 
gaps in representation. We plan to broaden this project 
in 2024 with a view to implementing initiatives to create 
an even more diverse crowd.

Environmental footprint

Strategy

Our environmental and climate change commitments 

Our Net Zero Carbon Roadmap provides pathways towards 

are outlined in our revised Environment Position 

achieving net zero emissions across Appen’s business 

Statement (EPS) which include actions to engage 

operations and supply chain by 2030. Originally targeted for 

with our external stakeholders (i.e., suppliers, clients, 

2025, the net zero emissions target for business operations 

contractors) to reduce our environmental footprint, 

has been revised to 2030 due to budget constraints. 

 reducing water consumption within offices

 scenario modelling and estimated budget for offsets

provide transparency and disclosure of our progress 

and having the governance structure in place to oversee 

the management of environmental risk and compliance.

We have a relatively small environmental footprint 

within our own operations and have committed 

to further reducing the impact of our operations, 

including our offices, facilities, travel and data centre 

usage by:

 reducing electricity consumption and increase 

use of renewable energy

 optimising our data centre requirements and 

working with a cloud supplier that has committed 

to using 100% renewable energy

 reducing waste generation and water use and 

increasing recycling and donating or reprocessing 

used technology equipment

 minimising travel by using digital conferencing 

and collaboration tools

 working with our partners and suppliers 

on sustainable procurement solutions

 creating and implementing new Energy and 

Waste Management Guidelines to implement 

good energy and waste management practices.

Climate change

We acknowledge the risks associated with 

climate change and are committed to playing 

our part in supporting the transition 

to net zero emissions by signing up to the 

Science Based Target initiative (SBTi) 

to limit global warming by 1.5°C. We have 

created a net zero emissions roadmap 

to provide pathways towards achieving our 

net zero emissions target. The roadmap 

and its proposed funding (excluding offsets) 

has been approved by management and will 

be adopted across the business.

The key strategic actions include:

 sustainable office design

 better energy management

 energy efficiency

 sustainably sourced energy (renewable energy)

 engagement with suppliers to pursue net zero emissions

 carbon offsets

Given that offsets are a key part of the roadmap, we have 

drafted our offset strategy which include:

 current and forecasted greenhouse gas emissions 

for Appen

 value chain and criteria for carbon offsets

This will ensure that the carbon offsets we procure will align 

to our company’s values and provide the social and economic 

benefits that goes beyond carbon reductions.

Progress

We have commenced the implementation of our net zero 

strategy this year and achieved the following:

 Conducted feasibility studies for onsite solar across 

 Signed ‘green’ electricity contracts for our corporate 

1.  Renewable energy

office sites

office in Australia

2.  Energy efficiency

 Commenced installation of LED lightings in our 

Philippines’ offices

3.  Sustainable office design

 Created design specification document for offices

 Ensured new offices in United States and Canada 

are energy efficient

 Closure of underutilised offices

4.  Carbon offsets

 Procured carbon offsets to offset our business 

travel emissions

34

Appen 2023 Annual Report

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Social and environment

Case Study

Appen is proud to partner with Na’amal,  

a non-profit who works to change the narrative, 

and create pathways to employment for refugees 

and underrepresented groups. In Ethiopia and 

Kenya, to complement Na’amal’s tech and soft 

skills training, Appen ran informational and 

onboarding webinars and provided dedicated 

support to the students so they could start 

earning an income on our platform. Appen 

and we provided funding for internet access 

and ex-Appen laptops so the students on the 

program could launch their online careers.

Seid Omer (second from left in first image), 

a refugee living in Ethiopia, shared his take 

on the experience: “I felt an overwhelming 

happiness at having the chance to work 

and provide for myself without depending 

on anyone. Furthermore, I experienced a sense 

of accomplishment for successfully completing 

the qualification process, passing the exam, 

and coming onboard Appen. Being presented 

with an opportunity like this in a refugee-like 

environment is truly life-changing, as it instills 

hope and a sense of security…. Overall, this 

staff also put their hand up to mentor refugees, 

200 refugees and people who have been long-term 

income empowers me to have greater autonomy, 

a total of over $17,000 for charities such as Cancer 

opportunities, and a brighter outlook on life.”

Council, Cerebral Palsy Alliance and the International 

Red Cross.

Social Impact

As part of our ongoing commitment to make a positive 

social impact, we collaborate with entities to create 

employment opportunities for individuals facing 

barriers to work. We are particularly focused on helping 

individuals from vulnerable or marginalised backgrounds 

such as refugees and the long-term unemployed. 

In FY23, we focused on partnerships with refugee 

communities and organisations.

In 2023, we launched impact sourcing partnerships 

with global NGOs such as Re:Coded, Na’amal, Konexio 

and Generation, and continued our partnership with 

MercyCorps. Our program now spans seven countries 

and provides dedicated support to onboard more than 

unemployed to access work on our platform. To further 

support these individuals and help them launch their 

online careers, we worked with our partners to provide 

internet access, laptops and training in a variety 

of technical and soft skills. We also continue to take 

a leading role in the IAOP Center for Social Impact, 

helping to develop principles around impact sourcing 

and collaborating with organisations seeking to engage 

in impact sourcing.

Appen employees give back by undertaking pro-bono 

work and hold various fundraising events organised 

by our Employee Services Committee (ESC) to support 

a variety of not-for-profit organisations throughout 

the year including the Appen’s Biggest Morning Tea, 

Steptember and the Cavite fire appeal where we raised 

Importance of diversity to achieving fair AI

To achieve equitable outcomes for users of AI products, 

developers must address bias throughout the AI 

lifecycle. This involves mitigating bias in data sourcing, 

preparation, evaluation, and quality management. 

Our global crowd, with diverse backgrounds, aids 

customers in promoting fairness and minimising bias. 

We emphasise diversity not only in the data but also 

in the individuals involved in the data lifecycle and 

product development.

As part of our ongoing commitment to diverse 

representation, we piloted demographic surveys for one 

of our largest projects to identify and start to address 

gaps in representation. We plan to broaden this project 

in 2024 with a view to implementing initiatives to create 

an even more diverse crowd.

Environmental footprint

Strategy

Our environmental and climate change commitments 
are outlined in our revised Environment Position 
Statement (EPS) which include actions to engage 
with our external stakeholders (i.e., suppliers, clients, 
contractors) to reduce our environmental footprint, 
provide transparency and disclosure of our progress 
and having the governance structure in place to oversee 
the management of environmental risk and compliance.

We have a relatively small environmental footprint 
within our own operations and have committed 
to further reducing the impact of our operations, 
including our offices, facilities, travel and data centre 
usage by:

 reducing electricity consumption and increase 
use of renewable energy

 optimising our data centre requirements and 
working with a cloud supplier that has committed 
to using 100% renewable energy

Our Net Zero Carbon Roadmap provides pathways towards 
achieving net zero emissions across Appen’s business 
operations and supply chain by 2030. Originally targeted for 
2025, the net zero emissions target for business operations 
has been revised to 2030 due to budget constraints. 

The key strategic actions include:

 sustainable office design

 better energy management

 energy efficiency

 sustainably sourced energy (renewable energy)

 engagement with suppliers to pursue net zero emissions

 carbon offsets

Given that offsets are a key part of the roadmap, we have 
drafted our offset strategy which include:

 current and forecasted greenhouse gas emissions 
for Appen

 reducing water consumption within offices

 scenario modelling and estimated budget for offsets

 reducing waste generation and water use and 
increasing recycling and donating or reprocessing 
used technology equipment

 minimising travel by using digital conferencing 
and collaboration tools

 working with our partners and suppliers 
on sustainable procurement solutions

 creating and implementing new Energy and 
Waste Management Guidelines to implement 
good energy and waste management practices.

Climate change

We acknowledge the risks associated with 
climate change and are committed to playing 
our part in supporting the transition 
to net zero emissions by signing up to the 
Science Based Target initiative (SBTi) 
to limit global warming by 1.5°C. We have 
created a net zero emissions roadmap 
to provide pathways towards achieving our 
net zero emissions target. The roadmap 
and its proposed funding (excluding offsets) 
has been approved by management and will 
be adopted across the business.

 value chain and criteria for carbon offsets

This will ensure that the carbon offsets we procure will align 
to our company’s values and provide the social and economic 
benefits that goes beyond carbon reductions.

Progress

We have commenced the implementation of our net zero 
strategy this year and achieved the following:

1.  Renewable energy

 Conducted feasibility studies for onsite solar across 
office sites

 Signed ‘green’ electricity contracts for our corporate 
office in Australia

2.  Energy efficiency

 Commenced installation of LED lightings in our 
Philippines’ offices

3.  Sustainable office design

 Created design specification document for offices

 Ensured new offices in United States and Canada 
are energy efficient

 Closure of underutilised offices

4.  Carbon offsets

 Procured carbon offsets to offset our business 
travel emissions

34

Appen 2023 Annual Report

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Social and environment

Risk management

Metrics and targets

Analysis of risks and opportunities

We assess the potential size and scope of climate 
risk through our risk management framework 
along with the recommendation of the Task Force 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 
Climate risk is incorporated into our Risk Appetite 
Statement which sets out our key risk types, the 
thresholds for each, and how we monitor and mitigate 
these risks. Management, the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee and the Board of Directors all have 
responsibilities with respect to overseeing, assessing 
and managing climate change risk (see Governance above). 
Please refer to the section ‘Analysis of risks and analysis’ 
for the identification of risks and opportunities associated 
with the physical impacts of climate change on business 
activities and operations.

As part of the TCFD framework, we have conducted 
a scenario analysis of our offices around the world 
to identify potential physical risks that will impact 
on those sites. Please refer to section ‘TCFD-based 
Scenario Analysis’ for further details and outcomes.

Further details of our GHG 
inventory, including category 
breakdown for scope 3 with 
emissions by geography and 
energy consumptions can be 
found in the Appendix 
on page 147.

The GHG emissions inventory (carbon footprint) for 2023 
has been completed based on the principles of GHG Protocol 
with emissions breakdown in scope 1, 2 and 3 shown in the 
following table. The inventory below indicates that 13% 
of our overall emissions comes from Appen’s business 
operations with the bulk of our emissions coming from 
our supply chain (i.e., crowd, suppliers, etc.).

Source

Scope 1 – Natural gas

Scope 2 – Electricity 
– Location-Based

Scope 2 – Electricity 
– Market-Based

Scope 3

Total Scope 
1, 2 & 3 Emissions

2023 
tCO2e

309

1,637

2022
tCO2e

263

1,475

1,631

1,466

12,496

15,654

14,442

17,392

The reporting boundary for scope 1 and 2 includes all offices 
globally occupied by Appen employees. Office spaces 
leased exclusively for the delivery of specific projects 
on a short-term basis and offices that were operational 
for less than six months in the reporting period have been 
excluded from this boundary.

Further details of our GHG inventory, including category 
breakdown for scope 3 and emissions by geography can 
be found in Appendix page 147 of the annual report.

Outlook

In FY24, we will continue to implement key strategies within the net zero carbon roadmap, engaging with 
our crowd and suppliers on emissions reduction and implement our offset strategy with the aim of achieving 
Climate Active certification by end of 2025.

We have revised our EPS and will be developing environmental policies for water and waste along with key 
initiatives to reduce water consumption and waste generation. We will outline these measures in our 2024 
Annual Report.

We are expanding our impact sourcing activities with key objectives of assisting refugee and marginalised 
communities and providing a pathway to meaningful employment. We are also expanding our efforts 
to manage modern slavery risks through enhanced vendor engagement and assessment.

The AI for Good Committee, established in 2023 and chaired by our CEO and Managing Director, will 
ensure that we are continuing to embed AI for Good throughout our governance, products and operations. 
We will continue to walk the talk by implementing our social and environmental initiatives in 2024.

Our analysis depicted below indicates that there are significant opportunities and a number of small risks associated with 

the physical impacts of climate change. This is due to the dispersed nature of our activities and operations and those of our 

key suppliers and customers.

Potential Impact

Response

Transition risks

Policy 

and legal

Our customers’ expect 

We are addressing these risks 

environmentally responsible 

by driving more energy-efficient 

suppliers as part of their 

commitment to net zero 

operations and our commitment 

to reducing and reporting our carbon 

emissions in their supply chains.

footprint. We are also working with our 

customers to leverage their initiatives 

into our own programs.

Physical risks

Acute

We have offices in locations that 

For short-term disruptions, remote 

are subject to increased severity 

working is a viable option for the 

of extreme weather events 

majority of our operations with little 

due to climate change.

business disruption. We also have 

business continuity plans and disaster 

recovery plans where adverse weather 

events are considered and continue 

to review and update these plans as 

necessary. Business continuity and 

disaster recovery are included and 

monitored as a key strategic objective, 

which also includes considerations 

due to the impact of climate change.

Opportunities

Resource 

efficiency

Moving to more resource efficient 

We are committed to more  

processes may result in reduced 

energy-efficient operations including 

longer term operating costs 

reviewing where additional efficiencies 

through efficiency gains but 

can be introduced throughout 

brings benefits through employee 

our operations.

and customer satisfaction.

Energy 

source

Using lower-emission sources 

We are committed to increasing our 

of energy can result in lower costs 

utilisation of renewable energy across 

as a result of reduced exposure 

our operations particularly across 

to future fossil fuel price 

our physical office locations.

increases, potential changes 

to carbon pricing and reputational 

benefits with customers and 

other stakeholders.

Products 

AI will be applied 

As the provider of training data for 

and 

services

in the development of new 

AI model development, we anticipate 

technologies that reduce reliance 

that the demand for our products and 

on fossil fuels, cut greenhouse 

services will continue to grow as new 

gas emissions, improve efficiency 

technologies are developed.

and optimise resource allocation.

36

Appen 2023 Annual Report

37

Risk management

Metrics and targets

Analysis of risks and opportunities

Our analysis depicted below indicates that there are significant opportunities and a number of small risks associated with 
the physical impacts of climate change. This is due to the dispersed nature of our activities and operations and those of our 
key suppliers and customers.

Potential Impact

Response

Transition risks

Policy 
and legal

Physical risks

Acute

Our customers’ expect 
environmentally responsible 
suppliers as part of their 
commitment to net zero 
emissions in their supply chains.

We have offices in locations that 
are subject to increased severity 
of extreme weather events 
due to climate change.

Opportunities

Resource 
efficiency

Energy 
source

Products 
and 
services

Moving to more resource efficient 
processes may result in reduced 
longer term operating costs 
through efficiency gains but 
brings benefits through employee 
and customer satisfaction.

Using lower-emission sources 
of energy can result in lower costs 
as a result of reduced exposure 
to future fossil fuel price 
increases, potential changes 
to carbon pricing and reputational 
benefits with customers and 
other stakeholders.

AI will be applied 
in the development of new 
technologies that reduce reliance 
on fossil fuels, cut greenhouse 
gas emissions, improve efficiency 
and optimise resource allocation.

We are addressing these risks 
by driving more energy-efficient 
operations and our commitment 
to reducing and reporting our carbon 
footprint. We are also working with our 
customers to leverage their initiatives 
into our own programs.

For short-term disruptions, remote 
working is a viable option for the 
majority of our operations with little 
business disruption. We also have 
business continuity plans and disaster 
recovery plans where adverse weather 
events are considered and continue 
to review and update these plans as 
necessary. Business continuity and 
disaster recovery are included and 
monitored as a key strategic objective, 
which also includes considerations 
due to the impact of climate change.

We are committed to more  
energy-efficient operations including 
reviewing where additional efficiencies 
can be introduced throughout 
our operations.

We are committed to increasing our 
utilisation of renewable energy across 
our operations particularly across 
our physical office locations.

As the provider of training data for 
AI model development, we anticipate 
that the demand for our products and 
services will continue to grow as new 
technologies are developed.

Social and environment

We assess the potential size and scope of climate 

The GHG emissions inventory (carbon footprint) for 2023 

risk through our risk management framework 

has been completed based on the principles of GHG Protocol 

along with the recommendation of the Task Force 

with emissions breakdown in scope 1, 2 and 3 shown in the 

on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 

following table. The inventory below indicates that 13% 

Climate risk is incorporated into our Risk Appetite 

of our overall emissions comes from Appen’s business 

Statement which sets out our key risk types, the 

operations with the bulk of our emissions coming from 

thresholds for each, and how we monitor and mitigate 

our supply chain (i.e., crowd, suppliers, etc.).

these risks. Management, the Audit and Risk Management 

Committee and the Board of Directors all have 

responsibilities with respect to overseeing, assessing 

and managing climate change risk (see Governance above). 

Please refer to the section ‘Analysis of risks and analysis’ 

for the identification of risks and opportunities associated 

with the physical impacts of climate change on business 

activities and operations.

As part of the TCFD framework, we have conducted 

a scenario analysis of our offices around the world 

to identify potential physical risks that will impact 

on those sites. Please refer to section ‘TCFD-based 

Scenario Analysis’ for further details and outcomes.

Source

Scope 1 – Natural gas

Scope 2 – Electricity 

– Location-Based

Scope 2 – Electricity 

– Market-Based

Scope 3

Total Scope 

1, 2 & 3 Emissions

2023 

tCO2e

309

1,637

2022

tCO2e

263

1,475

1,631

1,466

12,496

15,654

14,442

17,392

The reporting boundary for scope 1 and 2 includes all offices 

globally occupied by Appen employees. Office spaces 

leased exclusively for the delivery of specific projects 

on a short-term basis and offices that were operational 

for less than six months in the reporting period have been 

excluded from this boundary.

Further details of our GHG inventory, including category 

breakdown for scope 3 and emissions by geography can 

be found in Appendix page 147 of the annual report.

Further details of our GHG 

inventory, including category 

breakdown for scope 3 with 

emissions by geography and 

energy consumptions can be 

found in the Appendix 

on page 147.

Outlook

In FY24, we will continue to implement key strategies within the net zero carbon roadmap, engaging with 

our crowd and suppliers on emissions reduction and implement our offset strategy with the aim of achieving 

Climate Active certification by end of 2025.

We have revised our EPS and will be developing environmental policies for water and waste along with key 

initiatives to reduce water consumption and waste generation. We will outline these measures in our 2024 

Annual Report.

We are expanding our impact sourcing activities with key objectives of assisting refugee and marginalised 

communities and providing a pathway to meaningful employment. We are also expanding our efforts 

to manage modern slavery risks through enhanced vendor engagement and assessment.

The AI for Good Committee, established in 2023 and chaired by our CEO and Managing Director, will 

ensure that we are continuing to embed AI for Good throughout our governance, products and operations. 

We will continue to walk the talk by implementing our social and environmental initiatives in 2024.

36

Appen 2023 Annual Report

37

Social and environment

Governance

TCFD-based scenario analysis

A desktop scenario analysis has been conducted 
to help identify potential physical risks that will impact 
on Appen offices globally. The below scenarios have been 
conducted based on two carbon emissions scenarios 
from Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 
5th Assessment Report: low emissions (RCP 4.5 or 2⁰C 
warming) and high emissions (RCP 8.5 or 4⁰C warming).

For each office the above climate scenarios were analysed 
in conjunction with the following identified physical risks:

 fires – bushfires and wildfires arising from a hotter and 
drier climate

 heatwave – prolonged high temperatures

 drought – reduced rainfall from a hotter and drier climate

 flood – from increased storm activities and intensities 
(i.e., storm surges, typhoon etc.)

 inundation – lands under water due to rising sea levels 
from climate change

For each type of risk the associated business impacts were 
determined and a risk rating applied. Some of the identified 
business impacts included:

 damage to property and potential loss of life

 rising cost of business operations

 scarcity of resources such as water, etc.

Scenario analysis outcomes

Based on the physical risk analysis, the key risks impacting 
most of the offices are heatwave and drought especially 
in a high emissions scenario (RCP 8.5).

In response to the analysis, we have identified and begun 
initiatives within the office sites for mitigation and adaptation 
which include:

 energy efficient HVAC and installation of LED lightings

 water efficient plumbing and water fixtures

 sourcing of on-site or off-site renewable energy 
(i.e., solar, wind, hydro).

Identifying 

 and managing risk

Embedding risk management to balance risk and reward is critical 

to our continued ability to operate in the high-growth, dynamic market. 

Risk appetite

Emerging risks

To support innovation and operate with agility our risk 

We define emerging risks as uncertainties that may not 

appetite provides direction to support informed risk-taking. 

be fully understood. We monitor them through horizon 

Our risk appetite has been defined at a category level 

scanning during our annual strategic planning, considering 

and supports the day-to-day control activities across 

external analyses like the World Economic Forum Global 

the business. The risk appetite is reviewed annually 

Risk Report. These risks, once better understood, 

in conjunction with the annual strategy session and 

are integrated into our existing risk reporting alongside 

principal risks. More details on these risks can be found 

in their corresponding sections below.

approved by the Board.

Risk culture

Our approach to risk management is intertwined with 

our strategic planning and objectives. Embedding risk 

management across the business from strategy development 

down to our day-to-day operations, supported by our 

company values, promotes transparency and accountability 

in decision making. This culture is supported by our 

Code of Conduct and other policies, regular training 

and implementation of cost-effective controls.

Key changes in our principal risks

Every year as part our strategic planning process, 

we revisit our principal risks to ensure congruence with 

our strategic direction and value drivers. This exercise was 

conducted concurrently with our materiality assessment 

to ensure that material risks from all stakeholders were 

appropriately captured, and our assessment was not 

materially different to that of our stakeholders. Where 

there is a direct correlation with previous reported risks 

the movement year on year has been reported. 

Further information regarding 

emerging risks can be found in 

their corresponding principal risks 

as identified on the following page.

38

Appen 2023 Annual Report

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Social and environment

Governance

TCFD-based scenario analysis

A desktop scenario analysis has been conducted 

For each type of risk the associated business impacts were 

to help identify potential physical risks that will impact 

determined and a risk rating applied. Some of the identified 

on Appen offices globally. The below scenarios have been 

business impacts included:

conducted based on two carbon emissions scenarios 

from Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 

5th Assessment Report: low emissions (RCP 4.5 or 2⁰C 

warming) and high emissions (RCP 8.5 or 4⁰C warming).

 damage to property and potential loss of life

 rising cost of business operations

 scarcity of resources such as water, etc.

For each office the above climate scenarios were analysed 

Scenario analysis outcomes

in conjunction with the following identified physical risks:

Based on the physical risk analysis, the key risks impacting 

 fires – bushfires and wildfires arising from a hotter and 

most of the offices are heatwave and drought especially 

drier climate

in a high emissions scenario (RCP 8.5).

 heatwave – prolonged high temperatures

 drought – reduced rainfall from a hotter and drier climate

In response to the analysis, we have identified and begun 

initiatives within the office sites for mitigation and adaptation 

 flood – from increased storm activities and intensities 

which include:

(i.e., storm surges, typhoon etc.)

 inundation – lands under water due to rising sea levels 

from climate change

 energy efficient HVAC and installation of LED lightings

 water efficient plumbing and water fixtures

 sourcing of on-site or off-site renewable energy 

(i.e., solar, wind, hydro).

Identifying 
 and managing risk

Embedding risk management to balance risk and reward is critical 
to our continued ability to operate in the high-growth, dynamic market. 

Risk appetite

Emerging risks

We define emerging risks as uncertainties that may not 
be fully understood. We monitor them through horizon 
scanning during our annual strategic planning, considering 
external analyses like the World Economic Forum Global 
Risk Report. These risks, once better understood, 
are integrated into our existing risk reporting alongside 
principal risks. More details on these risks can be found 
in their corresponding sections below.

To support innovation and operate with agility our risk 
appetite provides direction to support informed risk-taking. 
Our risk appetite has been defined at a category level 
and supports the day-to-day control activities across 
the business. The risk appetite is reviewed annually 
in conjunction with the annual strategy session and 
approved by the Board.

Risk culture

Our approach to risk management is intertwined with 
our strategic planning and objectives. Embedding risk 
management across the business from strategy development 
down to our day-to-day operations, supported by our 
company values, promotes transparency and accountability 
in decision making. This culture is supported by our 
Code of Conduct and other policies, regular training 
and implementation of cost-effective controls.

Key changes in our principal risks

Every year as part our strategic planning process, 
we revisit our principal risks to ensure congruence with 
our strategic direction and value drivers. This exercise was 
conducted concurrently with our materiality assessment 
to ensure that material risks from all stakeholders were 
appropriately captured, and our assessment was not 
materially different to that of our stakeholders. Where 
there is a direct correlation with previous reported risks 
the movement year on year has been reported. 

Further information regarding 
emerging risks can be found in 
their corresponding principal risks 
as identified on the following page.

38

Appen 2023 Annual Report

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Governance

Risk is an inherent part of doing business and risk management 
is a fundamental part of good corporate governance. Our risk 
management approach ensures innovation and new possibilities 
are underpinned by sound judgement of the potential risks and 
identification of risk mitigation strategies.

Monitoring 
and partnering

Risk management function

•  Defines the risk 

management process to 
be followed by the business 
(including risk appetite).

•  Reviews and challenges the 
strategic and operational 
risks ensuring controls 
identified are operating, 
and tracks closure of items.

•  Facilitates risk process, 

collating risk registers and 
consolidating the strategic 
risk register.

Ultimate responsibility

Board through the Audit & Risk Management Committee

•  Provides oversight of risk management and culture which 
contributes to the ability to achieve strategic objectives.

•  Approve the risk management framework.

•  Approve the risk appetite statement and subsequent 

addressing of escalated risk appetite triggers.

•  Have oversight of strategic and related ESG risks 
(including climate related risks and impacts).

Oversight

Executive and Senior Leadership Team

•  Responsible for the implementation of the risk 

management framework and risk aware culture within 
their teams.

•  Assess, manage and monitor risk profiles for identified 

strategic risks.

• 

Identify where risk appetite statement triggers may 
be met and further escalation is required.

•  Promote a positive and appropriate attitude towards 

risk management and ensure employees are aware 
of their responsibilities.

•  Attest that key risks in their area have been identified 

and managed through controls and mitigants 
on a bi-annual basis.

Ownership

Operational management

• 

• 

Identify, prioritise, assess and monitor risks which 
may arise in the business operations.

Implement and comply with all controls, policies 
and procedures within their area of responsibility, 
including devising and implementing controls 
to address identified operational risks.

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

A summary of our principal risks, and how these have changed during the year, 

mitigation strategies and related trends are detailed in the following tables. 

This reflects the risks identified by the Board for the year ended 31 December 2023. The risk landscape is continually evolving 

and we regularly monitor and identify risks on a proactive basis. This means the risk register and associated strategies are not 

exhaustive and are reflective of efforts at a set point in time.

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Business model

Strategic direction of business

The AI market is very dynamic and client needs 

and end-user expectations change rapidly. 

Demand for services can rapidly change 

depending on technological developments 

within market segments, geoeconomic 

confrontations (including global conflicts) and 

regulatory developments which can all impact 

our business model. 

Incorporated emerging risk: 

geoeconomic confrontations 

  Change

While this risk has fluctuated throughout 

the year, the net position compared to the 

prior year remains stable as the revised 

to be operationalised. 

Customer 

and brand

Global crowd

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Financial

•  We have a strategy team that is dedicated 

to monitoring AI and technology markets, 

customer trends and regulatory changes. 

•  We use these insights to inform our 

strategy and technology roadmap, 

and to evolve our product offerings 

and go to market strategy.

•  We scan for additional opportunities 

to expand into other markets 

and/or technology to support our 

existing offerings.

•  Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks, 

including consideration of potential 

political uncertainty in certain markets 

and geographies, are actively factored 

into our strategic planning processes 

and investment activity.

to monitor potential policy, legal and 

regulatory developments that may 

impact our ability to operate in particular 

industries, markets and geographical 

locations. We have plans and processes 

in place to react in an agile manner with 

minimal business disruption to any 

changes that may occur.

strategy under new leadership begins 

•  We undertake ongoing horizon scanning 

40

Appen 2023 Annual Report

41

 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Governance

Risk is an inherent part of doing business and risk management 

is a fundamental part of good corporate governance. Our risk 

management approach ensures innovation and new possibilities 

are underpinned by sound judgement of the potential risks and 

identification of risk mitigation strategies.

Monitoring 

and partnering

Risk management function

•  Defines the risk 

management process to 

be followed by the business 

(including risk appetite).

•  Reviews and challenges the 

strategic and operational 

risks ensuring controls 

identified are operating, 

and tracks closure of items.

•  Facilitates risk process, 

collating risk registers and 

consolidating the strategic 

risk register.

Ultimate responsibility

Board through the Audit & Risk Management Committee

•  Provides oversight of risk management and culture which 

contributes to the ability to achieve strategic objectives.

•  Approve the risk management framework.

•  Approve the risk appetite statement and subsequent 

addressing of escalated risk appetite triggers.

•  Have oversight of strategic and related ESG risks 

(including climate related risks and impacts).

Oversight

Executive and Senior Leadership Team

•  Responsible for the implementation of the risk 

management framework and risk aware culture within 

•  Assess, manage and monitor risk profiles for identified 

their teams.

strategic risks.

• 

Identify where risk appetite statement triggers may 

be met and further escalation is required.

•  Promote a positive and appropriate attitude towards 

risk management and ensure employees are aware 

of their responsibilities.

•  Attest that key risks in their area have been identified 

and managed through controls and mitigants 

on a bi-annual basis.

Ownership

Operational management

• 

Identify, prioritise, assess and monitor risks which 

may arise in the business operations.

• 

Implement and comply with all controls, policies 

and procedures within their area of responsibility, 

including devising and implementing controls 

to address identified operational risks.

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

A summary of our principal risks, and how these have changed during the year, 
mitigation strategies and related trends are detailed in the following tables. 

This reflects the risks identified by the Board for the year ended 31 December 2023. The risk landscape is continually evolving 
and we regularly monitor and identify risks on a proactive basis. This means the risk register and associated strategies are not 
exhaustive and are reflective of efforts at a set point in time.

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Business model

Strategic direction of business

The AI market is very dynamic and client needs 
and end-user expectations change rapidly. 
Demand for services can rapidly change 
depending on technological developments 
within market segments, geoeconomic 
confrontations (including global conflicts) and 
regulatory developments which can all impact 
our business model. 

Incorporated emerging risk: 
geoeconomic confrontations 

  Change

While this risk has fluctuated throughout 
the year, the net position compared to the 
prior year remains stable as the revised 
strategy under new leadership begins 
to be operationalised. 

Customer 
and brand

Global crowd

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Financial

•  We have a strategy team that is dedicated 
to monitoring AI and technology markets, 
customer trends and regulatory changes. 

•  We use these insights to inform our 
strategy and technology roadmap, 
and to evolve our product offerings 
and go to market strategy.

•  We scan for additional opportunities 

to expand into other markets 
and/or technology to support our 
existing offerings.

•  Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks, 
including consideration of potential 
political uncertainty in certain markets 
and geographies, are actively factored 
into our strategic planning processes 
and investment activity.

•  We undertake ongoing horizon scanning 
to monitor potential policy, legal and 
regulatory developments that may 
impact our ability to operate in particular 
industries, markets and geographical 
locations. We have plans and processes 
in place to react in an agile manner with 
minimal business disruption to any 
changes that may occur.

40

Appen 2023 Annual Report

41

 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Market demand and competition

In some parts of our business there is 
competition from niche and low-cost providers. 
Customers may also choose to do some 
data annotation tasks in-house and/or use 
their scale to seek better terms on pricing. 
The profile of the projects that our customers 
are undertaking is also changing.

  Change

This risk while high, has remained 
stable in the year. While the risk from 
competition remains prevalent there 
have been no significant changes to the 
likelihood or impact. 

Changing customer 
strategy and needs

Currently a few large global technology 
companies are the major buyers of AI training 
data. The revenue from these clients is 
significantly larger than the revenue from other 
clients and the volume can fluctuate. Clients 
can also rapidly redirect their spend away from 
particular projects impacting their ongoing 
needs for training data. 

  Change

This risk has increased in the past year 
due to the rapid emergence of the 
LLM sector and the impact of further 
concentration of revenue to a smaller 
group of global customers. 

•  We monitor new investments in the 
data annotation sector closely. 

•  We have refreshed our sales and 

marketing capabilities, including our 
go to market strategy.

•  We have invested in new sales and 

marketing capabilities to deepen and 
expand our relationships with existing 
and new customers. 

•  We continue to invest in technology 

to increase the quality of our services 
and to deploy new capabilities to remain 
ahead of the competition.

•  We have embraced an agile approach 
to the emerging LLM market and have 
been able to capitalise on our expertise 
in core Relevance activities to these 
new offerings. 

•  We continue to build relationships with 
key clients to ensure we can anticipate 
strategy changes and react accordingly.

•  We monitor relevant market and 
customer trends and regulatory 
changes to identify potential headwinds 
for our clients which may impact our 
future revenue. 

•  We continue our product-led focus 
to meet evolving customer needs. 

• 

Inclusion of customer NPS targets 
within executive STI.

Customer 
and brand

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Financial

Customer 
and brand

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

Ability to execute on 

operational requirements

The sector we operate in is fast moving, and 

we need to be agile to meet these expectations. 

Knowledge and skills need to be developed 

at the same rate as our clients to continue 

to execute our operations successfully to meet 

their expectations.

  Change

This risk has remained stable in the 

current year as we continue to focus our 

attention on execution of high-quality 

offerings for our customers. 

Resilient operational model

The loss of data, a physical site or critical 

employees could result in a major impact to our 

customers, revenues and reputation.

  Change

This risk has remained high but 

stable over the year and continues 

to be impacted by external factors 

such as the on-going prevalence 

of cyber-attacks, extreme weather events, 

and impact of geopolitical tensions.

•  We have a quick response team for our 

major clients to ensure we can keep 

pace with their changing needs.

•  The restructure of our delivery team has 

resulted in more streamlined processes 

to ensure we able to execute operations 

in an effective and consistent manner.

•  Refinement of our customer NPS 

program which we use to identify 

gaps and areas of improvement in our 

operational implementation.

•  We store data in enterprise grade, 

cloud-based servers which are 

duplicated to minimise disruption.

•  Our engineering team focuses 

on resilience to mitigate the risks 

of material or sustained disruption.

•  We have business continuity plans 

for facilities that require a physical 

presence on-site and critical systems.

•  We have further matured our business 

continuity capabilities into our major 

client project plans.

•  We conduct scenario testing for our 

disaster recovery plans.

•  Our work-from-home model for 

data annotators makes our business 

model extremely flexible and resilient.

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Customer 

and brand

Global crowd

Customer 

and brand

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Social and 

environment

42

Appen 2023 Annual Report

43

 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Market demand and competition

In some parts of our business there is 

competition from niche and low-cost providers. 

Customers may also choose to do some 

data annotation tasks in-house and/or use 

their scale to seek better terms on pricing. 

The profile of the projects that our customers 

are undertaking is also changing.

  Change

This risk while high, has remained 

stable in the year. While the risk from 

competition remains prevalent there 

have been no significant changes to the 

likelihood or impact. 

Changing customer 

strategy and needs

Currently a few large global technology 

companies are the major buyers of AI training 

data. The revenue from these clients is 

significantly larger than the revenue from other 

clients and the volume can fluctuate. Clients 

can also rapidly redirect their spend away from 

particular projects impacting their ongoing 

needs for training data. 

  Change

This risk has increased in the past year 

due to the rapid emergence of the 

LLM sector and the impact of further 

concentration of revenue to a smaller 

group of global customers. 

•  We monitor new investments in the 

data annotation sector closely. 

•  We have refreshed our sales and 

marketing capabilities, including our 

go to market strategy.

•  We have invested in new sales and 

marketing capabilities to deepen and 

expand our relationships with existing 

and new customers. 

•  We continue to invest in technology 

to increase the quality of our services 

and to deploy new capabilities to remain 

ahead of the competition.

•  We have embraced an agile approach 

to the emerging LLM market and have 

been able to capitalise on our expertise 

in core Relevance activities to these 

new offerings. 

•  We continue to build relationships with 

key clients to ensure we can anticipate 

strategy changes and react accordingly.

•  We monitor relevant market and 

customer trends and regulatory 

changes to identify potential headwinds 

for our clients which may impact our 

future revenue. 

•  We continue our product-led focus 

to meet evolving customer needs. 

• 

Inclusion of customer NPS targets 

within executive STI.

Customer 

and brand

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Financial

Customer 

and brand

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Ability to execute on 
operational requirements

The sector we operate in is fast moving, and 
we need to be agile to meet these expectations. 
Knowledge and skills need to be developed 
at the same rate as our clients to continue 
to execute our operations successfully to meet 
their expectations.

  Change

This risk has remained stable in the 
current year as we continue to focus our 
attention on execution of high-quality 
offerings for our customers. 

Resilient operational model

The loss of data, a physical site or critical 
employees could result in a major impact to our 
customers, revenues and reputation.

  Change

This risk has remained high but 
stable over the year and continues 
to be impacted by external factors 
such as the on-going prevalence 
of cyber-attacks, extreme weather events, 
and impact of geopolitical tensions.

•  We have a quick response team for our 
major clients to ensure we can keep 
pace with their changing needs.

•  The restructure of our delivery team has 
resulted in more streamlined processes 
to ensure we able to execute operations 
in an effective and consistent manner.

•  Refinement of our customer NPS 
program which we use to identify 
gaps and areas of improvement in our 
operational implementation.

•  We store data in enterprise grade, 
cloud-based servers which are 
duplicated to minimise disruption.

•  Our engineering team focuses 

on resilience to mitigate the risks 
of material or sustained disruption.

•  We have business continuity plans 
for facilities that require a physical 
presence on-site and critical systems.

•  We have further matured our business 
continuity capabilities into our major 
client project plans.

•  We conduct scenario testing for our 

disaster recovery plans.

•  Our work-from-home model for 

data annotators makes our business 
model extremely flexible and resilient.

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Customer 
and brand

Global crowd

Customer 
and brand

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Social and 
environment

42

Appen 2023 Annual Report

43

 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

People

Talent strategy and 
employee value proposition

Our business is reliant on specialised skills. 
Our ability to grow is dependent on attracting, 
developing and motivating our talent.

  Change

Ongoing employment market pressure 
remains a key contributor to this risk, 
however the internal work over the year 
has resulted in a lowering of this risk year 
on year.

Managing a culture of growth 
through change

Our business’s future resilience is anchored 
in a large-scale restructure program, where 
employee buy-in is pivotal for success. 

  Change

This risk has increased over the year due 
to the reduction in workforce as a result 
of the restructures. The pace of change 
required from individuals remains 
a source of potential increased risk. 

•  Our Human Resources department 

works closely with the business to 
understand the skills and capabilities 
required to deliver our business 
objectives and to ensure those needs 
are met. In 2023, this also included 
a revision of the way we manage 
employee goals and accountability.

•  We have listened to the feedback 

provided by our employees as part 
of the culture work conducted and 
have introduced new ways of working, 
additional learning pathways and other 
programs to improve our employee 
value proposition. 

•  We continue to benchmark our offerings 
across the sector to ensure market 
competitiveness and introduced 
additional employee benefits programs 
to retain and attract talent.

• 

Inclusion of employee engagement 
targets within executive STI.

•  We refreshed our values through the 
new Culture Code and linked desired 
behaviours and attributes to reward 
and recognition.

• 

In response to the significant 
restructuring, specific measures 
included clear communication 
strategies, ongoing leadership training, 
and regular check-ins to address 
concerns and maintain morale among 
the remaining workforce.

Appen 
employees

Social and 
environment

Appen 
employees

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

Investment in technology, innovation 

•  We are investing in our technology 

Technology and innovation

and transformation

Technology innovation is key to improving 

our capabilities, increasing efficiency 

and automation, keeping pace with 

customer expectations and staying ahead 

of our competition.

  Change

This risk has remained stable in the 

current year as we continued to invest 

in our product and engineering teams.

With an increasingly product-led strategy the 

need for solid intellectual property protection 

strategies are key to delivering outcomes for 

our customers.

  Change

This risk has increased over the year 

due to the changes in the way our 

product and engineering teams are 

structured which inherently introduces 

more temporary risk.

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Customer 

and brand

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

offering to improve both customer 

and crowd experiences, to deliver 

automation benefits, efficiencies and 

new offerings.

•  We utilise agile methods in our project 

delivery to ensure investment in 

engineering projects is appropriately 

prioritised and oversight is in place.

(IP) Committee that looks at new 

technologies through invention 

disclosures, develops appropriate 

protection strategies for that 

technology and ensures alignment with 

product directions (including patenting, 

copyright, trade secret, defensive 

publication etc).

•  We have training to ensure employees 

are aware of the need to protect 

confidential information.

•  Access to core technologies is 

geographically segmented to improve 

IP protection.

•  Brands are protected in relevant markets.

Protection of intellectual property

•  We have an Intellectual Property 

44

Appen 2023 Annual Report

45

 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

People

Talent strategy and 

employee value proposition

Our business is reliant on specialised skills. 

Our ability to grow is dependent on attracting, 

developing and motivating our talent.

  Change

Ongoing employment market pressure 

remains a key contributor to this risk, 

however the internal work over the year 

has resulted in a lowering of this risk year 

on year.

Managing a culture of growth 

through change

Our business’s future resilience is anchored 

in a large-scale restructure program, where 

employee buy-in is pivotal for success. 

  Change

This risk has increased over the year due 

to the reduction in workforce as a result 

of the restructures. The pace of change 

required from individuals remains 

a source of potential increased risk. 

•  Our Human Resources department 

works closely with the business to 

understand the skills and capabilities 

required to deliver our business 

objectives and to ensure those needs 

are met. In 2023, this also included 

a revision of the way we manage 

employee goals and accountability.

•  We have listened to the feedback 

provided by our employees as part 

of the culture work conducted and 

have introduced new ways of working, 

additional learning pathways and other 

programs to improve our employee 

value proposition. 

•  We continue to benchmark our offerings 

across the sector to ensure market 

competitiveness and introduced 

additional employee benefits programs 

to retain and attract talent.

• 

Inclusion of employee engagement 

targets within executive STI.

•  We refreshed our values through the 

new Culture Code and linked desired 

behaviours and attributes to reward 

and recognition.

• 

In response to the significant 

restructuring, specific measures 

included clear communication 

strategies, ongoing leadership training, 

and regular check-ins to address 

concerns and maintain morale among 

the remaining workforce.

Appen 

employees

Social and 

environment

Appen 

employees

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Technology and innovation

Investment in technology, innovation 
and transformation

Technology innovation is key to improving 
our capabilities, increasing efficiency 
and automation, keeping pace with 
customer expectations and staying ahead 
of our competition.

  Change

This risk has remained stable in the 
current year as we continued to invest 
in our product and engineering teams.

Protection of intellectual property

With an increasingly product-led strategy the 
need for solid intellectual property protection 
strategies are key to delivering outcomes for 
our customers.

  Change

This risk has increased over the year 
due to the changes in the way our 
product and engineering teams are 
structured which inherently introduces 
more temporary risk.

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Customer 
and brand

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

•  We are investing in our technology 
offering to improve both customer 
and crowd experiences, to deliver 
automation benefits, efficiencies and 
new offerings.

•  We utilise agile methods in our project 

delivery to ensure investment in 
engineering projects is appropriately 
prioritised and oversight is in place.

•  We have an Intellectual Property 
(IP) Committee that looks at new 
technologies through invention 
disclosures, develops appropriate 
protection strategies for that 
technology and ensures alignment with 
product directions (including patenting, 
copyright, trade secret, defensive 
publication etc).

•  We have training to ensure employees 

are aware of the need to protect 
confidential information.

•  Access to core technologies is 

geographically segmented to improve 
IP protection.

•  Brands are protected in relevant markets.

44

Appen 2023 Annual Report

45

 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Crowd

Crowd conditions

Independent contractors are critical to our 
business. The attraction and retention of skilled 
contractors enables our competitive advantage 
and customer value proposition.

  Change

This risk remained stable in the 
current year. While we continue 
to see pressure on conditions we are 
working hard to meet or exceed our 
stakeholders’ expectations.

Crowd supply meets 
customer demand

Our business model relies on our ability 
to provide customers with access to a broad 
range of skills provided by our global crowd.

  Change

This risk remains stable. While 
our generative AI projects have 
seen an increase in the specificity 
of skills requested from customers, 
the work we are investing in should 
put us in a good position to meet 
these requirements. 

•  Our Crowd Code of Ethics establishes 

the conditions that we will adhere to, 
above the minimum legal requirements.

•  We continue to work to improve our 
crowd experience to ensure that 
we can make the platform a great 
place for users.

•  Our Impact Sourcing strategy provides 
jobs and career development to people 
who otherwise have limited prospects 
for formal employment.

•  We have partnered with external 

organisations to evaluate our crowd 
conditions and are working towards 
further enshrining fair conditions 
to contractors across the sector.

• 

Inclusion of crowd NPS targets within 
executive STI.

•  We have begun new research programs 
to understand how the work we provide 
fits into the life of a contributor.

•  Our new contributor experience will 
better tailor the platform to the type 
of work that they would like to do. 

•  We continue to introduce and refine 
our strategies to combat contractor 
integrity to further guarantee that 
our clients have access to the best 
quality contributors. 

•  We have partnerships with sourcing 
agencies to increase our reach into 
difficult markets and to stimulate 
applicant interest.

Global crowd

Customer 
and brand

Global crowd

Customer 
and brand

Data management

Compliance with security, privacy 

and other data regulations

We manage a large amount of data as part 

of our operations including a significant 

amount of personal information which 

requires increased security requirements.

  Change

This risk remains stable as we 

maintain our focus on ensuring 

data governance is embedded in 

everything we do against a changing 

landscape of increased regulation.

Emerging cyber security issues

We manage sensitive customer information, 

increasing our exposure and susceptibility 

to cyber attacks. Cyber threats could lead 

to a loss of data or service interruption 

impacting customers and our reputation.

  Change

This risk remains stable as we 

continue to invest in our cyber 

maturity against an ever growing 

complexity of cyber threats.

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Customer 

and brand

Technology, 

processes, 

systems

Customer 

and brand

•  We continue to integrate security 

and privacy requirements into our 

systems and offerings by increasing the 

collaboration between our engineering 

and privacy teams.

•  We have a team that is responsible for 

understanding emerging information 

security risks. They consult with 

external advisors. 

• 

Information security risk assessments 

are conducted on a regular basis 

and the IT team undergoes training 

in risk management.

•  We have maintained certification for 

ISO 27001 and SOC 2 as well as gaining 

ISO 27701 for our China business.

•  We have policies, procedures and 

training to ensure employees are aware 

of their privacy and security obligations.

•  We have implemented a cyber security 

risk management framework across the 

organisation. It includes the deployment 

of physical and technological security 

measures to identify, protect, detect 

and respond to information and cyber 

security risks. We have ISO 27001 

and SOC 2 certification.

•  We conduct audits of our cyber 

security practices, including maturity 

assessments, scenario planning, 

penetration testing and simulation 

exercises, for cyber security 

incident management.

•  The strength of our control 

environment is tested on an ongoing 

basis by independent security 

experts. Their recommendations are 

implemented in a prioritised manner. 

•  We have policies, procedures and 

annual training to ensure employees 

are aware of the threat and their 

responsibilities, and we conduct 

regular synthetic phishing tests.

46

Appen 2023 Annual Report

47

 
 
Identifying and managing risk

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

Crowd

Crowd conditions

Independent contractors are critical to our 

business. The attraction and retention of skilled 

contractors enables our competitive advantage 

and customer value proposition.

  Change

This risk remained stable in the 

current year. While we continue 

to see pressure on conditions we are 

working hard to meet or exceed our 

stakeholders’ expectations.

Crowd supply meets 

customer demand

Our business model relies on our ability 

to provide customers with access to a broad 

range of skills provided by our global crowd.

  Change

This risk remains stable. While 

our generative AI projects have 

seen an increase in the specificity 

of skills requested from customers, 

the work we are investing in should 

put us in a good position to meet 

these requirements. 

•  Our Crowd Code of Ethics establishes 

the conditions that we will adhere to, 

above the minimum legal requirements.

•  We continue to work to improve our 

crowd experience to ensure that 

we can make the platform a great 

place for users.

•  Our Impact Sourcing strategy provides 

jobs and career development to people 

who otherwise have limited prospects 

for formal employment.

•  We have partnered with external 

organisations to evaluate our crowd 

conditions and are working towards 

further enshrining fair conditions 

to contractors across the sector.

• 

Inclusion of crowd NPS targets within 

executive STI.

•  We have begun new research programs 

to understand how the work we provide 

fits into the life of a contributor.

•  Our new contributor experience will 

better tailor the platform to the type 

of work that they would like to do. 

•  We continue to introduce and refine 

our strategies to combat contractor 

integrity to further guarantee that 

our clients have access to the best 

quality contributors. 

•  We have partnerships with sourcing 

agencies to increase our reach into 

difficult markets and to stimulate 

applicant interest.

Global crowd

Customer 

and brand

Global crowd

Customer 

and brand

Data management

Compliance with security, privacy 
and other data regulations

We manage a large amount of data as part 
of our operations including a significant 
amount of personal information which 
requires increased security requirements.

  Change

This risk remains stable as we 
maintain our focus on ensuring 
data governance is embedded in 
everything we do against a changing 
landscape of increased regulation.

Emerging cyber security issues

We manage sensitive customer information, 
increasing our exposure and susceptibility 
to cyber attacks. Cyber threats could lead 
to a loss of data or service interruption 
impacting customers and our reputation.

  Change

This risk remains stable as we 
continue to invest in our cyber 
maturity against an ever growing 
complexity of cyber threats.

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Customer 
and brand

Technology, 
processes, 
systems

Customer 
and brand

•  We continue to integrate security 
and privacy requirements into our 
systems and offerings by increasing the 
collaboration between our engineering 
and privacy teams.

•  We have a team that is responsible for 

understanding emerging information 
security risks. They consult with 
external advisors. 

• 

Information security risk assessments 
are conducted on a regular basis 
and the IT team undergoes training 
in risk management.

•  We have maintained certification for 

ISO 27001 and SOC 2 as well as gaining 
ISO 27701 for our China business.

•  We have policies, procedures and 

training to ensure employees are aware 
of their privacy and security obligations.

•  We have implemented a cyber security 
risk management framework across the 
organisation. It includes the deployment 
of physical and technological security 
measures to identify, protect, detect 
and respond to information and cyber 
security risks. We have ISO 27001 
and SOC 2 certification.

•  We conduct audits of our cyber 

security practices, including maturity 
assessments, scenario planning, 
penetration testing and simulation 
exercises, for cyber security 
incident management.

•  The strength of our control 

environment is tested on an ongoing 
basis by independent security 
experts. Their recommendations are 
implemented in a prioritised manner. 

•  We have policies, procedures and 

annual training to ensure employees 
are aware of the threat and their 
responsibilities, and we conduct 
regular synthetic phishing tests.

46

Appen 2023 Annual Report

47

 
 
Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

Environmental, social and 

governance (ESG) risks and 

performance

Incorporated emerging risk: 

climate change

  Change

The risk remains stable as we grow 

our ESG program against a changing 

regulatory landscape. 

Social and 

environment

•  We are a signatory to the United Nations 

Global Compact and have committed 

to take action to embed the ten 

principles within our business practices.

•  We have completed our initial Net Zero 

Roadmap and have committed to net 

zero emissions across our business 

(including supply chain) by 2030.

•  We have committed to the Science 

Based Target Initiative and 

disclosing climate-related issues 

in accordance with the Task Force 

on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 

(TCFD) recommendations. 

Identifying and managing risk

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Support

Financial sustainability

•  We naturally hedge foreign exchange 

We operate globally and our business can 
be affected by foreign exchange, changes 
in debt markets and tax obligations. 
As a listed entity we also have an obligation 
to protect shareholders’ capital and ensure 
sustainable earnings.

  Change

Global economic uncertainty and the 
ongoing tech slow down has resulted 
in an increase in this risk in the year.

Compliance with legal, statutory 
and ethical obligations

We have a responsibility to not only operate 
in a manner that is congruent with our legal 
and statutory obligations. We also have 
an obligation to disseminate and embed 
responsible AI best practices across our 
operations and partnerships.

Incorporated emerging risk: 
responsible AI

  Change

We continue to invest in building our 
responsible practices against a rapidly 
changing regulatory environment. 

Financial

Appen 
employees

Social and 
environment

Financial

Appen 
employees

risk by paying for associated 
services in the same currency 
we receive revenue.

•  We have a formal hedging policy 

to provide protection where we make 
payments in Australian dollars with 
US funds.

•  We continue to monitor the external 
landscape and conduct scenario 
planning to ensure we can appropriately 
respond to changes, such as tax rates, 
in a timely manner.

•  Capital raises during the year provide 

balance sheet flexibility and general 
working capital to support return 
to profitability, and transaction costs.

•  We regularly review our material 

obligations to ensure appropriate 
controls, governance and oversight 
are maintained. 

•  We understand the local labour 

and human rights landscapes in the 
jurisdictions we operate in and 
ensure we comply with modern 
slavery requirements. 

•  Our compliance framework includes 
policies, procedures and a suite 
of mandatory compliance training 
which helps drive positive attitudes 
to compliance across the business.

•  We have added relevant subject matter 

expertise across the business and are 
increasing our training program for all 
staff to extend our compliance and 
reporting capabilities. 

•  We have partnered with the World 

Economic Forum to create responsible 
AI standards to increase the value of, 
and trust in AI, for businesses and 
the community.

48

Appen 2023 Annual Report

49

 
 
Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Principal risk

Mitigation

Value Driver

Key: 

  Increase 

  Decrease 

  Stable

Environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) risks and 
performance

Incorporated emerging risk: 
climate change

  Change

The risk remains stable as we grow 
our ESG program against a changing 
regulatory landscape. 

Social and 
environment

•  We are a signatory to the United Nations 
Global Compact and have committed 
to take action to embed the ten 
principles within our business practices.

•  We have completed our initial Net Zero 
Roadmap and have committed to net 
zero emissions across our business 
(including supply chain) by 2030.

•  We have committed to the Science 

Based Target Initiative and 
disclosing climate-related issues 
in accordance with the Task Force 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) recommendations. 

Identifying and managing risk

Support

We operate globally and our business can 

be affected by foreign exchange, changes 

in debt markets and tax obligations. 

As a listed entity we also have an obligation 

to protect shareholders’ capital and ensure 

sustainable earnings.

  Change

Global economic uncertainty and the 

ongoing tech slow down has resulted 

in an increase in this risk in the year.

and ethical obligations

We have a responsibility to not only operate 

in a manner that is congruent with our legal 

and statutory obligations. We also have 

an obligation to disseminate and embed 

responsible AI best practices across our 

operations and partnerships.

Incorporated emerging risk: 

responsible AI

  Change

We continue to invest in building our 

responsible practices against a rapidly 

changing regulatory environment. 

Financial sustainability

•  We naturally hedge foreign exchange 

Compliance with legal, statutory 

•  We regularly review our material 

Financial

Appen 

employees

Social and 

environment

Financial

Appen 

employees

risk by paying for associated 

services in the same currency 

we receive revenue.

•  We have a formal hedging policy 

to provide protection where we make 

payments in Australian dollars with 

US funds.

•  We continue to monitor the external 

landscape and conduct scenario 

planning to ensure we can appropriately 

respond to changes, such as tax rates, 

in a timely manner.

•  Capital raises during the year provide 

balance sheet flexibility and general 

working capital to support return 

to profitability, and transaction costs.

obligations to ensure appropriate 

controls, governance and oversight 

are maintained. 

•  We understand the local labour 

and human rights landscapes in the 

jurisdictions we operate in and 

ensure we comply with modern 

slavery requirements. 

•  Our compliance framework includes 

policies, procedures and a suite 

of mandatory compliance training 

which helps drive positive attitudes 

to compliance across the business.

•  We have added relevant subject matter 

expertise across the business and are 

increasing our training program for all 

staff to extend our compliance and 

reporting capabilities. 

•  We have partnered with the World 

Economic Forum to create responsible 

AI standards to increase the value of, 

and trust in AI, for businesses and 

the community.

48

Appen 2023 Annual Report

49

 
 
Governance

Our approach 
      to governance

Appen’s governance policies and practices 
are consistent with the 4th edition of the 
ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Principles and Recommendations 
(ASX Corporate Governance Principles) 
throughout the year.

Governance framework
Our governance framework ensures 
accountability, both of the Board and 
senior management.

To clarify the roles and responsibilities 
of directors and management and 
to assist the Board in discharging 
its responsibilities, the Board operates 
under a formal Charter which sets 
out the functions reserved to the 
Board and provides for the delegation 
of functions to Board Committees 
and to senior management.

The Board is responsible for 
demonstrating leadership, defining 
the company’s purpose, establishing 
strategic objectives, approving our 
values and the Code of Conduct, 
and oversight of the management 
of the company.

The Board has established two 
standing Committees which assist 
with the execution of its responsibilities 
– the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee and the People and 
Culture Committee.

2023 areas of 
governance focus
Key areas of governance focus and 
activities undertaken by the Board, 
its Committees and management 
during 2023 included:

Strategic and financial performance

•  conducted an annual Board and 
executive strategy session in 
October 2023 to focus Appen’s 
response on the impact of the 
challenging external operating 
environment and ongoing 
tech slowdown.

Our people

• 

reviewed our organisational 
structures within each 
business unit and functional 
areas with a focus on reducing 
organisation layers to improve 
operational efficiency.

•  adopted a new Culture Code 

to support our transformation.

•  continued roll out of our Future 
Ways of Working, including the 
Neighbourhood program to help 
employees foster and cultivate 
deeper connections.

• 

strengthened Appen’s executive 
team with the addition of members 
with sales expertise.

Global crowd

•  ongoing focus on our Crowd 

Code of Ethics and building our 
reputation as a company of fairness 
and integrity in how we partner with 
our crowd.

•  delivered technology and other 

initiatives to ensure the crowd are 
better matched to projects and 
are qualified, onboarded and paid 
more efficiently.

•  enhanced technology and 

capabilities to address trust and 
safety in our Crowd.

•  conducted further research 
programs to understand 
representation across the Crowd 
and to identify and fill any gaps 
and/or targeted skill sets.

•  partnered with Mercy Corps, 

Na’amal, Generation and Konexio 
to open crowd work opportunities 
to refugee communities.

Social and environment

•  continued disclosure of greenhouse 
gas emissions scopes 1, 2 and 3 and 
working towards limited assurance 
of the data.

•  continued implementation of Net 

Zero Roadmap and working towards 
net zero across operations by 2030.

• 

commenced development of reporting 
on progress against our United Nations 
Global Compact commitments.

Oversight of Financial and 
capital management

•  completed a fully underwritten 

~A$60 million equity raising in June 
2023 and completed a further fully 
underwritten ~A$30 million equity 
raising in December 2023 to support 
the company’s strategy refresh. 

•  given Appen’s financial 

performance and to ensure 
prudent allocation of capital, 
the board determined not to pay 
any dividends.

Ethics and responsible 
decision making

•  partnered with our key customers 
to establish projects to identify 
and monitor our impact on social 
impact activities.

• 

issued our Modern Slavery Statement.

Compliance and risk management

• 

• 

internal audit reviewed and 
assessed processes across 
key operational areas, including 
a review of our transformation 
projects and processes.

reviewed the risk management 
framework, revised the risk 
appetite statement and updated 
our strategic risks to align with 
the strategy as revised in October 
2023. Confirmed the identified 
risks through our stakeholder 
materiality assessment.

•  continued focus on cyber security, 
ISO27001 compliance across 
global sites and SOC2 compliance 
on key platforms.

Skill

Description

Skill level

Strategy

Experience in defining strategic objectives, assessing 

Board diversity

business plans and driving execution. Ability to 

think strategically and identify and critically assess 

opportunities and threats and develop effective 

strategies in the context of changing market conditions.

Finance

Understanding the financial drivers of the business, 

experience in financial accounting and reporting, tax, 

corporate finance and internal financial controls.

Risk

Experience in the identification, monitoring and 

management of material financial and non-financial risks, 

the oversight of compliance frameworks and controls, and 

the ability to identify and oversee mitigation strategies for 

emerging risk and compliance issues in the organisation.

Industry 

experience

Experience and broad understanding of the application 

of language technology, machine learning, artificial 

intelligence and specifically AI, including market drivers, 

risks and trends and encompassing policies, competitors, 

end users, regulatory policy and frameworks.

Customer/

Experience developing customer/client strategies and 

Client

delivering customer/client outcomes.

Capital markets Expertise in considering and implementing efficient 

capital management including alternative capital sources 

and distributions, yields and markets.

Corporate 

Experience in assessing and completing complex 

transactions

business transactions, including mergers, acquisitions, 

divestments, capital management, major projects and 

business integration.

People and 

Board Committee or senior executive equivalent 

culture 

experience relating to people management and human 

management

resources, corporate culture, diversity and inclusion, 

and remuneration issues of a global organisation.

Governance

Knowledge and experience in best practice governance 

structures, policies and processes.

Technology and 

Experience and expertise in identifying, assessing, 

innovation

implementing and leveraging digital technologies and 

other innovations. 

International 

Experience in international business, trade and/or 

business 

experience

investment at a senior executive level and exposure 

to global markets and a range of different political, 

regulatory, and business environments.

ESG

Expertise in the areas of environment, social and 

governance (ESG), and the ability to advise the 

Company of required policies, actions and disclosures 

on these matters.

High competency and experience

Medium competency and experience

50%

of directors

are female

Male

Female

50.0%

50.0%

Non-executive 

director tenure

4.1 years

average tenure

of NEDs

0–1 year

1–3 years

3–5 years

5+ years

0%

57%

14%

29%

International 

business experience

88%

high level

international

experience

High

Medium

87.5%

12.5%

88%

of directors are

independent

Independent

CEO

7

1

Data and 

security

Understanding the use of data and the risks associated 

with data security, cyber and privacy.

Director independence

50

Appen 2023 Annual Report

51

Governance

Our approach 

      to governance

Appen’s governance policies and practices 

Our people

are consistent with the 4th edition of the 

ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 

Principles and Recommendations 

(ASX Corporate Governance Principles) 

throughout the year.

Governance framework

Our governance framework ensures 

accountability, both of the Board and 

senior management.

To clarify the roles and responsibilities 

of directors and management and 

to assist the Board in discharging 

its responsibilities, the Board operates 

under a formal Charter which sets 

out the functions reserved to the 

Board and provides for the delegation 

of functions to Board Committees 

and to senior management.

The Board is responsible for 

demonstrating leadership, defining 

the company’s purpose, establishing 

strategic objectives, approving our 

values and the Code of Conduct, 

and oversight of the management 

of the company.

The Board has established two 

standing Committees which assist 

– the Audit and Risk Management 

Committee and the People and 

Culture Committee.

2023 areas of 

governance focus

Key areas of governance focus and 

activities undertaken by the Board, 

its Committees and management 

during 2023 included:

Strategic and financial performance

executive strategy session in 

October 2023 to focus Appen’s 

response on the impact of the 

challenging external operating 

environment and ongoing 

tech slowdown.

• 

reviewed our organisational 

structures within each 

business unit and functional 

areas with a focus on reducing 

organisation layers to improve 

operational efficiency.

•  adopted a new Culture Code 

to support our transformation.

•  continued roll out of our Future 

Ways of Working, including the 

Neighbourhood program to help 

employees foster and cultivate 

deeper connections.

• 

strengthened Appen’s executive 

team with the addition of members 

with sales expertise.

Global crowd

•  ongoing focus on our Crowd 

Code of Ethics and building our 

reputation as a company of fairness 

and integrity in how we partner with 

our crowd.

•  delivered technology and other 

initiatives to ensure the crowd are 

better matched to projects and 

are qualified, onboarded and paid 

more efficiently.

capabilities to address trust and 

safety in our Crowd.

•  conducted further research 

programs to understand 

representation across the Crowd 

and to identify and fill any gaps 

and/or targeted skill sets.

•  partnered with Mercy Corps, 

Na’amal, Generation and Konexio 

to open crowd work opportunities 

to refugee communities.

•  continued disclosure of greenhouse 

gas emissions scopes 1, 2 and 3 and 

working towards limited assurance 

of the data.

with the execution of its responsibilities 

•  enhanced technology and 

•  conducted an annual Board and 

Social and environment

•  continued implementation of Net 

Zero Roadmap and working towards 

net zero across operations by 2030.

• 

commenced development of reporting 

on progress against our United Nations 

Global Compact commitments.

Oversight of Financial and 

capital management

•  completed a fully underwritten 

~A$60 million equity raising in June 

2023 and completed a further fully 

underwritten ~A$30 million equity 

raising in December 2023 to support 

the company’s strategy refresh. 

•  given Appen’s financial 

performance and to ensure 

prudent allocation of capital, 

the board determined not to pay 

any dividends.

Ethics and responsible 

decision making

•  partnered with our key customers 

to establish projects to identify 

and monitor our impact on social 

impact activities.

• 

issued our Modern Slavery Statement.

Compliance and risk management

• 

internal audit reviewed and 

assessed processes across 

key operational areas, including 

a review of our transformation 

projects and processes.

• 

reviewed the risk management 

framework, revised the risk 

appetite statement and updated 

our strategic risks to align with 

the strategy as revised in October 

2023. Confirmed the identified 

risks through our stakeholder 

materiality assessment.

•  continued focus on cyber security, 

ISO27001 compliance across 

global sites and SOC2 compliance 

on key platforms.

Skill

Description

Skill level

Strategy

Finance

Risk

Industry 
experience

Experience in defining strategic objectives, assessing 
business plans and driving execution. Ability to 
think strategically and identify and critically assess 
opportunities and threats and develop effective 
strategies in the context of changing market conditions.

Understanding the financial drivers of the business, 
experience in financial accounting and reporting, tax, 
corporate finance and internal financial controls.

Experience in the identification, monitoring and 
management of material financial and non-financial risks, 
the oversight of compliance frameworks and controls, and 
the ability to identify and oversee mitigation strategies for 
emerging risk and compliance issues in the organisation.

Experience and broad understanding of the application 
of language technology, machine learning, artificial 
intelligence and specifically AI, including market drivers, 
risks and trends and encompassing policies, competitors, 
end users, regulatory policy and frameworks.

Customer/
Client

Experience developing customer/client strategies and 
delivering customer/client outcomes.

Capital markets Expertise in considering and implementing efficient 

capital management including alternative capital sources 
and distributions, yields and markets.

Corporate 
transactions

Experience in assessing and completing complex 
business transactions, including mergers, acquisitions, 
divestments, capital management, major projects and 
business integration.

People and 
culture 
management

Board Committee or senior executive equivalent 
experience relating to people management and human 
resources, corporate culture, diversity and inclusion, 
and remuneration issues of a global organisation.

Governance

Knowledge and experience in best practice governance 
structures, policies and processes.

Technology and 
innovation

Experience and expertise in identifying, assessing, 
implementing and leveraging digital technologies and 
other innovations. 

Board diversity

50%
of directors
are female

Male
Female

50.0%
50.0%

Non-executive 
director tenure

4.1 years
average tenure
of NEDs

0–1 year
1–3 years
3–5 years
5+ years

0%
57%
14%
29%

International 
business experience

88%

high level
international
experience

High
Medium

87.5%
12.5%

Data and 
security

Understanding the use of data and the risks associated 
with data security, cyber and privacy.

Director independence

International 
business 
experience

Experience in international business, trade and/or 
investment at a senior executive level and exposure 
to global markets and a range of different political, 
regulatory, and business environments.

ESG

Expertise in the areas of environment, social and 
governance (ESG), and the ability to advise the 
Company of required policies, actions and disclosures 
on these matters.

High competency and experience

Medium competency and experience

88%

of directors are
independent

Independent
CEO

7
1

50

Appen 2023 Annual Report

51

Governance

Board of
  Directors

Richard Freudenstein 
BEc, LLB (Hons) 
Non-executive Chair

Appointed: Chair on 
28 October and joined 
as non-executive Director 
on 12 August 2021

Board Committee: 
Member of the People 
and Culture Committee

Richard is a director of Coles Group Limited (ASX: 
COL), REA Group Ltd (ASX: REA) and Cricket 
Australia. Previously, he was Chair of REA Group 
Ltd. He is a former director of Ten Network Holdings 
Ltd (ASX: TEN), Foxtel and Astro Malaysia Holdings 
Berhad. Richard was also a member of the Advisory 
Board of artificial intelligence software company, 
Afiniti Ltd (2017–2022). Richard was previously the 
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) at Foxtel (2011–2016), 
CEO of The Australian newspaper and News 
Digital Media at News Ltd (2006–2010) and Chief 
Operating Officer (COO) at British Sky Broadcasting 
(2000–2006). He is currently Deputy Chancellor and 
Fellow of the Senate at the University of Sydney.

Steve Hasker 
BCom, MBA, MIA, ACAA 
Independent non-executive 
Director

Appointed: 7 April 2015

Board Committee: 
Chair of the People and 
Culture Committee

Steve has extensive experience as a CEO, COO 
and Advisor in the US. Steve has been President 
and CEO of Thomson Reuters since March 2020. 
He was a Senior Advisor to private equity firm TPG 
Capital (2019–2020) and CEO of CAA Global, a TPG 
Capital portfolio company (2018–2019). At Nielsen 
Holdings PLC, he served as Global President and 
COO (2015–2017) and President, Global Products 
(2009–2014). Steve was a partner with McKinsey 
(1998–2009). Before that, he spent five years in 
several financial roles in the U.S. and other countries.

Robin Low 
BCom, FCA, FAICD 
Independent non-executive 
Director

Appointed: 30 October 2014

Board Committee: 
Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Robin is a non-executive director who serves on the 
boards IPH Limited (ASX: IPH), Guide Dogs NSW/ACT 
and the Sax Institute. Robin is a member of the 
University of New South Wales audit committee and 
is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
Australia and New Zealand. Robin has extensive 
finance, risk and business experience from her 
28-year career at PricewaterhouseCoopers where 
she was a partner specialising in assurance and 
risk. She is a former director at AUB Group Limited 
(ASX: AUB), Marley Spoon (ASX: MMM) and is a past 
Deputy Chair of the Auditing and Assurance 
Standards Board.

Vanessa Liu 

AB Psychology (magna cum 

laude with highest honors); 

JD (cum laude) 

Independent non-executive 

Director

Appointed: 27 March 2020

Board Committee: 

Member of the Audit and Risk 

Management Committee

Vanessa has a deep understanding of emerging 

technology trends and enterprise uptake of artificial 

intelligence, especially in the US market. She is the 

Founder and CEO of SaaS technology company 

Sugarwork, and is an non-executive director 

of Goodman Group (ASX: GMG). Most recently 

she was Vice President of SAP.iO, the early-stage 

venture arm of SAP. Prior, Vanessa was the COO 

at Trigger Media Group, a digital media incubator. 

Before that, she was Associate Partner at McKinsey 

where she served clients in media and high-tech 

sectors on issues of digital strategy, emerging 

market strategy, growth and innovation.

Stuart Davis 

LLB 

Independent non-executive 

Director

Appointed: 30 March 2022

Board Committee: 

Member of the Audit and Risk 

Management Committee

Stuart is a director of NEXTDC Limited (ASX: 

NXT) and Chair of the Remuneration Committee, 

a non-executive director of Bank of South Pacific 

Limited and PayPal Australia Ltd where he serves 

as Chair of the Risk Committee at both companies. 

He has more than 30 years’ experience as an 

international banker with the HSBC Group where 

he was CEO, HSBC India (2009–2012), CEO and 

Executive Director for HSBC Bank Australia Limited 

(2002–2009) and CEO HSBC Taiwan (1999–2002). He 

was a member of the Australian Bankers Association 

from 2002–2009 and Deputy Chair from 2006–2009.

Lynn Mickleburgh 

BSc (Hons) in Mathematics, 

MBA 

Director

Independent non-executive 

Appointed: 29 July 2022

Board Committee: 

Member of the People 

and Culture Committee

Lynn has experience as an ASX non-executive 

director, a board advisor and transformational 

leader of both Fortune 500 companies and 

high growth SaaS companies. Lynn is a former 

non-executive Director of ASX listed Altium Limited 

(ASX:ALU), where she chaired the HR Committee 

and served on the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Previously, she was Head of Business Optimisation 

at Atlassian Inc, VP Finance at Citrix Systems and 

held various global and operational roles at Adobe 

Systems and Apple Computer.

Mini Peiris 

BSc 

Director

Independent non-executive 

Appointed: 4 November 2022

Board Committee: 

Member of the People 

and Culture Committee

Mini is a go-to-market advisor for high growth SaaS 

companies within the portfolio of Scale Venture 

Partners and is Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) 

of Doma (NYSE: DOMA), a real estate technology 

company. Prior to that, she was the CMO at 

Elementum (a Lightspeed company) and Ambra 

Health (acquired by Hg’s Intelerad). Mini spent 12+ 

years at cloud-pioneer company NetSuite (NYSE: N), 

from its early stages through to its IPO and beyond. 

She helped drive product growth as VP of Product 

Management, then went on to lead a global team as 

VP Worldwide Marketing that delivered go-to-market 

scale from US$100 million to US$750 million.

52

Appen 2023 Annual Report

53

Governance

Board of

  Directors

Richard Freudenstein 

BEc, LLB (Hons) 

Non-executive Chair

Appointed: Chair on 

28 October and joined 

as non-executive Director 

on 12 August 2021

Board Committee: 

Member of the People 

and Culture Committee

Richard is a director of Coles Group Limited (ASX: 

COL), REA Group Ltd (ASX: REA) and Cricket 

Australia. Previously, he was Chair of REA Group 

Ltd. He is a former director of Ten Network Holdings 

Ltd (ASX: TEN), Foxtel and Astro Malaysia Holdings 

Berhad. Richard was also a member of the Advisory 

Board of artificial intelligence software company, 

Afiniti Ltd (2017–2022). Richard was previously the 

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) at Foxtel (2011–2016), 

CEO of The Australian newspaper and News 

Digital Media at News Ltd (2006–2010) and Chief 

Operating Officer (COO) at British Sky Broadcasting 

(2000–2006). He is currently Deputy Chancellor and 

Fellow of the Senate at the University of Sydney.

Steve Hasker 

BCom, MBA, MIA, ACAA 

Independent non-executive 

Director

Appointed: 7 April 2015

Board Committee: 

Chair of the People and 

Culture Committee

Steve has extensive experience as a CEO, COO 

and Advisor in the US. Steve has been President 

and CEO of Thomson Reuters since March 2020. 

He was a Senior Advisor to private equity firm TPG 

Capital (2019–2020) and CEO of CAA Global, a TPG 

Capital portfolio company (2018–2019). At Nielsen 

Holdings PLC, he served as Global President and 

COO (2015–2017) and President, Global Products 

(2009–2014). Steve was a partner with McKinsey 

(1998–2009). Before that, he spent five years in 

several financial roles in the U.S. and other countries.

Robin Low 

BCom, FCA, FAICD 

Robin is a non-executive director who serves on the 

boards IPH Limited (ASX: IPH), Guide Dogs NSW/ACT 

Independent non-executive 

and the Sax Institute. Robin is a member of the 

Director

Appointed: 30 October 2014

Board Committee: 

Chair of the Audit and Risk 

Management Committee

University of New South Wales audit committee and 

is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 

Australia and New Zealand. Robin has extensive 

finance, risk and business experience from her 

28-year career at PricewaterhouseCoopers where 

she was a partner specialising in assurance and 

risk. She is a former director at AUB Group Limited 

(ASX: AUB), Marley Spoon (ASX: MMM) and is a past 

Deputy Chair of the Auditing and Assurance 

Standards Board.

Vanessa Liu 
AB Psychology (magna cum 
laude with highest honors); 
JD (cum laude) 
Independent non-executive 
Director

Appointed: 27 March 2020

Board Committee: 
Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Vanessa has a deep understanding of emerging 
technology trends and enterprise uptake of artificial 
intelligence, especially in the US market. She is the 
Founder and CEO of SaaS technology company 
Sugarwork, and is an non-executive director 
of Goodman Group (ASX: GMG). Most recently 
she was Vice President of SAP.iO, the early-stage 
venture arm of SAP. Prior, Vanessa was the COO 
at Trigger Media Group, a digital media incubator. 
Before that, she was Associate Partner at McKinsey 
where she served clients in media and high-tech 
sectors on issues of digital strategy, emerging 
market strategy, growth and innovation.

Stuart Davis 
LLB 
Independent non-executive 
Director

Appointed: 30 March 2022

Board Committee: 
Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Stuart is a director of NEXTDC Limited (ASX: 
NXT) and Chair of the Remuneration Committee, 
a non-executive director of Bank of South Pacific 
Limited and PayPal Australia Ltd where he serves 
as Chair of the Risk Committee at both companies. 
He has more than 30 years’ experience as an 
international banker with the HSBC Group where 
he was CEO, HSBC India (2009–2012), CEO and 
Executive Director for HSBC Bank Australia Limited 
(2002–2009) and CEO HSBC Taiwan (1999–2002). He 
was a member of the Australian Bankers Association 
from 2002–2009 and Deputy Chair from 2006–2009.

Lynn Mickleburgh 
BSc (Hons) in Mathematics, 
MBA 
Independent non-executive 
Director

Appointed: 29 July 2022

Board Committee: 
Member of the People 
and Culture Committee

Lynn has experience as an ASX non-executive 
director, a board advisor and transformational 
leader of both Fortune 500 companies and 
high growth SaaS companies. Lynn is a former 
non-executive Director of ASX listed Altium Limited 
(ASX:ALU), where she chaired the HR Committee 
and served on the Audit and Risk Committee. 
Previously, she was Head of Business Optimisation 
at Atlassian Inc, VP Finance at Citrix Systems and 
held various global and operational roles at Adobe 
Systems and Apple Computer.

Mini Peiris 
BSc 
Independent non-executive 
Director

Appointed: 4 November 2022

Board Committee: 
Member of the People 
and Culture Committee

Mini is a go-to-market advisor for high growth SaaS 
companies within the portfolio of Scale Venture 
Partners and is Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) 
of Doma (NYSE: DOMA), a real estate technology 
company. Prior to that, she was the CMO at 
Elementum (a Lightspeed company) and Ambra 
Health (acquired by Hg’s Intelerad). Mini spent 12+ 
years at cloud-pioneer company NetSuite (NYSE: N), 
from its early stages through to its IPO and beyond. 
She helped drive product growth as VP of Product 
Management, then went on to lead a global team as 
VP Worldwide Marketing that delivered go-to-market 
scale from US$100 million to US$750 million.

52

Appen 2023 Annual Report

53

Governance

Executive
   team

Corporate Services

Ryan Kolln  
CEO & Managing Director  

Joined: October 2018 
MBA, B.Eng (Electrical)

Ryan brings over 20 years of global experience in technology and telecommunications, 
along with a deep understanding of Appen’s business and the AI industry. 
His professional career began as an engineer, with a focus on mobile network data 
engineering in Australia, Asia and North America. 

On completion of an MBA from New York University, Ryan joined The Boston 
Consulting Group (BCG) in 2011 as a strategy consultant. During his time at BCG 
he specialised in technology and telecommunications and gained deep strategy 
expertise across a variety of growth and operational topics. 

Joining Appen AI in 2018 as VP of Corporate Development, he led strategic 
acquisitions like Figure Eight and Quadrant, and supported the establishment 
of the China and Federal divisions. His successive promotions culminated in the role 
of Chief Operating Officer in August 2023, overseeing global operations and strategy.

Justin Miles 
Chief Financial Officer  

Joined: March 2016 
GradDipCA (Chartered Accounting) 
B. Bus (Accounting)

Justin was appointed Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on 27 February 2024. He has been 
acting as interim CFO since 1 August 2023 with responsibility for Appen’s finance and 
accounting functions. During his tenure at Appen, Justin has held senior finance roles 
including Deputy CFO (2023–2024) and VP of Finance (2017–2023). Prior to joining 
Appen he worked in senior leadership roles in ASX listed businesses and various roles 
within public practice. 

Corporate Services (continued)

Andrea Clayton 

Chief People Officer  

Joined: February 2022 

MBA, BA (International Management)

Andrea has more than 20 years of experience in building innovative people programs, 

leading people operations teams, and transforming company cultures. Andrea has 

served in a variety of global human resource (HR) leadership roles, in listed and 

unlisted companies, lived and worked in five countries, and has experience leading 

HR in 30+ countries.

Prior to Appen, Andrea served as Chief People Officer at Thrive Pet Healthcare, 

one of the largest and fastest growing veterinary companies in the United States. 

Through the introduction of industry first programs, flexible policies and achievement 

of significant gender diversity at all levels of leadership, Thrive was recognised as the 

#1 company in the industry for women by InHerSight. Andrea was also a global HR 

leader at General Electric Financial Assurance (now Genworth) for 11 years, including 

HR Director for Genworth Australia through its IPO in 2014.

Mike Davie 

Chief Product and 

Technology Officer 

Joined: September 2021 

BBA, MSc (Database management)  

and business intelligence) 

Mike is the Chief Product and Technology Officer. He brings a strong background 

of experience in location data and location-based business solutions that are fit for 

purpose, easy to use, and simple to organise.

Prior to Appen, Mike was the founder and CEO of Quadrant, growing the business’s 

mobile location data services to a portfolio of more than 450 million unique devices 

per month, enabling companies to see and understand movement patterns in the 

real world. With Quadrant he also developed a proprietary platform, ‘Geolancer’, 

which provides authentic, accurate, and up-to-date Point-of-Interest data, manually 

verified on the ground.

edge technologies.

Previously, Mike provided leadership and strategy to the Advanced Mobile 

Product Strategy team at Samsung where he developed GTM strategies for cutting 

Eric de Cavaignac  

Joined: November 2021 

Chief Transformation Officer and GM crowd  MBA (Beta Gamma Sigma, Dean’s List), 

BA (Hons)

Eric is responsible for driving programs to scale operations and delivery, and 

support revenue growth. He brings more than 25 years of experience in partnering 

with investors and management to transform businesses, and to deliver lasting 

growth and profit improvement.

Before joining Appen, Eric worked across several industries, including technology, 

media, telecommunications, ecommerce, health, financial services and luxury, where 

he helped drive digital transformation, international expansion, strategic M&A, and 

business restructuring. Eric has worked in New York, London, and Sydney including 

10 years as an advisor with McKinsey running a strategy and capital advisory business, 

and a number of executive positions reporting to the CEO of multinational companies 

executing a turnaround or transformation.

54

Appen 2023 Annual Report

55

 
 
 
 
Governance

Executive

   team

Corporate Services

Ryan Kolln  

CEO & Managing Director  

Joined: October 2018 

MBA, B.Eng (Electrical)

Ryan brings over 20 years of global experience in technology and telecommunications, 

along with a deep understanding of Appen’s business and the AI industry. 

His professional career began as an engineer, with a focus on mobile network data 

engineering in Australia, Asia and North America. 

On completion of an MBA from New York University, Ryan joined The Boston 

Consulting Group (BCG) in 2011 as a strategy consultant. During his time at BCG 

he specialised in technology and telecommunications and gained deep strategy 

expertise across a variety of growth and operational topics. 

Joining Appen AI in 2018 as VP of Corporate Development, he led strategic 

acquisitions like Figure Eight and Quadrant, and supported the establishment 

of the China and Federal divisions. His successive promotions culminated in the role 

of Chief Operating Officer in August 2023, overseeing global operations and strategy.

Justin Miles 

Chief Financial Officer  

Joined: March 2016 

GradDipCA (Chartered Accounting) 

B. Bus (Accounting)

Justin was appointed Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on 27 February 2024. He has been 

acting as interim CFO since 1 August 2023 with responsibility for Appen’s finance and 

accounting functions. During his tenure at Appen, Justin has held senior finance roles 

including Deputy CFO (2023–2024) and VP of Finance (2017–2023). Prior to joining 

Appen he worked in senior leadership roles in ASX listed businesses and various roles 

within public practice. 

Corporate Services (continued)

Andrea Clayton 
Chief People Officer  

Joined: February 2022 
MBA, BA (International Management)

Andrea has more than 20 years of experience in building innovative people programs, 
leading people operations teams, and transforming company cultures. Andrea has 
served in a variety of global human resource (HR) leadership roles, in listed and 
unlisted companies, lived and worked in five countries, and has experience leading 
HR in 30+ countries.

Prior to Appen, Andrea served as Chief People Officer at Thrive Pet Healthcare, 
one of the largest and fastest growing veterinary companies in the United States. 
Through the introduction of industry first programs, flexible policies and achievement 
of significant gender diversity at all levels of leadership, Thrive was recognised as the 
#1 company in the industry for women by InHerSight. Andrea was also a global HR 
leader at General Electric Financial Assurance (now Genworth) for 11 years, including 
HR Director for Genworth Australia through its IPO in 2014.

Mike Davie 
Chief Product and 
Technology Officer 

Joined: September 2021 
BBA, MSc (Database management)  
and business intelligence) 

Mike is the Chief Product and Technology Officer. He brings a strong background 
of experience in location data and location-based business solutions that are fit for 
purpose, easy to use, and simple to organise.

Prior to Appen, Mike was the founder and CEO of Quadrant, growing the business’s 
mobile location data services to a portfolio of more than 450 million unique devices 
per month, enabling companies to see and understand movement patterns in the 
real world. With Quadrant he also developed a proprietary platform, ‘Geolancer’, 
which provides authentic, accurate, and up-to-date Point-of-Interest data, manually 
verified on the ground.

Previously, Mike provided leadership and strategy to the Advanced Mobile 
Product Strategy team at Samsung where he developed GTM strategies for cutting 
edge technologies.

Eric de Cavaignac  
Joined: November 2021 
Chief Transformation Officer and GM crowd  MBA (Beta Gamma Sigma, Dean’s List), 
BA (Hons)

Eric is responsible for driving programs to scale operations and delivery, and 
support revenue growth. He brings more than 25 years of experience in partnering 
with investors and management to transform businesses, and to deliver lasting 
growth and profit improvement.

Before joining Appen, Eric worked across several industries, including technology, 
media, telecommunications, ecommerce, health, financial services and luxury, where 
he helped drive digital transformation, international expansion, strategic M&A, and 
business restructuring. Eric has worked in New York, London, and Sydney including 
10 years as an advisor with McKinsey running a strategy and capital advisory business, 
and a number of executive positions reporting to the CEO of multinational companies 
executing a turnaround or transformation.

54

Appen 2023 Annual Report

55

 
 
 
 
Governance

Corporate Services (continued)

Sales and delivery (continued)

Sales and delivery

Carl Middlehurst  
General Counsel and Company Secretary  

Joined: February 2019 
BSc (Hons) Biochemistry, LLB

Carl Middlehurst is the General Counsel and Company Secretary of Appen Limited. 
Prior to joining Appen Carl was the General Counsel and Company Secretary and the 
executive responsible for commercialisation and new ventures at NICTA (now Data61) 
and was also responsible for the HR function. 

Carl was an observer/director for several early-stage companies. He was formerly 
at Sun Microsystems in Australia and in Silicon Valley. At Sun, Carl had both legal and 
business roles (covering trademarks, APAC and managing an emerging market fund). 
Prior to Sun, Carl was at a pharma company and a medical device startup, The Salk 
Institute in La Jolla and at Baker & McKenzie (in Sydney and San Diego). 

Carl was an Adjunct Professor at Santa Clara University Law School where he taught 
Internet and Privacy law. Prior to becoming a lawyer Carl was a research biochemist 
and was published in a number of scientific journals.

Andrew Ettinger  
Chief Revenue Officer  

Joined: May 2023 
BSc (Business Marketing)

Andrew oversees Appen’s revenue strategies and driving growth in the field of AI and 
has overall responsibility for the company’s Sales & Marketing function. He has more 
than 25 years of sales experience in the technology industry.

Andrew’s expertise extends to harnessing the power of data to drive insights and 
optimise processes. As the Chief Revenue Officer at Astronomer, he grew the 
adoption of their open-source data solution, leading to a remarkable increase 
in monthly downloads and revenue. Prior to Astronomer, he served as the VP of Sales 
at Pivotal Software. Under his leadership, the company achieved three consecutive 
years of significant revenue growth, fuelling digital transformations for Fortune 500 
companies in various sectors.

Brian Haskett 
SVP Client management and operations 

Joined: March 2023 
MBA (Information Technology), BSc

Brian oversees client relationships, account strategy, and business operations, ensuring 
high client satisfaction and fostering continued growth. With extensive experience 
in technology services and consulting, Brian is a seasoned professional adept at guiding 
major enterprises toward technological innovation. 

Commencing his career as a software engineer, he later moved into global executive 
leadership positions at large technology firms, including IBM, CA Technologies, 
and Ciber (now HTC). Before assuming the role of SVP, Brian held the position 
of Vice President and General Manager at Appen where he collaborated with global 
AI technology leaders, contributing to the advancement of machine learning-based 
products in areas such as deep learning, generative AI, and large language models.

Roc Tian  

SVP and General Manager,  

China, Japan and Korea 

Joined: August 2019 

PhD (Computer Software), 

MA (Computer Applications)

Roc comes to Appen with more than 20 years of sales, consulting, and management 

experience from Fortune 100 companies. He is responsible for Appen’s business 

strategy, sales, marketing, delivery, operations and government relationships in China, 

Japan and Korea.

Most recently, Roc was senior partner of IBM GBS where he led the client services, 

public sector and enterprise application service lines across the mainland China, 

Hong Kong and Taiwan markets with remarkable business performance and 

achievements. Before that, Roc was also a core leader responsible for the growth 

of IBM’s global delivery centre in China from 4,000 to more than 10,000 people.

Prior to IBM, Roc was a business quality director for HP’s global delivery centre 

in China and a key leader responsible for helping HP grow from a start-up to more 

than 3,000 people across China. Roc was also the founder and CTO of a technology 

start-up that grew to more than 100 people.

Helen Giddings 

VP Client delivery 

Joined: August 2020 

BA (Psychology)

Helen leads the delivery teams across all accounts, excluding Appen’s largest client. 

Her focus and passion is the development of deep client relationships, high quality 

delivery and driving growth. 

Prior to joining Appen, Helen was Director at Pureprofile, an online market research 

company. She led delivery teams in multiple countries and successfully supported 

new products and growth. Her focus was data quality and developing a high level 

of understanding of all areas of the business. Helen previously worked at Sony 

Business Europe heading up marketing and e-services with responsibility for all 

websites and marketing of broadcast products and services.

Robert Page 

VP Client delivery, strategic accounts 

Joined: April 2012 

BA (Hons)

Robert leads the delivery team for our largest client and is responsible for the overall 

account strategy and operations. Robert is an industry expert with more than 

a decade of experience in driving Appen teams to delivery excellence. During this 

time, he has overseen the delivery of hundreds of successful, diverse projects for 

Appen’s customers. He has a deep understanding of the evolving needs of clients and 

flawless project execution. He has a track record of scaling opportunities and driving 

meaningful cost efficiencies, while navigating the constantly changing landscape 

of the technology industry. 

56

Appen 2023 Annual Report

57

Corporate Services (continued)

Sales and delivery (continued)

Governance

Sales and delivery

Carl Middlehurst  

Joined: February 2019 

General Counsel and Company Secretary  

BSc (Hons) Biochemistry, LLB

Carl Middlehurst is the General Counsel and Company Secretary of Appen Limited. 

Prior to joining Appen Carl was the General Counsel and Company Secretary and the 

executive responsible for commercialisation and new ventures at NICTA (now Data61) 

and was also responsible for the HR function. 

Carl was an observer/director for several early-stage companies. He was formerly 

at Sun Microsystems in Australia and in Silicon Valley. At Sun, Carl had both legal and 

business roles (covering trademarks, APAC and managing an emerging market fund). 

Prior to Sun, Carl was at a pharma company and a medical device startup, The Salk 

Institute in La Jolla and at Baker & McKenzie (in Sydney and San Diego). 

Carl was an Adjunct Professor at Santa Clara University Law School where he taught 

Internet and Privacy law. Prior to becoming a lawyer Carl was a research biochemist 

and was published in a number of scientific journals.

Andrew Ettinger  

Chief Revenue Officer  

Joined: May 2023 

BSc (Business Marketing)

Andrew oversees Appen’s revenue strategies and driving growth in the field of AI and 

has overall responsibility for the company’s Sales & Marketing function. He has more 

than 25 years of sales experience in the technology industry.

Andrew’s expertise extends to harnessing the power of data to drive insights and 

optimise processes. As the Chief Revenue Officer at Astronomer, he grew the 

adoption of their open-source data solution, leading to a remarkable increase 

in monthly downloads and revenue. Prior to Astronomer, he served as the VP of Sales 

at Pivotal Software. Under his leadership, the company achieved three consecutive 

years of significant revenue growth, fuelling digital transformations for Fortune 500 

companies in various sectors.

Brian Haskett 

Joined: March 2023 

SVP Client management and operations 

MBA (Information Technology), BSc

Brian oversees client relationships, account strategy, and business operations, ensuring 

high client satisfaction and fostering continued growth. With extensive experience 

in technology services and consulting, Brian is a seasoned professional adept at guiding 

major enterprises toward technological innovation. 

Commencing his career as a software engineer, he later moved into global executive 

leadership positions at large technology firms, including IBM, CA Technologies, 

and Ciber (now HTC). Before assuming the role of SVP, Brian held the position 

of Vice President and General Manager at Appen where he collaborated with global 

AI technology leaders, contributing to the advancement of machine learning-based 

products in areas such as deep learning, generative AI, and large language models.

Roc Tian  
SVP and General Manager,  
China, Japan and Korea 

Joined: August 2019 
PhD (Computer Software), 
MA (Computer Applications)

Roc comes to Appen with more than 20 years of sales, consulting, and management 
experience from Fortune 100 companies. He is responsible for Appen’s business 
strategy, sales, marketing, delivery, operations and government relationships in China, 
Japan and Korea.

Most recently, Roc was senior partner of IBM GBS where he led the client services, 
public sector and enterprise application service lines across the mainland China, 
Hong Kong and Taiwan markets with remarkable business performance and 
achievements. Before that, Roc was also a core leader responsible for the growth 
of IBM’s global delivery centre in China from 4,000 to more than 10,000 people.

Prior to IBM, Roc was a business quality director for HP’s global delivery centre 
in China and a key leader responsible for helping HP grow from a start-up to more 
than 3,000 people across China. Roc was also the founder and CTO of a technology 
start-up that grew to more than 100 people.

Helen Giddings 
VP Client delivery 

Joined: August 2020 
BA (Psychology)

Helen leads the delivery teams across all accounts, excluding Appen’s largest client. 
Her focus and passion is the development of deep client relationships, high quality 
delivery and driving growth. 

Prior to joining Appen, Helen was Director at Pureprofile, an online market research 
company. She led delivery teams in multiple countries and successfully supported 
new products and growth. Her focus was data quality and developing a high level 
of understanding of all areas of the business. Helen previously worked at Sony 
Business Europe heading up marketing and e-services with responsibility for all 
websites and marketing of broadcast products and services.

Robert Page 
VP Client delivery, strategic accounts 

Joined: April 2012 
BA (Hons)

Robert leads the delivery team for our largest client and is responsible for the overall 
account strategy and operations. Robert is an industry expert with more than 
a decade of experience in driving Appen teams to delivery excellence. During this 
time, he has overseen the delivery of hundreds of successful, diverse projects for 
Appen’s customers. He has a deep understanding of the evolving needs of clients and 
flawless project execution. He has a track record of scaling opportunities and driving 
meaningful cost efficiencies, while navigating the constantly changing landscape 
of the technology industry. 

56

Appen 2023 Annual Report

57

Directors’ 

  report

The Directors present their report, together with the financial statements, on the consolidated entity (referred to hereafter 
as the “Group” or “Appen”) consisting of Appen Limited (referred to hereafter as the “Company” or “parent entity”) and the 
entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the year ended 31 December 2023.

Directors
The Directors of the Company during the financial year and up to date of this report were as follows:

Richard Freudenstein – Chair
Ryan Kolln – CEO and Managing Director from 5 February 2024
Armughan Ahmad – CEO, President and Managing Director (appointed CEO & President 9 January 2023 
and appointed Managing Director 25 January 2023; all appointments ceased 5 February 2024)
Stuart Davis
Stephen Hasker
Vanessa Liu
Robin Low
Lynn Mickleburgh 
Sithumini (Mini) Peiris

Changes in Chief Financial Officer 
Justin Miles was appointed Deputy Chief Financial Officer on 26 June 2023 and acted as Interim Chief Financial Officer from 
1 August 2023.

Kevin Levine was Chief Financial Officer until 1 May 2023. Kevin Levine was replaced by Helen Johnson on 1 May 2023 
who resigned for personal reasons effective 31 July 2023. Kevin Levine remained with the business until 1 September 2023 
in an advisory capacity.

Principal activities
Appen is a global leader in providing data services for deep learning and generative artificial intelligence (AI) systems. With over 
28 years’ of experience in data sourcing, data annotation, and model evaluation by humans, Appen enables many of the world’s 
largest technology and Fortune 500 customers globally to launch innovative AI systems. 

Our expertise includes a global crowd of more than one million skilled contractors who speak over 500 languages1, in over 
200 countries2, as well as our advanced AI data platform. Our products and services give leaders in technology, automotive, 
financial services, retail, healthcare, and governments the confidence to launch world-class AI products. 

Appen was founded in 1996 and listed on the Australian Securities Exchange on 7 January 2015. The Group has evolved 
significantly since then, from a language data service provider to become a leading provider of deep learning and generative 
AI data and tools.

expense and excluded from underlying EBITDA for FY24.

Appointment of Chief Executive Officer

Appen has customers and operations globally, and currently has five customer-facing business units as follows:

•  Global: responsible for delivery of high-quality deep learning and generative AI data services and products for large global 

and Managing Director.

technology customers; 

•  Enterprise: responsible for leveraging our product suite and AI-driven automation to efficiently grow revenue outside 

of Global customers to serve new customers as they invest in AI; 

•  Government: responsible for serving the emerging AI needs of Government; 

•  China: responsible for capturing share in the high growth market in China; and 

•  Quadrant: in September 2021, Appen acquired Quadrant Global Pte Ltd (“Quadrant”), a global leader in mobile location 

and Point-of-Interest (POI) data, thus expanding our addressable market, product offering and data annotation capabilities. 

1  Self-reported.
2  Self-reported, includes territories.

58

Appen has the following two operating and reporting segments:

•  Global Services: represents the services that Appen provides to our major US technology customers (Global customers) 

using the customers’ data annotation platforms and tools. The majority of projects comprise large, at-scale deep learning 

(model evaluation) programs, and rely on Appen’s crowd workforce to complete the work, thus reducing the need for 

Appen’s Global customers to employ a large and diverse ongoing workforce; and 

•  New Markets: represents Appen’s high growth markets, product-led and data services growth strategy. It comprises Global 

customer revenue through Appen’s data annotation platform and tools (Global Product), and the Enterprise, Government and 

China business units. New Markets also includes revenue derived using Quadrant’s geolocation and POI data capabilities. New 

Markets customers benefit from our high-quality data collection, annotation and evaluation products, coupled with the provision 

of at-scale crowd management with Appen Connect and Appen’s considerable expertise and knowhow built up over the last 

28 years. This enables Appen to deliver a full set of AI data services for deep-learning and generative AI for enterprise customers.

Dividends

No dividends have been declared or paid during the year. 

Non-cash asset impairment 

Following a review of the value of the Group’s cash generating units (CGU) and of the carrying value of its assets in accordance 

with the relevant accounting standards, a non-cash, pre-tax impairment charge of $69.2 million was booked for the year ended 

31 December 2023. 

The carrying value of non-goodwill assets attributable to the Global Services CGU was reduced by $16.1 million and the carrying 

value of Goodwill was reduced by $53.1 million. The impairment charge is non-cash related and is a non-operating item.

Matters subsequent to the end of the year

Material customer loss

On 22 January 2024, the Board announced that Appen received notification on Saturday, 20 January 2024 AEDT from a material 

customer, Google LLC, that as part of a strategic review process it will be terminating its global inbound services contract 

with Appen, resulting in the cessation of all projects with Appen by 19 March 2024.  Appen had no prior knowledge of Google’s 

decision to terminate the contract.

Revenue recognised for the year ended 31 December 2023 relating to Google LLC was $82.8 million at 26% gross margin. 

Gross margin refers to revenue less crowd expenses.

Implementation of cost saving measures

On 12 February 2024, the Board announced that Appen will implement measures to achieve $13.5 million in annualised cost 

savings. The cost initiatives represent direct and indirect costs associated with the delivery of Google LLC projects. 

Appen expects to complete 80% of the cost initiatives by March 2024 and the remainder by June 2024. The bulk of the costs 

are direct costs, however indirect costs have been further scrutinised resulting in the eventual closure of the Toronto and 

Bellevue offices in North America.

The first full year benefit of these cost savings is expected to be realised in FY25. The one-off costs associated with implementing 

the cost reduction initiatives are expected to be approximately $1.5 million to  $2.5 million and will be reported as a non recurring 

On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Ryan Kolln, formerly the Chief Operating Officer (COO) as CEO 

Armughan Ahmad stepped down from his role as CEO, President and Managing Director on 5 February 2024. Mr Ahmad 

will receive his statutory entitlements and payment in lieu of notice (12 months – US$600,000). 

Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant was forfeited upon his termination. The board exercised its discretion and no STI was awarded 

to Mr Ahmad. However, Mr Ahmad’s share-based sign-on bonus will remain on-foot and continue to vest in accordance 

with the terms of this contract. 

Other than the above, the Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance not otherwise dealt with in this report 

that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the 

state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial periods.

Likely developments and expected results of operations 

The Group continues to pursue its strategy to return to profitability and remains committed to sizing its cost base in line with 

the revenue opportunity. Appen’s strategy and FY24 priorities can be found in the financial value driver on page 30.

Appen 2023 Annual Report

59

 
Directors’ 

  report

The Directors present their report, together with the financial statements, on the consolidated entity (referred to hereafter 

as the “Group” or “Appen”) consisting of Appen Limited (referred to hereafter as the “Company” or “parent entity”) and the 

entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the year ended 31 December 2023.

The Directors of the Company during the financial year and up to date of this report were as follows:

Richard Freudenstein – Chair

Ryan Kolln – CEO and Managing Director from 5 February 2024

Armughan Ahmad – CEO, President and Managing Director (appointed CEO & President 9 January 2023 

and appointed Managing Director 25 January 2023; all appointments ceased 5 February 2024)

Directors

Stuart Davis

Stephen Hasker

Vanessa Liu

Robin Low

Lynn Mickleburgh 

Sithumini (Mini) Peiris

1 August 2023.

in an advisory capacity.

Principal activities

Changes in Chief Financial Officer 

Justin Miles was appointed Deputy Chief Financial Officer on 26 June 2023 and acted as Interim Chief Financial Officer from 

Kevin Levine was Chief Financial Officer until 1 May 2023. Kevin Levine was replaced by Helen Johnson on 1 May 2023 

who resigned for personal reasons effective 31 July 2023. Kevin Levine remained with the business until 1 September 2023 

Appen is a global leader in providing data services for deep learning and generative artificial intelligence (AI) systems. With over 

28 years’ of experience in data sourcing, data annotation, and model evaluation by humans, Appen enables many of the world’s 

largest technology and Fortune 500 customers globally to launch innovative AI systems. 

Our expertise includes a global crowd of more than one million skilled contractors who speak over 500 languages1, in over 

200 countries2, as well as our advanced AI data platform. Our products and services give leaders in technology, automotive, 

financial services, retail, healthcare, and governments the confidence to launch world-class AI products. 

Appen was founded in 1996 and listed on the Australian Securities Exchange on 7 January 2015. The Group has evolved 

significantly since then, from a language data service provider to become a leading provider of deep learning and generative 

AI data and tools.

technology customers; 

Appen has customers and operations globally, and currently has five customer-facing business units as follows:

•  Global: responsible for delivery of high-quality deep learning and generative AI data services and products for large global 

•  Enterprise: responsible for leveraging our product suite and AI-driven automation to efficiently grow revenue outside 

of Global customers to serve new customers as they invest in AI; 

•  Government: responsible for serving the emerging AI needs of Government; 

•  China: responsible for capturing share in the high growth market in China; and 

•  Quadrant: in September 2021, Appen acquired Quadrant Global Pte Ltd (“Quadrant”), a global leader in mobile location 

and Point-of-Interest (POI) data, thus expanding our addressable market, product offering and data annotation capabilities. 

1  Self-reported.

2  Self-reported, includes territories.

58

Appen has the following two operating and reporting segments:

•  Global Services: represents the services that Appen provides to our major US technology customers (Global customers) 
using the customers’ data annotation platforms and tools. The majority of projects comprise large, at-scale deep learning 
(model evaluation) programs, and rely on Appen’s crowd workforce to complete the work, thus reducing the need for 
Appen’s Global customers to employ a large and diverse ongoing workforce; and 

•  New Markets: represents Appen’s high growth markets, product-led and data services growth strategy. It comprises Global 

customer revenue through Appen’s data annotation platform and tools (Global Product), and the Enterprise, Government and 
China business units. New Markets also includes revenue derived using Quadrant’s geolocation and POI data capabilities. New 
Markets customers benefit from our high-quality data collection, annotation and evaluation products, coupled with the provision 
of at-scale crowd management with Appen Connect and Appen’s considerable expertise and knowhow built up over the last 
28 years. This enables Appen to deliver a full set of AI data services for deep-learning and generative AI for enterprise customers.

Dividends
No dividends have been declared or paid during the year. 

Non-cash asset impairment 
Following a review of the value of the Group’s cash generating units (CGU) and of the carrying value of its assets in accordance 
with the relevant accounting standards, a non-cash, pre-tax impairment charge of $69.2 million was booked for the year ended 
31 December 2023. 

The carrying value of non-goodwill assets attributable to the Global Services CGU was reduced by $16.1 million and the carrying 
value of Goodwill was reduced by $53.1 million. The impairment charge is non-cash related and is a non-operating item.

Matters subsequent to the end of the year

Material customer loss

On 22 January 2024, the Board announced that Appen received notification on Saturday, 20 January 2024 AEDT from a material 
customer, Google LLC, that as part of a strategic review process it will be terminating its global inbound services contract 
with Appen, resulting in the cessation of all projects with Appen by 19 March 2024.  Appen had no prior knowledge of Google’s 
decision to terminate the contract.

Revenue recognised for the year ended 31 December 2023 relating to Google LLC was $82.8 million at 26% gross margin. 
Gross margin refers to revenue less crowd expenses.

Implementation of cost saving measures

On 12 February 2024, the Board announced that Appen will implement measures to achieve $13.5 million in annualised cost 
savings. The cost initiatives represent direct and indirect costs associated with the delivery of Google LLC projects. 

Appen expects to complete 80% of the cost initiatives by March 2024 and the remainder by June 2024. The bulk of the costs 
are direct costs, however indirect costs have been further scrutinised resulting in the eventual closure of the Toronto and 
Bellevue offices in North America.

The first full year benefit of these cost savings is expected to be realised in FY25. The one-off costs associated with implementing 
the cost reduction initiatives are expected to be approximately $1.5 million to  $2.5 million and will be reported as a non recurring 
expense and excluded from underlying EBITDA for FY24.

Appointment of Chief Executive Officer

On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Ryan Kolln, formerly the Chief Operating Officer (COO) as CEO 
and Managing Director.

Armughan Ahmad stepped down from his role as CEO, President and Managing Director on 5 February 2024. Mr Ahmad 
will receive his statutory entitlements and payment in lieu of notice (12 months – US$600,000). 

Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant was forfeited upon his termination. The board exercised its discretion and no STI was awarded 
to Mr Ahmad. However, Mr Ahmad’s share-based sign-on bonus will remain on-foot and continue to vest in accordance 
with the terms of this contract. 

Other than the above, the Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance not otherwise dealt with in this report 
that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the 
state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial periods.

Likely developments and expected results of operations 
The Group continues to pursue its strategy to return to profitability and remains committed to sizing its cost base in line with 
the revenue opportunity. Appen’s strategy and FY24 priorities can be found in the financial value driver on page 30.

Appen 2023 Annual Report

59

 
Directors' report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Directors' report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Board and Committee meetings
Details of Board and Committee meetings held during the year and individual directors’ attendance at these meetings 
is summarised as follows:

Richard Freudenstein

Robin Low

Steve Hasker

Vanessa Liu

Stuart Davis

Lynn Mickleburgh

Sithumini (Mini) Peiris  

Armughan Ahmad 1

Board

Audit and Risk Management 
Committee

People and Culture 
Committee

A

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

12

B

13

13

10

13

12

12

13

12

A

–

5

–

5

5

–

–

–

B

–

5

–

5

5

–

–

–

A

4

–

4

–

–

4

4

–

B

4

–

4

–

–

4

3

–

A: Meetings eligible to attend.
B: Meetings attended.
1  Appointed as a director on 25 January 2023 and resigned on 05 February 2024.

Company Secretary
Carl Middlehurst continues to act as the Company Secretary for Appen.

Shares issued on the exercise of performance rights
1,289,882 (2022: 371,440) ordinary shares of the Company were issued on the exercise of performance rights during the year 
ended 31 December 2023.

Shares under performance rights
Unissued ordinary shares of Appen Limited under performance rights at the 31 December 2023 are as follows:

Plan

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Total

Number of 
rights

723

16,603

403,188

925,051

11,919,817

13,265,382

Environmental regulations

The Group is not subject to any significant environmental regulation under Australian Commonwealth or State Law. 

The Board believes that the Group has adequate systems in place for the management of its environmental requirements 
and is not aware of any breach of those environmental requirements as they may apply to the Group during the period covered 
by this report.

Indemnity and insurance of officers
The Company has indemnified the current and former directors and executives of the Company and its controlled entities 
for costs incurred, in their capacity as a director or executive, for which they may be held personally liable, except where there 
is a lack of good faith.

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract to insure the current and former directors and 

executives of the Company and its controlled entities against a liability to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. 

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability covered and the amount of the premium.

Executives include all the key management personnel as defined in the remuneration report as well as their direct reports.

Indemnity and insurance of auditor

The Company has not, during or since the end of the financial year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify the auditors of the 

Company or any related entity against a liability incurred by the auditor.

During the year, the Company did not pay a premium in respect of a contract to insure the auditor of the Company or any 

related entity.

Proceedings on behalf of the Company

No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf 

of the Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a party for the purpose of taking responsibility 

on behalf of the Company for all or part of those proceedings.

Auditor’s independence declaration and non-audit services

The Directors have received the auditor’s independence declaration, as included on page 86 of the report.

During the year, the Group’s auditor KPMG performed certain non-audit services in relation to transfer pricing and financial due 

diligence advisory services. Remunerations paid or payable to KPMG services are outlined in Note 31 to the financial statements.  

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services during the financial year by the auditor (or another 

person or firm on the auditor’s behalf), is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed 

by the Corporation Act 2001. 

Verification and assurance

In recognition of the important role that corporate reporting plays in communicating with our investors and other stakeholders, 

the Board has formalised process to verify the integrity of our periodic corporate reports, which includes the Directors’ report.

The approach adopted, to ensure that the report is materially accurate, balanced and provide our investors with appropriate 

information, are as follows:

• 

Information about How we create value, Identifying and managing risk, Our approach to governance, and the Remuneration 

report were prepared by management in consultation with the Board. The content of this report is guided by regulatory 

requirements and our interactions with investors and other stakeholders throughout the year, which helps us to 

understand what matters most to our investors and what information should be included in the Directors’ report.

•  The information in the report has been derived from the Group’s internal records and has been through an internal 

verification process.

Rounding off amounts  

The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the 

Directors’ report. Amounts in the Directors’ report have been rounded off in accordance with the instrument to the nearest 

thousand US dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest US dollar.

60

Appen 2023 Annual Report

61

Directors' report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Directors' report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Board and Committee meetings

is summarised as follows:

Details of Board and Committee meetings held during the year and individual directors’ attendance at these meetings 

Board

Committee

Committee

Audit and Risk Management 

People and Culture 

A

13

13

13

13

13

13

13

12

B

13

13

10

13

12

12

13

12

A

–

5

–

5

5

–

–

–

B

–

5

–

5

5

–

–

–

A

4

–

4

–

–

4

4

–

B

4

–

4

–

–

4

3

–

1  Appointed as a director on 25 January 2023 and resigned on 05 February 2024.

Company Secretary

Carl Middlehurst continues to act as the Company Secretary for Appen.

Shares issued on the exercise of performance rights

1,289,882 (2022: 371,440) ordinary shares of the Company were issued on the exercise of performance rights during the year 

ended 31 December 2023.

Shares under performance rights

Unissued ordinary shares of Appen Limited under performance rights at the 31 December 2023 are as follows:

Richard Freudenstein

Robin Low

Steve Hasker

Vanessa Liu

Stuart Davis

Lynn Mickleburgh

Sithumini (Mini) Peiris  

Armughan Ahmad 1

A: Meetings eligible to attend.

B: Meetings attended.

Plan

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Total

Number of 

rights

723

16,603

403,188

925,051

11,919,817

13,265,382

Environmental regulations

The Group is not subject to any significant environmental regulation under Australian Commonwealth or State Law. 

The Board believes that the Group has adequate systems in place for the management of its environmental requirements 

and is not aware of any breach of those environmental requirements as they may apply to the Group during the period covered 

by this report.

Indemnity and insurance of officers

The Company has indemnified the current and former directors and executives of the Company and its controlled entities 

for costs incurred, in their capacity as a director or executive, for which they may be held personally liable, except where there 

is a lack of good faith.

60

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract to insure the current and former directors and 
executives of the Company and its controlled entities against a liability to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. 
The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability covered and the amount of the premium.

Executives include all the key management personnel as defined in the remuneration report as well as their direct reports.

Indemnity and insurance of auditor
The Company has not, during or since the end of the financial year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify the auditors of the 
Company or any related entity against a liability incurred by the auditor.

During the year, the Company did not pay a premium in respect of a contract to insure the auditor of the Company or any 
related entity.

Proceedings on behalf of the Company
No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf 
of the Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a party for the purpose of taking responsibility 
on behalf of the Company for all or part of those proceedings.

Auditor’s independence declaration and non-audit services
The Directors have received the auditor’s independence declaration, as included on page 86 of the report.

During the year, the Group’s auditor KPMG performed certain non-audit services in relation to transfer pricing and financial due 
diligence advisory services. Remunerations paid or payable to KPMG services are outlined in Note 31 to the financial statements.  

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services during the financial year by the auditor (or another 
person or firm on the auditor’s behalf), is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed 
by the Corporation Act 2001. 

Verification and assurance
In recognition of the important role that corporate reporting plays in communicating with our investors and other stakeholders, 
the Board has formalised process to verify the integrity of our periodic corporate reports, which includes the Directors’ report.

The approach adopted, to ensure that the report is materially accurate, balanced and provide our investors with appropriate 
information, are as follows:

• 

Information about How we create value, Identifying and managing risk, Our approach to governance, and the Remuneration 
report were prepared by management in consultation with the Board. The content of this report is guided by regulatory 
requirements and our interactions with investors and other stakeholders throughout the year, which helps us to 
understand what matters most to our investors and what information should be included in the Directors’ report.

•  The information in the report has been derived from the Group’s internal records and has been through an internal 

verification process.

Rounding off amounts  
The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the 
Directors’ report. Amounts in the Directors’ report have been rounded off in accordance with the instrument to the nearest 
thousand US dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest US dollar.

Appen 2023 Annual Report

61

Remuneration 
   report

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of Appen’s People and Culture Committee, 
I am pleased to present our audited Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2023.

2023 performance

FY23 was a challenging year for Appen as the tech 
slowdown persisted. These conditions proved far more 
challenging than expected resulting in a slowdown 
in spending by some of our largest customers as they 
continued to cut costs. As a result, Appen’s FY23 group 
operating revenue decreased 29.7% to $273.0 million 
and the company recorded an underlying EBITDA loss 
(excluding foreign exchange) of ($20.4 million), compared 
to underlying EBITDA (excluding foreign exchange) 
of $13.6 million in FY22. 

While Appen saw green shoots in its generative AI product 
offerings, these projects remain small and have not offset 
the decline in the company’s deep learning business. 
In line with Appen’s focus on operational rigour, the group 
delivered a $60 million cost savings program, with the 
first full year benefit of these cost savings expected 
to be realised in FY24. This enabled Appen to achieve its 
cash EBITDA profitability objective in December 2023.

Appen also completed a fully underwritten ~A$60 million 
equity raising in June 2023 and a second fully underwritten 
~A$30 million equity raising in December 2023 to support 
the company’s strategy refresh. 

Key Management Personnel (KMP) changes 
in FY23 and prior to the reporting date

On 15 December 2022, Appen announced the appointment 
of Armughan Ahmad as Chief Executive Officer (CEO), 
President and Managing Director. Mr Ahmad’s formal 
commencement date was 9 January 2023. Mr Ahmad’s 
LTI and sign-on bonus were approved by shareholders 
at Appen’s 2023 AGM. 

On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment 
of Ryan Kolln, formerly the Chief Operating Officer (COO) 
as CEO and Managing Director. Mr Ahmad stepped down 
from this role and from that date ceased to be a KMP. 
The FY23 Remuneration Report reports on Mr Ahmad’s 
remuneration arrangements during the time he was CEO 
and Mr Kolln’s remuneration arrangements during the time 
he was COO.

Details of Mr Ahmad’s outgoing CEO remuneration 
arrangements and Mr Kolln’s incoming CEO remuneration 
arrangements can be found on page 78 under Executive 
KMP service contracts. 

In addition, Kevin Levine stepped down as CFO on 1 May 2023 
and remained with Appen as an advisor to the incoming 
CFO, Helen Johnson, until 1 September 2023 to support 
a smooth transition. Ms Johnson has also resigned from 
her role as CFO after three months of service. Justin Miles 
stepped in as the interim CFO from 1 August 2023. Details 
of Mr Levine and Ms Johnson’s outgoing remuneration 
arrangements can also be found on page 79 under 
Executive KMP service contracts. 

2023 remuneration outcomes 

A summary of remuneration outcomes for FY23 
is as follows: 

Short term incentive (STI) outcomes

During the FY23 financial year, two KMP (the interim Chief 
Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer) received 
an STI of 10.6% of maximum with respect to exceeding 
the challenging threshold targets set for some of the 
non-financial customer NPS and employee engagement 
metrics (weighted 10% each). No STI was paid in relation 
to the crowd NPS metric (weighted 10%) or the 70% 
financial metrics. Appen will always regard its financial 
outcomes as paramount, however the non-financial metrics 
associated with customers, crowd and employees are 
important. We view that creating a great experience for our 
customers, our crowd and our employees is inherent to our 
long term achievement of strategic objectives and create 
sustainable value. Accordingly, the Board elected to fund 
the proportional amount of STI relevant to the achievement 
of outperformance on customer NPS and sustained 
employee engagement. The STI award was deemed 
appropriate, given the achievement of high customer 
NPS above the challenging target set and the fact that 
the company was able to maintain employee engagement 
through a challenging period. The former CEO, Mr Ahmad 
did not receive any STI.

Long term incentive (LTI) outcomes

With respect to the 2021 Executive Award (tranche 3), the 
relevant performance condition of 20% UBEPS growth has 
not been met in FY23. The share based payment expense 
in relation to this tranche has been reversed. 

Non-executive director fees

Non-executive director fees remained unchanged in FY23 
and no change is proposed for FY24.

2023 remuneration framework update

Prior to the start of FY23, the Board conducted a review 

of the effectiveness of Appen’s remuneration framework 

with specific focus on the STI and LTI plans, with the aim 

of ensuring a simple and transparent design and to ensure 

continued alignment with our strategic objectives. 

The Board concluded that:

•  The STI plan, including the mix of financial and 

non-financial measures remains fit for purpose, 

providing sound alignment of management 

against sustainable long term success of Appen’s 

strategic objectives. 

• 

In 2024, Appen intends to increase the STI weighting 

of financial performance from 70% to 80%. As a result 

Appen’s non-financial metrics will received an STI 

weighting of 20%, down from 30%. 

•  A more appropriate LTI hurdle would provide greater 

alignment to our business strategy and shareholder 

outcomes in addition to a more simple and transparent 

design to help participants focus and be accountable 

to our shareholders. 

Other than the updated performance hurdle, Appen’s LTI 

schemes remain unchanged from FY22. The Company 

continues to provide two LTI schemes: 

•  The Core Executive LTI scheme which is 100% 

performance and service based, with all LTI vesting 

at the end of year three, subject to meeting the aTSR 

performance metric (which was applicable to the CEO 

and CFO roles in FY23); and

•  The Global Executive LTI scheme (applicable to all 

other senior management) which allows us to compete 

for talent in the highly competitive technology sector 

across multiple countries. The Global Executive LTI 

scheme has a performance component (50%) that 

aligns with the Core Executive LTI scheme, as well 

as a time-based component (50%). The time-based 

component vests in three equal tranches annually 

over a three-year period. The annual vesting of the 

time-based component of LTI ensures Appen remains 

competitive in the varied geographical markets 

in which executives reside, where often LTI vests 

annually, quarterly, or even monthly for many global 

technology companies. 

In FY23 the LTI performance hurdle was updated to a single 

Looking ahead 

metric hurdle, with shareholder alignment and simplicity 

in mind. The updated single metric hurdle is now Absolute 

Total Shareholder Return. This ensures that awards only 

vest when Appen’s share price performance has been 

strong over the longer term. 

Appen remains firmly focused on its long-term growth 

strategy and we believe our remuneration framework 

remains fit for purpose. Our aim is to continue to align 

remuneration structure, framework, and outcomes with 

sustainable shareholder value creation, while attracting and 

•  Absolute TSR (aTSR) is defined as growth in the price 

retaining talent in the highly competitive North American 

of shares (modified to account for capital adjustments 

and Australian technology markets. 

The Board is committed to an ongoing review of executive 

remuneration arrangements given the commencement 

of the new CEO, Mr Kolln, and strategic direction of 

the Company. To facilitate this ongoing review, we will 

engage with proxy advisors, shareholders, and their 

representatives on matters related to remuneration and 

welcome feedback on all aspects of our approach. 

aTSR provides a comprehensive and transparent 

Yours sincerely

where appropriate) together with the value of the 

dividends over the performance period, assuming 

that all those dividends are re-invested into new shares. 

The aTSR will be measured over the three-year vesting 

period. The metric focuses directly on delivering 

shareholder return and growth in value to shareholders, 

aligning executives’ interests with shareholders’ and 

ensuring a focus on sustained value creation. Further, 

gauge of a company’s overall financial performance, 

encouraging executives to prioritise strategic decisions 

that contribute to the company’s long-term success. 

In shifting to aTSR, we not only ensure that executives 

are incentivised to drive revenue and earnings, but also 

that they holistically contribute to sustainable value 

creation, which better aligns their interests more closely 

with shareholder goals. 

Stephen Hasker 

Chair of the People and Culture Committee

62

Appen 2023 Annual Report

63

Remuneration 

   report

(excluding foreign exchange) of ($20.4 million), compared 

Short term incentive (STI) outcomes

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of Appen’s People and Culture Committee, 

I am pleased to present our audited Remuneration Report 

for the year ended 31 December 2023.

2023 performance

FY23 was a challenging year for Appen as the tech 

slowdown persisted. These conditions proved far more 

challenging than expected resulting in a slowdown 

in spending by some of our largest customers as they 

continued to cut costs. As a result, Appen’s FY23 group 

operating revenue decreased 29.7% to $273.0 million 

and the company recorded an underlying EBITDA loss 

to underlying EBITDA (excluding foreign exchange) 

of $13.6 million in FY22. 

While Appen saw green shoots in its generative AI product 

offerings, these projects remain small and have not offset 

the decline in the company’s deep learning business. 

In line with Appen’s focus on operational rigour, the group 

delivered a $60 million cost savings program, with the 

first full year benefit of these cost savings expected 

to be realised in FY24. This enabled Appen to achieve its 

cash EBITDA profitability objective in December 2023.

Appen also completed a fully underwritten ~A$60 million 

equity raising in June 2023 and a second fully underwritten 

~A$30 million equity raising in December 2023 to support 

the company’s strategy refresh. 

Key Management Personnel (KMP) changes 

in FY23 and prior to the reporting date

On 15 December 2022, Appen announced the appointment 

of Armughan Ahmad as Chief Executive Officer (CEO), 

President and Managing Director. Mr Ahmad’s formal 

commencement date was 9 January 2023. Mr Ahmad’s 

LTI and sign-on bonus were approved by shareholders 

On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment 

of Ryan Kolln, formerly the Chief Operating Officer (COO) 

as CEO and Managing Director. Mr Ahmad stepped down 

from this role and from that date ceased to be a KMP. 

The FY23 Remuneration Report reports on Mr Ahmad’s 

remuneration arrangements during the time he was CEO 

and Mr Kolln’s remuneration arrangements during the time 

he was COO.

Details of Mr Ahmad’s outgoing CEO remuneration 

arrangements and Mr Kolln’s incoming CEO remuneration 

arrangements can be found on page 78 under Executive 

KMP service contracts. 

In addition, Kevin Levine stepped down as CFO on 1 May 2023 

and remained with Appen as an advisor to the incoming 

CFO, Helen Johnson, until 1 September 2023 to support 

a smooth transition. Ms Johnson has also resigned from 

her role as CFO after three months of service. Justin Miles 

stepped in as the interim CFO from 1 August 2023. Details 

of Mr Levine and Ms Johnson’s outgoing remuneration 

arrangements can also be found on page 79 under 

Executive KMP service contracts. 

2023 remuneration outcomes 

A summary of remuneration outcomes for FY23 

is as follows: 

During the FY23 financial year, two KMP (the interim Chief 

Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer) received 

an STI of 10.6% of maximum with respect to exceeding 

the challenging threshold targets set for some of the 

non-financial customer NPS and employee engagement 

metrics (weighted 10% each). No STI was paid in relation 

to the crowd NPS metric (weighted 10%) or the 70% 

financial metrics. Appen will always regard its financial 

outcomes as paramount, however the non-financial metrics 

associated with customers, crowd and employees are 

important. We view that creating a great experience for our 

customers, our crowd and our employees is inherent to our 

long term achievement of strategic objectives and create 

sustainable value. Accordingly, the Board elected to fund 

the proportional amount of STI relevant to the achievement 

of outperformance on customer NPS and sustained 

employee engagement. The STI award was deemed 

appropriate, given the achievement of high customer 

NPS above the challenging target set and the fact that 

the company was able to maintain employee engagement 

through a challenging period. The former CEO, Mr Ahmad 

did not receive any STI.

With respect to the 2021 Executive Award (tranche 3), the 

relevant performance condition of 20% UBEPS growth has 

not been met in FY23. The share based payment expense 

in relation to this tranche has been reversed. 

Non-executive director fees

Non-executive director fees remained unchanged in FY23 

and no change is proposed for FY24.

at Appen’s 2023 AGM. 

Long term incentive (LTI) outcomes

2023 remuneration framework update

Prior to the start of FY23, the Board conducted a review 
of the effectiveness of Appen’s remuneration framework 
with specific focus on the STI and LTI plans, with the aim 
of ensuring a simple and transparent design and to ensure 
continued alignment with our strategic objectives. 

The Board concluded that:

•  The STI plan, including the mix of financial and 

non-financial measures remains fit for purpose, 
providing sound alignment of management 
against sustainable long term success of Appen’s 
strategic objectives. 

• 

In 2024, Appen intends to increase the STI weighting 
of financial performance from 70% to 80%. As a result 
Appen’s non-financial metrics will received an STI 
weighting of 20%, down from 30%. 

•  A more appropriate LTI hurdle would provide greater 
alignment to our business strategy and shareholder 
outcomes in addition to a more simple and transparent 
design to help participants focus and be accountable 
to our shareholders. 

In FY23 the LTI performance hurdle was updated to a single 
metric hurdle, with shareholder alignment and simplicity 
in mind. The updated single metric hurdle is now Absolute 
Total Shareholder Return. This ensures that awards only 
vest when Appen’s share price performance has been 
strong over the longer term. 

•  Absolute TSR (aTSR) is defined as growth in the price 

of shares (modified to account for capital adjustments 
where appropriate) together with the value of the 
dividends over the performance period, assuming 
that all those dividends are re-invested into new shares. 
The aTSR will be measured over the three-year vesting 
period. The metric focuses directly on delivering 
shareholder return and growth in value to shareholders, 
aligning executives’ interests with shareholders’ and 
ensuring a focus on sustained value creation. Further, 
aTSR provides a comprehensive and transparent 
gauge of a company’s overall financial performance, 
encouraging executives to prioritise strategic decisions 
that contribute to the company’s long-term success. 
In shifting to aTSR, we not only ensure that executives 
are incentivised to drive revenue and earnings, but also 
that they holistically contribute to sustainable value 
creation, which better aligns their interests more closely 
with shareholder goals. 

Other than the updated performance hurdle, Appen’s LTI 
schemes remain unchanged from FY22. The Company 
continues to provide two LTI schemes: 

•  The Core Executive LTI scheme which is 100% 

performance and service based, with all LTI vesting 
at the end of year three, subject to meeting the aTSR 
performance metric (which was applicable to the CEO 
and CFO roles in FY23); and

•  The Global Executive LTI scheme (applicable to all 

other senior management) which allows us to compete 
for talent in the highly competitive technology sector 
across multiple countries. The Global Executive LTI 
scheme has a performance component (50%) that 
aligns with the Core Executive LTI scheme, as well 
as a time-based component (50%). The time-based 
component vests in three equal tranches annually 
over a three-year period. The annual vesting of the 
time-based component of LTI ensures Appen remains 
competitive in the varied geographical markets 
in which executives reside, where often LTI vests 
annually, quarterly, or even monthly for many global 
technology companies. 

Looking ahead 

Appen remains firmly focused on its long-term growth 
strategy and we believe our remuneration framework 
remains fit for purpose. Our aim is to continue to align 
remuneration structure, framework, and outcomes with 
sustainable shareholder value creation, while attracting and 
retaining talent in the highly competitive North American 
and Australian technology markets. 

The Board is committed to an ongoing review of executive 
remuneration arrangements given the commencement 
of the new CEO, Mr Kolln, and strategic direction of 
the Company. To facilitate this ongoing review, we will 
engage with proxy advisors, shareholders, and their 
representatives on matters related to remuneration and 
welcome feedback on all aspects of our approach. 

Yours sincerely

Stephen Hasker 
Chair of the People and Culture Committee

62

Appen 2023 Annual Report

63

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Who is covered by this report?

Key Management Personnel (KMP) are defined as persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and 
controlling the activities of the Company and the Group. KMP comprise the directors of the Company and executives of the 
Company and the Group.

The current names and titles of KMP are set out below. 

NAME

POSITION

STATUS

TERM AS KMP

Non-Executive KMP:

Richard Freudenstein

Independent director and non-executive Chair

Full year

Stephen Hasker

Independent non-executive director

Vanessa Liu

Robin Low

Stuart Davis

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Lynn Mickleburgh

Independent non-executive director

Sithumini (Mini) Peiris

Independent non-executive director

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Executive KMP:

Armughan Ahmad (Canada) 1

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) 
and Managing Director

Part year

from 9 January 2023

Kevin Levine (Australia)

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Part year

to 30 April 2023

Helen Johnson (United States) Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Part year

from 1 May 2023 to 31 July 2023

Justin Miles (Australia)

Interim Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Part year

from 1 August 2023

Ryan Kolln (Canada)

Chief Operating Officer (COO)

Part year

from 25 August 2023

1  Armughan Ahmad commenced as CEO, President, and Managing Director of the Appen Group on 9 January 2023, and was a KMP from this 
date. On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Ryan Kolln as CEO and Managing Director. Mr Ahmad stepped down from 
this role and from that date ceased to be a KMP. Details of Mr Ahmad and Mr Kolln’s remuneration arrangements can be found on page 78 
under Executive KMP service contracts. 

Our remuneration framework

Link between business strategy and remuneration framework 
Our remuneration framework has been designed to motivate our people to deliver and achieve the company’s annual business 
plans and long-term growth objectives and strategy.

Our remuneration framework and outcomes are designed to:

•  Enhance executive remuneration alignment by linking the Group STI scorecard and LTI measures to Appen’s annual 
business plans, long-term growth objectives and strategy which is key to delivering sustainable and superior returns 
for shareholders. Exceeding the challenging growth targets set for each of the financial and non-financial metrics is key 
to delivery of our strategy. First and foremost, all employees are incentivised to deliver strong and diversified revenue and 
underlying EBITDA each year. Employees are also incentivised to ensure that the business is underpinned by delighted 
customers and crowd and fully engaged employees. These three non-financial metrics must always be top-of-mind 
each and every day for all Appen employees, when communicating with customers, our crowd and each other, as strong 
relationships with these three groups will drive future financial growth for Appen.

•  Strengthen alignment of executives with shareholders by setting challenging STI and LTI targets; and

•  Provide for differentiated remuneration structures that reflect local market practices in North America and Australia and 

enable Appen to successfully compete for talent in these highly competitive labour markets.

Our remuneration strategy 

and 2023 remuneration principles

Our goal is to ensure that the level and composition of remuneration aligns with shareholder interests and allows Appen 

to compete in some of the tightest markets in the world and attract and retain high-performing talent in the highly competitive 

technology sector. The key objectives that underpin Appen’s 2023 remuneration framework are as follows: 

Heavy 

weighting to 

performance- 

based pay

Alignment 

to creation 

of long-term 

shareholder 

value

Fair and 

competitive 

to attract 

and retain 

top talent 

globally

Reinforce 

responsible 

business 

practice

Simple 

and clear

Align the KMP 

remuneration 

outcomes to our 

Ensure employees 

think and act 

like long-term 

short and long-term 

owners through 

Independently 

benchmarked 

annually against 

industry peers 

strategy, which is 

performance-based 

to ensure that 

underpinned by, and 

pay, challenging 

remuneration is 

targets, and equity.

appropriate in 

dependent upon, 

strong financial and 

non-financial success.

each of the global 

markets in which 

Appen operates 

and competes with 

for talent.

Formalised policy 

providing for 

Transparency on 

metrics, targets, 

Board discretion in 

assessment, and 

outcomes.

relation to malus 

and clawback of 

both STI and LTI.

64

Appen 2023 Annual Report

65

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Who is covered by this report?

Key Management Personnel (KMP) are defined as persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and 

controlling the activities of the Company and the Group. KMP comprise the directors of the Company and executives of the 

Company and the Group.

The current names and titles of KMP are set out below. 

NAME

POSITION

STATUS

TERM AS KMP

Non-Executive KMP:

Richard Freudenstein

Independent director and non-executive Chair

Full year

Stephen Hasker

Independent non-executive director

Vanessa Liu

Robin Low

Stuart Davis

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Lynn Mickleburgh

Independent non-executive director

Sithumini (Mini) Peiris

Independent non-executive director

Executive KMP:

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Armughan Ahmad (Canada) 1

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) 

Part year

from 9 January 2023

and Managing Director

Kevin Levine (Australia)

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Part year

to 30 April 2023

Helen Johnson (United States) Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Part year

from 1 May 2023 to 31 July 2023

Justin Miles (Australia)

Interim Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Part year

from 1 August 2023

Ryan Kolln (Canada)

Chief Operating Officer (COO)

Part year

from 25 August 2023

1  Armughan Ahmad commenced as CEO, President, and Managing Director of the Appen Group on 9 January 2023, and was a KMP from this 

date. On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Ryan Kolln as CEO and Managing Director. Mr Ahmad stepped down from 

this role and from that date ceased to be a KMP. Details of Mr Ahmad and Mr Kolln’s remuneration arrangements can be found on page 78 

under Executive KMP service contracts. 

Our remuneration framework

Link between business strategy and remuneration framework 

Our remuneration framework has been designed to motivate our people to deliver and achieve the company’s annual business 

plans and long-term growth objectives and strategy.

Our remuneration framework and outcomes are designed to:

•  Enhance executive remuneration alignment by linking the Group STI scorecard and LTI measures to Appen’s annual 

business plans, long-term growth objectives and strategy which is key to delivering sustainable and superior returns 

for shareholders. Exceeding the challenging growth targets set for each of the financial and non-financial metrics is key 

to delivery of our strategy. First and foremost, all employees are incentivised to deliver strong and diversified revenue and 

underlying EBITDA each year. Employees are also incentivised to ensure that the business is underpinned by delighted 

customers and crowd and fully engaged employees. These three non-financial metrics must always be top-of-mind 

each and every day for all Appen employees, when communicating with customers, our crowd and each other, as strong 

relationships with these three groups will drive future financial growth for Appen.

•  Strengthen alignment of executives with shareholders by setting challenging STI and LTI targets; and

•  Provide for differentiated remuneration structures that reflect local market practices in North America and Australia and 

enable Appen to successfully compete for talent in these highly competitive labour markets.

Our remuneration strategy 
and 2023 remuneration principles

Our goal is to ensure that the level and composition of remuneration aligns with shareholder interests and allows Appen 
to compete in some of the tightest markets in the world and attract and retain high-performing talent in the highly competitive 
technology sector. The key objectives that underpin Appen’s 2023 remuneration framework are as follows: 

Heavy 
weighting to 
performance- 
based pay

Alignment 
to creation 
of long-term 
shareholder 
value

Align the KMP 
remuneration 
outcomes to our 
short and long-term 
strategy, which is 
underpinned by, and 
dependent upon, 
strong financial and 
non-financial success.

Ensure employees 
think and act 
like long-term 
owners through 
performance-based 
pay, challenging 
targets, and equity.

Fair and 
competitive 
to attract 
and retain 
top talent 
globally

Independently 
benchmarked 
annually against 
industry peers 
to ensure that 
remuneration is 
appropriate in 
each of the global 
markets in which 
Appen operates 
and competes with 
for talent.

Reinforce 
responsible 
business 
practice

Simple 
and clear

Formalised policy 
providing for 
Board discretion in 
relation to malus 
and clawback of 
both STI and LTI.

Transparency on 
metrics, targets, 
assessment, and 
outcomes.

64

Appen 2023 Annual Report

65

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Executive remuneration elements 

Total fixed remuneration (FR)
Objective
Provide market competitive base salary and 
benefits commensurate with skills and experience 
to attract the best people around the world to 
design and lead the delivery of our growth strategy.

Structure
Cash salary, superannuation, and additional benefits. Additional benefits 
are in the form of Canadian RRSP retirement plan and insurance benefits 
provided to Canadian-based executives.

the scope of the executive’s role
the executive’s skills, experience, and qualifications, and
individual performance.

Current year approach and alignment to strategy
Fixed remuneration reflects:
• 
• 
• 
Fixed remuneration is benchmarked against North American technology companies, and similarly sized ASX-listed companies 
on an annual basis. Fixed remuneration is intended to be positioned below the median of peers, with greater emphasis 
on at-risk pay-for-performance. There is no guarantee of an annual increase in fixed remuneration.

Short-term incentive (STI)
Objective
Linked to challenging performance-related key 
annual financial and non-financial metrics, which 
are consistent with the execution of our annual 
business plans, which focuses on year-on-year 
financial success, and long-term strategy, 
which is underpinned by both financial and 
non-financial success.

Structure
STI are performance-based incentives designed for executives (and 
employees) to deliver and outperform key financial and non-financial 
metrics to lead to sustainable, superior returns for shareholders. 
STI is delivered in the form of an annual cash bonus payment to all 
employees, other than the CEO where 25% of any STI earned will 
be deferred into equity with a holding lock of one year. For the purposes 
of measuring STI, the performance period is 12 months.

revenue (45%): split 25% total revenue and 20% revenue from non-global customers to incentivise customer diversification,

Current year approach and alignment to strategy
The Group STI scorecard comprises: 
• 
•  underlying EBITDA (UEBITDA) (25%),
•  customer net promoter score (NPS) (10%), 
•  crowd NPS (10%), and 
•  employee engagement (10%). 

These measures directly align to our long-term growth strategy by focusing on revenue and earnings growth, diversified 
revenue, delighted customers and crowd workers, and fully engaged employees. Each of these components, both financial 
and non-financial, are essential for Appen to deliver sustainable growth and superior returns for shareholders.

The diagrams below show the timeline for the remuneration arrangements under the Core Executive and Global Executive 

Long-term incentive (LTI)
Objective
Incentivise the achievement of long-term 
sustainable growth in earnings and shareholder 
value, designed to strongly align with 
long-term shareholder wealth creation, and 
support the attraction and retention of high 
performing executives.

Structure
LTI is a form of equity-based compensation that is awarded in the form 
of performance rights. The LTI plan is designed to incentivise and 
challenge senior management to achieve long-term sustainable growth 
in earnings and shareholder value. It also supports the retention of high 
performing executives. Appen operates in a dynamic, fast paced and 
extremely competitive industry, with executives operating primarily 
in North America and Australia. To ensure that the LTI scheme is relevant 
and appropriate in the hiring, motivation, and retention of key staff, 
the People and Culture Committee undertakes regular reviews of the LTI 
practices in both these markets.

Current year approach and alignment to strategy
Appen has two LTI schemes: one for the CEO and CFO (the Core Executive LTI Scheme), and one for all other executives (the 
Global Executive LTI scheme) and staff for whom the Company offers a scheme more relevant and competitive to their local 
markets, which typically provides vesting on performance and separately on time. The reason for separate LTI schemes is to 
remain competitive in the varied markets in which the company operates. LTI is set at relatively quite modest levels, compared 
to our competitors in other markets, and annual time-based vesting is critical for us to attract and retain key talent, particularly 
as the company competes with other North American technology companies for talent. These North American technology 
companies typically offer LTI that vests annually, quarterly, or even monthly and sometimes with no performance hurdles. 
While our growth strategy is long-term, the Board considers that LTI, which focuses on the delivery of Absolute Total 
Shareholder Return over a three-year period provides sufficient time for the executives to demonstrate their ability to create 
long term sustainable value for shareholders.

Executive KMP remuneration mix (percentage of total remuneration)

The diagram below illustrates the target 2023 remuneration mix (including the target STI opportunity and LTI grant value), 

for each Executive KMP that was set at the start of FY23 (or upon the date of appointment in the case of new KMP’s who 

Fixed remuneration

STI

Equity-based LTI

Variable remuneration

10%

10%

80% 1

27%

14%

59%

12%

6%

82% 1

43%

17%

40%

23%

11%

66%

For all Executive KMP, there is a heavy skew towards pay-for-performance, leading to lower fixed remuneration (FR) 

and higher at-risk variable remuneration, in the form of STI and LTI.

STI % of FR

LTI % FR

100%

50%

50%

40%

50%

833% 1

218%

667% 1

93%

286%

The diagram below shows the vesting timeline for all remuneration payable to CEO1 and CFO.

Core executives:

Vesting timeline

Year 1

2024

Year 2

2025

Year 3

2026

Year 4

2027

Year 5

2028

joined in 2023).

Armughan Ahmad

Kevin Levine

Helen Johnson

Justin Miles

Ryan Kolln

1  Note LTI is a 3 year award.

Armughan Ahmad

Kevin Levine

Helen Johnson

Justin Miles

Ryan Kolln

1  Note LTI in 2023 is a 3 year award.

LTI schemes. 

Core Executives:

Year O

2023

FR: Cash

STI: Cash + Deferred equity Deferred equity

LTI: Performance rights (subject to aTSR)

MSR: 100% of FR for CEO, 50% of FR for KMP to be achieved over 5 years 

Cash awarded

Equity granted 

Equity vests/unrestricted

Global executives:

1  STI deferral is applicable to CEO only.

66

Appen 2023 Annual Report

67

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Executive remuneration elements 

Total fixed remuneration (FR)

Objective

Structure

design and lead the delivery of our growth strategy.

Current year approach and alignment to strategy

Fixed remuneration reflects:

the scope of the executive’s role

the executive’s skills, experience, and qualifications, and

individual performance.

• 

• 

• 

Provide market competitive base salary and 

Cash salary, superannuation, and additional benefits. Additional benefits 

benefits commensurate with skills and experience 

are in the form of Canadian RRSP retirement plan and insurance benefits 

to attract the best people around the world to 

provided to Canadian-based executives.

Fixed remuneration is benchmarked against North American technology companies, and similarly sized ASX-listed companies 

on an annual basis. Fixed remuneration is intended to be positioned below the median of peers, with greater emphasis 

on at-risk pay-for-performance. There is no guarantee of an annual increase in fixed remuneration.

Short-term incentive (STI)

Objective

Structure

Linked to challenging performance-related key 

STI are performance-based incentives designed for executives (and 

annual financial and non-financial metrics, which 

employees) to deliver and outperform key financial and non-financial 

are consistent with the execution of our annual 

metrics to lead to sustainable, superior returns for shareholders. 

business plans, which focuses on year-on-year 

STI is delivered in the form of an annual cash bonus payment to all 

financial success, and long-term strategy, 

employees, other than the CEO where 25% of any STI earned will 

which is underpinned by both financial and 

be deferred into equity with a holding lock of one year. For the purposes 

non-financial success.

of measuring STI, the performance period is 12 months.

• 

revenue (45%): split 25% total revenue and 20% revenue from non-global customers to incentivise customer diversification,

Current year approach and alignment to strategy

The Group STI scorecard comprises: 

•  underlying EBITDA (UEBITDA) (25%),

•  customer net promoter score (NPS) (10%), 

•  crowd NPS (10%), and 

•  employee engagement (10%). 

These measures directly align to our long-term growth strategy by focusing on revenue and earnings growth, diversified 

revenue, delighted customers and crowd workers, and fully engaged employees. Each of these components, both financial 

and non-financial, are essential for Appen to deliver sustainable growth and superior returns for shareholders.

Long-term incentive (LTI)

Objective

Structure

Incentivise the achievement of long-term 

LTI is a form of equity-based compensation that is awarded in the form 

sustainable growth in earnings and shareholder 

of performance rights. The LTI plan is designed to incentivise and 

value, designed to strongly align with 

challenge senior management to achieve long-term sustainable growth 

long-term shareholder wealth creation, and 

in earnings and shareholder value. It also supports the retention of high 

support the attraction and retention of high 

performing executives. Appen operates in a dynamic, fast paced and 

performing executives.

extremely competitive industry, with executives operating primarily 

in North America and Australia. To ensure that the LTI scheme is relevant 

and appropriate in the hiring, motivation, and retention of key staff, 

the People and Culture Committee undertakes regular reviews of the LTI 

practices in both these markets.

Current year approach and alignment to strategy

Appen has two LTI schemes: one for the CEO and CFO (the Core Executive LTI Scheme), and one for all other executives (the 

Global Executive LTI scheme) and staff for whom the Company offers a scheme more relevant and competitive to their local 

markets, which typically provides vesting on performance and separately on time. The reason for separate LTI schemes is to 

remain competitive in the varied markets in which the company operates. LTI is set at relatively quite modest levels, compared 

to our competitors in other markets, and annual time-based vesting is critical for us to attract and retain key talent, particularly 

as the company competes with other North American technology companies for talent. These North American technology 

companies typically offer LTI that vests annually, quarterly, or even monthly and sometimes with no performance hurdles. 

While our growth strategy is long-term, the Board considers that LTI, which focuses on the delivery of Absolute Total 

Shareholder Return over a three-year period provides sufficient time for the executives to demonstrate their ability to create 

long term sustainable value for shareholders.

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Executive KMP remuneration mix (percentage of total remuneration)
The diagram below illustrates the target 2023 remuneration mix (including the target STI opportunity and LTI grant value), 
for each Executive KMP that was set at the start of FY23 (or upon the date of appointment in the case of new KMP’s who 
joined in 2023).

Armughan Ahmad

Kevin Levine

Helen Johnson

Justin Miles

Ryan Kolln

1  Note LTI is a 3 year award.

Fixed remuneration

STI

Equity-based LTI

Variable remuneration

10%

10%

80% 1

27%

14%

59%

12%

6%

82% 1

43%

17%

40%

23%

11%

66%

For all Executive KMP, there is a heavy skew towards pay-for-performance, leading to lower fixed remuneration (FR) 
and higher at-risk variable remuneration, in the form of STI and LTI.

Armughan Ahmad

Kevin Levine

Helen Johnson

Justin Miles

Ryan Kolln

1  Note LTI in 2023 is a 3 year award.

STI % of FR

LTI % FR

100%

50%

50%

40%

50%

833% 1

218%

667% 1

93%

286%

The diagrams below show the timeline for the remuneration arrangements under the Core Executive and Global Executive 
LTI schemes. 

Core Executives:

Core executives:
The diagram below shows the vesting timeline for all remuneration payable to CEO1 and CFO.

Vesting timeline

Year O
2023

FR: Cash

Year 1
2024

Year 2
2025

Year 3
2026

Year 4
2027

Year 5
2028

STI: Cash + Deferred equity Deferred equity

LTI: Performance rights (subject to aTSR)

MSR: 100% of FR for CEO, 50% of FR for KMP to be achieved over 5 years 

Cash awarded

Equity granted 

Equity vests/unrestricted

Global executives:

1  STI deferral is applicable to CEO only.

66

Appen 2023 Annual Report

67

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Global Executives:
The diagram below shows the vesting timeline for all remuneration payable to Global Executives (all other executives).
Global executives:

Vesting timeline

Year 1
2024

Year 2
2025

Year 3
2026

Year 4
2027

Year 5
2028

Year 0
2023

FR: Cash

STI: Cash

LTI: Time-based equity

LTI: Time-based equity

LTI: Time-based equity

LTI: Performance rights (subject to aTSR)

Cash awarded

Equity granted 

Equity vests/unrestricted

Appen’s five year performance 

One of the key principles of the Company’s remuneration framework is to align Executive KMP remuneration outcomes with 
the Company’s performance and shareholder returns.

Short-term incentive measures

Long-term incentive measures Shareholder returns

Revenue

Underlying 
EBITDA 1

Underlying 
basic EPS 1

Underlying 
NPAT 1

Share price  
at 31 Dec

Dividend  
(full year)

(US$’000)

(US$’000)

(US¢ per share)

(US$’000)

(A$)

(A¢ per share)

Payment table for non-financial measures

Executive KMP remuneration detail and outcomes

Short-term incentive (STI)

2023 STI detail 

The STI is weighted 70% to financial metrics and 30% to non-financial metrics and such design is critical to the long-term 

success of Appen. These metrics were designed to challenge Executive KMP, aligning shareholder interests with executive 

remuneration outcomes.

Target STI opportunity for the relevant executives is 0% to 167% of the executive’s fixed remuneration (excluding retirement 

and insurance benefits for non-Australian based executives). Maximum STI opportunity is capped at 150% of target for all 

executives. Payout for each STI measure is calculated separately subject to meeting threshold targets. 

For the 2023 STI plan year, the Board People and Culture Committee took the decision to cap non-financial performance 

measures at 100%, rather than 150% as in years prior. In parallel, the Committee took the decision to increase the cap 

on financial measures from 150% to 171%, rather than 150% in years prior. The overall impact of these decisions provided 

an overall STI plan opportunity to earn from 0% to 150%, which is the same opportunity as in years prior. 

Refer to the tables below for details on threshold targets and the associated STI payouts. 

Payment table for financial measures

Achievement – % against target

Actual award – % of target payout

Below 90%

90%

100%

120% or more

Below 90%

90%

100% or more

Nil

50%

100%

171%

Nil

50%

100%

The Board has discretion to adjust the level of STI to prevent any inappropriate outcomes, for example, relative to the 

shareholder experience.

7
7
,
6
8
4

,

7
5
4
3
9

7
0
,
1
7
6

3
8

3
7 3
3

,

4
4
9
0
2

4
5

,

2
7
5

,

4
0
5
9
7

.

2
4
6
9

.

2
2
4
6

1
0
0

.

1
0
0

.

.

9
0

Achievement – % against target

Actual award – % of target payout

4
4
7
,

2
7
4

,

4
1
2
9
9
6

3
8
8
4
9
3

,

3
7
2

,
1
8
1

2
7
4
,
1
6
5

(
1
8
)

(
3
7
)

(
2
2

,
7
3
9
)

,

(
5
2
8
1
0
)

1
1
,
0
1
7

,

(
2
4
4
4
5
)

1
1
.
1
6

.

2
4
9

2
0
1
9

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

2
0
2
3

2
0
1
9

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

2
0
2
3

2
0
1
9

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

2
0
2
3

2
0
1
9

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

2
0
2
3

2
0
1
9

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

.

0
6
3

2
0
2
3

––

2
0
1
9

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

2
0
2
3

Short-term incentive payments are 
linked to revenue and underlying 
EBITDA for our KMP and Executives.

Long-term incentive awards are linked 
to Absolute Total Shareholder Return 
which ensures shareholder alignment 
and that awards only vest when 
Appen’s share price performance has 
been strong over the longer term.

Appen’s FY23 share price 
performance reflects challenging 
external operating conditions. 
Appen did not pay an interim or full 
year dividend to ensure appropriate 
allocation of capital.

1  Underlying NPAT, EBITDA and EPS excludes impairment losses, restructure costs, transaction costs, inventory losses and acquisition-related 

and one-time share-based payments expenses.

68

Appen 2023 Annual Report

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Executive KMP remuneration detail and outcomes

Short-term incentive (STI)

2023 STI detail 

The STI is weighted 70% to financial metrics and 30% to non-financial metrics and such design is critical to the long-term 
success of Appen. These metrics were designed to challenge Executive KMP, aligning shareholder interests with executive 
remuneration outcomes.

Target STI opportunity for the relevant executives is 0% to 167% of the executive’s fixed remuneration (excluding retirement 
and insurance benefits for non-Australian based executives). Maximum STI opportunity is capped at 150% of target for all 
executives. Payout for each STI measure is calculated separately subject to meeting threshold targets. 

For the 2023 STI plan year, the Board People and Culture Committee took the decision to cap non-financial performance 
measures at 100%, rather than 150% as in years prior. In parallel, the Committee took the decision to increase the cap 
on financial measures from 150% to 171%, rather than 150% in years prior. The overall impact of these decisions provided 
an overall STI plan opportunity to earn from 0% to 150%, which is the same opportunity as in years prior. 

Refer to the tables below for details on threshold targets and the associated STI payouts. 

Payment table for financial measures

Achievement – % against target

Actual award – % of target payout

Below 90%

90%

100%

120% or more

Nil

50%

100%

171%

(US$’000)

(US$’000)

(US¢ per share)

(US$’000)

(A$)

(A¢ per share)

Payment table for non-financial measures

Achievement – % against target

Actual award – % of target payout

Below 90%

90%

100% or more

Nil

50%

100%

The Board has discretion to adjust the level of STI to prevent any inappropriate outcomes, for example, relative to the 
shareholder experience.

Global Executives:

Global executives:

The diagram below shows the vesting timeline for all remuneration payable to Global Executives (all other executives).

Vesting timeline

Year 1

2024

Year 2

2025

Year 3

2026

Year 4

2027

Year 5

2028

Year 0

2023

FR: Cash

STI: Cash

LTI: Time-based equity

LTI: Time-based equity

LTI: Time-based equity

LTI: Performance rights (subject to aTSR)

Cash awarded

Equity granted 

Equity vests/unrestricted

Appen’s five year performance 

One of the key principles of the Company’s remuneration framework is to align Executive KMP remuneration outcomes with 

the Company’s performance and shareholder returns.

Short-term incentive measures

Long-term incentive measures Shareholder returns

Revenue

Underlying 

EBITDA 1

Underlying 

basic EPS 1

Underlying 

NPAT 1

Share price  

at 31 Dec

Dividend  

(full year)

7

7

,

6

8

4

7

5

,

4

3

9

7

0

,

1

7

6

3

8

3

7 3

3

4

4

,

9

0

2

4

5

,

2

7

5

4

0

,

5

9

7

2

4

.

6

9

2

2

.

4

6

1

0

.

0

1

0

.

0

9

.

0

4

4

7

,

2

7

4

4

1

2

,

9

9

6

3

8

8

,

4

9

3

3

7

2

,

1

8

1

2

7

4

,

1

6

5

(

1

8

)

(

3

7

)

(

2

2

,

7

3

9

)

(

5

2

,

8

1

0

)

1

1

,

0

1

7

(

2

4

,

4

4

5

)

2

0

1

9

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

2

2

0

2

3

2

0

1

9

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

2

2

0

2

3

2

0

1

9

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

2

2

0

2

3

2

0

1

9

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

2

2

0

2

3

2

0

1

9

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

2

2

0

1

9

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

2

2

0

2

3

––

Short-term incentive payments are 

Long-term incentive awards are linked 

Appen’s FY23 share price 

linked to revenue and underlying 

to Absolute Total Shareholder Return 

performance reflects challenging 

EBITDA for our KMP and Executives.

which ensures shareholder alignment 

external operating conditions. 

and that awards only vest when 

Appen did not pay an interim or full 

Appen’s share price performance has 

year dividend to ensure appropriate 

been strong over the longer term.

allocation of capital.

1  Underlying NPAT, EBITDA and EPS excludes impairment losses, restructure costs, transaction costs, inventory losses and acquisition-related 

and one-time share-based payments expenses.

1

1

.

1

6

2

.

4

9

0

.

6

3

2

0

2

3

68

Appen 2023 Annual Report

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Performance and 2023 STI outcomes

With respect to the 70% financial metric component, the FY23 revenue target was approximately 17% higher than 2022 actuals, 
revenue diversification target 60% higher, and underlying EBITDA 679% higher. The achievement percentage outcomes for 
each of the financial metrics was well below the minimum payout threshold of 90%, and as a result no STI was paid with respect 
to these metrics.

With respect to the 30% non-financial metric component, customer NPS was set at 36% higher than FY22, crowd NPS 37% 
higher and employee engagement was increased by a modest amount given the target would already place the company goal 
in the upper quartile range of technology companies. 

The executive KMP exceeded the minimum payout threshold for two of the non-financial metrics, being customer and 
employee engagement ratings, which were above the 90% minimum threshold for the CEO (Mr Ahmad), interim CFO and COO. 
The overall FY23 customer rating was 140% of target and the overall FY23 employee engagement rating was 91.9% of target. 
The non-financial metrics are important to ensure that we have customers that have full confidence in Appen to deliver high 
quality AI data promptly and ensure that we have crowd workers and employees that are highly engaged, motivated to work 
for us, and excited about Appen’s future. Delivering the challenging targets set for non-financial metrics is the key component 
to building a long term, financially sustainable business and will assist in exceeding the challenging targets set for the 
financial metrics.

Hence, interim CFO, and COO received an STI for exceeding the non-financial metric threshold for customer and employee 
engagement rating(s), resulting in a FY23 STI of US$9,779 2 (10.6% of maximum) and US$9,7372 (10.6% of maximum) 
respectively. The Board exercised its discretion and did not award an STI to the former CEO (Mr Ahmad). Neither Mr Levine 
nor Ms Johnson received a pro-rata award in relation to their contributions to the FY23 STI plan year.

The below table discloses the performance of executive KMP and discloses whether they have met or exceeded the target 
or hurdle associated with each financial and non-financial STI scorecard metric. 

Metric and weighting

Group revenue 
(25%) 

Performance 
relative to target set Outcome

Below target

Group operating revenue of $273.0 million, was down 29.7% from the 
prior year, as challenging macro conditions and a slowdown in tech 
spending persisted. This saw Global Services revenue decline by 36.1% 
as some of our large Global customers continued to reduce costs and 
evaluate their AI strategies. New Markets revenue declined 7.8%, primarily 
impacted by lower global product revenue. Excluding Global Product, 
New Markets revenue grew 2.2% due higher contributions from China 
and Quadrant. 

Revenue diversification 
(20%)

Below target

Non-Global revenue was 29.3% of total group revenue up from 18.1% 
in the prior year.

Group underlying EBITDA 
(25%)

Below target

Customer NPS 
(10%)

Above target

Group underlying EBITDA of ($24.5 million) was down from $11.0 million 
in the prior year, and reflected lower revenue, lower gross margin and 
increased costs to support Appen’s strategy refresh.

FY23 customer rating was 140% of target, which was well above the 90% 
payout threshold. Above target NPS reflected a high level of customer 
satisfaction with Appen’s service offerings and project delivery. 
Customers saw the benefit of organisational change at Appen, with the 
company’s internal resources and process better aligned and able to pivot 
to deliver higher quality project outcomes. 

Appen has built trusted relationships with its customers and has 
undertaken several initiatives within its quality and engineering teams 
to ensure enterprise AI models delivered accurate and timely data for 
customers. These initiatives are designed to improve and enhance 
Appen’s relationships with its customers even further. 

For further information and initiatives undertaken, please refer to the 
value drivers’ section of the annual report relating to Technology 
processes and systems, and Customer and Brand.

2  Amount reflects STI attributable to their part-year term as KPM for Mr Miles and Mr Kolln.

Metric and weighting

relative to target set Outcome

Performance 

Crowd NPS (10%)

Below target

Crowd NPS showed varied results from quarter-to-quarter in FY23. 

Employee engagement 

Below target

The FY23 Employee engagement rating was 91.9% of target, which was 

(10%)

The overall FY23 crowd rating was 51.1% of target, which was below the 

90% payout threshold. 

Responders raised concerns about the lack of project availability, 

duration of projects, amount of pay, support and communication. 

To better support our crowd Appen overhauled most of its crowd 

facing systems. These enhancements deliver a better user experience, 

by providing a more efficient qualification process, without compromising 

our trust and safety standards for our customers. Upgrades were also 

made to Appen’s communication platform, and a new payment service 

with improved functionality and flexibility is being piloted. 

For further information and initiatives undertaken, please refer to the 

value drivers’ section of the annual report relating to Global Crowd and 

Technology systems and processes. 

above the 90% payout threshold. Appen recognises that its people are 

paramount to the ongoing success of Appen, because highly engaged 

and motivated employees are critical to the delivery of higher revenue 

and earnings. In FY23, we implemented a number of key initiatives for the 

benefit of employees, designed to promote flexibility, choice, teamwork 

connections, diversity, and inclusion:

•  Continued and deepened the Future Ways of Working Initiative which 

has two key elements: 

(i)  Neighbourhood connections program, focusing on providing 

more opportunities for employees that live in the same city, town, 

or community to connect and exchange ideas. 

(ii)  Face-to-Face (F2F) collaboration, which provides employees 

and teams with the flexibility to decide how they wish to work 

and from where, without prescriptive mandates or policies, while 

encouraging in-person teamwork.

•  Opened Hyderabad (India) in support of Appen’s global 

engineering team. 

•  Continued pay and promotion transparency initiative, allowing 

for maximum opportunity for qualified internal talent to apply 

for a role, with greater transparency on what the role is and the 

specific requirements.

•  Launched Large Language Model (LLM) Learning Foundations 

program to support all employees in upskilling in generative AI.

•  Launched Objectives and Key Results (OKRs) methodology and 

tools throughout Appen to support a culture of accountability, 

ownership and alignment to business strategy.

•  Launched the Leadership Collaborative, provide a social learning 

platform to connect, learn, and grow with other leaders.

•  Launched Leadership learning paths and independent coaching 

for varied leadership levels, supporting the growth and learning 

of leaders across the company.

70

Appen 2023 Annual Report

71

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Performance and 2023 STI outcomes

With respect to the 70% financial metric component, the FY23 revenue target was approximately 17% higher than 2022 actuals, 

revenue diversification target 60% higher, and underlying EBITDA 679% higher. The achievement percentage outcomes for 

each of the financial metrics was well below the minimum payout threshold of 90%, and as a result no STI was paid with respect 

to these metrics.

With respect to the 30% non-financial metric component, customer NPS was set at 36% higher than FY22, crowd NPS 37% 

higher and employee engagement was increased by a modest amount given the target would already place the company goal 

in the upper quartile range of technology companies. 

The executive KMP exceeded the minimum payout threshold for two of the non-financial metrics, being customer and 

employee engagement ratings, which were above the 90% minimum threshold for the CEO (Mr Ahmad), interim CFO and COO. 

The overall FY23 customer rating was 140% of target and the overall FY23 employee engagement rating was 91.9% of target. 

The non-financial metrics are important to ensure that we have customers that have full confidence in Appen to deliver high 

quality AI data promptly and ensure that we have crowd workers and employees that are highly engaged, motivated to work 

for us, and excited about Appen’s future. Delivering the challenging targets set for non-financial metrics is the key component 

to building a long term, financially sustainable business and will assist in exceeding the challenging targets set for the 

financial metrics.

Hence, interim CFO, and COO received an STI for exceeding the non-financial metric threshold for customer and employee 

engagement rating(s), resulting in a FY23 STI of US$9,779 2 (10.6% of maximum) and US$9,7372 (10.6% of maximum) 

respectively. The Board exercised its discretion and did not award an STI to the former CEO (Mr Ahmad). Neither Mr Levine 

nor Ms Johnson received a pro-rata award in relation to their contributions to the FY23 STI plan year.

The below table discloses the performance of executive KMP and discloses whether they have met or exceeded the target 

or hurdle associated with each financial and non-financial STI scorecard metric. 

Metric and weighting

relative to target set Outcome

Performance 

Group revenue 

Below target

Group operating revenue of $273.0 million, was down 29.7% from the 

prior year, as challenging macro conditions and a slowdown in tech 

spending persisted. This saw Global Services revenue decline by 36.1% 

as some of our large Global customers continued to reduce costs and 

evaluate their AI strategies. New Markets revenue declined 7.8%, primarily 

impacted by lower global product revenue. Excluding Global Product, 

New Markets revenue grew 2.2% due higher contributions from China 

and Quadrant. 

in the prior year.

Revenue diversification 

Below target

Non-Global revenue was 29.3% of total group revenue up from 18.1% 

Group underlying EBITDA 

Below target

Group underlying EBITDA of ($24.5 million) was down from $11.0 million 

in the prior year, and reflected lower revenue, lower gross margin and 

increased costs to support Appen’s strategy refresh.

Customer NPS 

Above target

FY23 customer rating was 140% of target, which was well above the 90% 

(25%) 

(20%)

(25%)

(10%)

payout threshold. Above target NPS reflected a high level of customer 

satisfaction with Appen’s service offerings and project delivery. 

Customers saw the benefit of organisational change at Appen, with the 

company’s internal resources and process better aligned and able to pivot 

to deliver higher quality project outcomes. 

Appen has built trusted relationships with its customers and has 

undertaken several initiatives within its quality and engineering teams 

to ensure enterprise AI models delivered accurate and timely data for 

customers. These initiatives are designed to improve and enhance 

Appen’s relationships with its customers even further. 

For further information and initiatives undertaken, please refer to the 

value drivers’ section of the annual report relating to Technology 

processes and systems, and Customer and Brand.

2  Amount reflects STI attributable to their part-year term as KPM for Mr Miles and Mr Kolln.

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Metric and weighting

Performance 
relative to target set Outcome

Crowd NPS (10%)

Below target

Employee engagement 
(10%)

Below target

Crowd NPS showed varied results from quarter-to-quarter in FY23. 
The overall FY23 crowd rating was 51.1% of target, which was below the 
90% payout threshold. 

Responders raised concerns about the lack of project availability, 
duration of projects, amount of pay, support and communication. 
To better support our crowd Appen overhauled most of its crowd 
facing systems. These enhancements deliver a better user experience, 
by providing a more efficient qualification process, without compromising 
our trust and safety standards for our customers. Upgrades were also 
made to Appen’s communication platform, and a new payment service 
with improved functionality and flexibility is being piloted. 

For further information and initiatives undertaken, please refer to the 
value drivers’ section of the annual report relating to Global Crowd and 
Technology systems and processes. 

The FY23 Employee engagement rating was 91.9% of target, which was 
above the 90% payout threshold. Appen recognises that its people are 
paramount to the ongoing success of Appen, because highly engaged 
and motivated employees are critical to the delivery of higher revenue 
and earnings. In FY23, we implemented a number of key initiatives for the 
benefit of employees, designed to promote flexibility, choice, teamwork 
connections, diversity, and inclusion:

•  Continued and deepened the Future Ways of Working Initiative which 

has two key elements: 

(i)  Neighbourhood connections program, focusing on providing 

more opportunities for employees that live in the same city, town, 
or community to connect and exchange ideas. 

(ii)  Face-to-Face (F2F) collaboration, which provides employees 
and teams with the flexibility to decide how they wish to work 
and from where, without prescriptive mandates or policies, while 
encouraging in-person teamwork.

•  Opened Hyderabad (India) in support of Appen’s global 

engineering team. 

•  Continued pay and promotion transparency initiative, allowing 
for maximum opportunity for qualified internal talent to apply 
for a role, with greater transparency on what the role is and the 
specific requirements.

•  Launched Large Language Model (LLM) Learning Foundations 
program to support all employees in upskilling in generative AI.

•  Launched Objectives and Key Results (OKRs) methodology and 
tools throughout Appen to support a culture of accountability, 
ownership and alignment to business strategy.

•  Launched the Leadership Collaborative, provide a social learning 

platform to connect, learn, and grow with other leaders.

•  Launched Leadership learning paths and independent coaching 
for varied leadership levels, supporting the growth and learning 
of leaders across the company.

70

Appen 2023 Annual Report

71

50%

95,894

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

191,788

550,000

50%

275,000

22.5%

15.0%

61,988

42,274

–

–

–

114,128

50%

57,064

–

–

–

–

0% 5

–

0% 5

–

0%

–

0%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Armughan 
Ahmad 1 

Ryan 
Kolln 1

Justin 
Miles 1

Helen 
Johnson 1

Kevin 
Levine 1

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

CAD

CAD

CAD

CAD

AUD

AUD

USD

USD

AUD

AUD

700,895

100% 700,895

–

–

–

0% 4

–

0%

–

–

–

–

–

165,240

50%

82,620

15.9%

10.6%

13,137

9,737

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

231,333

40%

92,533

15.9%

10.6%

14,713

9,779

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

STI outcomes

The STI amounts earned and associated achievement and payout percentages are disclosed in the table below: 

Executive 
KMP

Currency

Fixed 
remuneration 2

STI target
% of fixed 
remuneration 3
%

STI target 
$

% STI 
earned as a 
% of target
%

% STI 
earned 
as a % of 
maximum
%

Total STI 
earned
$

Total STI 
earned 
(USD)
$

Total STI 
deferred 
(USD)
$

Feature

Description

Vesting conditions

The Core Executive LTI scheme is 100% hurdle-based with all LTI vesting in year three, subject 

to hurdle achievement and tenure, with no re-testing. This aligns with Australian market practice 

and  our long-term strategic goals. The Core Executive LTI scheme applies to Mr Ahmad and did 

apply to Mr Levine and Ms Johnson.

As mentioned above, the Global Executive LTI scheme is tailored to the North American market 

with 50% of rights issued subject to a time-based vesting condition only, that vest annually. The 

remaining 50% is subject to the same performance-based hurdles that apply to Core Executives 

and these rights may vest after three years, like the Core Executive LTI scheme. It also contains the 

continuation of employment service condition. The Global Executive LTI scheme applies to Mr Miles 

and Mr Kolln.

Vesting of performance-based Rights is subject to the extent to which the Absolute Total 

Shareholder Return performance condition (Absolute TSR Condition) is satisfied, as described 

below. In addition, vesting is subject to continued employment with the Company. TSR measures 

the growth in the price of shares (modified to account for capital adjustments where appropriate) 

together with the value of the dividends over the performance period, assuming that all those 

dividends are re-invested into new shares. For the purpose of calculating TSR, the starting 

share price was A$2.63 for the FY23 LTI Plan awards. The starting share price was calculated 

using the volume weighted average price of a Share over the 20 business days immediately prior 

to 31 December 2022. Vesting (if any) of performance-based Rights will be determined with reference 

to the Company’s TSR performance over the performance period as follows: 

Absolute TSR over the performance period % of Rights that vest

TSR is below 190%

TSR is 190%

Nil

50%

TSR is between 190% and 320%

Pro-rata straight line vesting between 50% and 100%

TSR is greater than or equal to 320% 

100%

The Board retains discretion to alter the Absolute TSR Condition in exceptional circumstances, 

including matters outside of management’s influence, to ensure there is no material advantage 

or disadvantage that would materially affect achievement of the Absolute TSR Condition.

Performance period

Core Executives (aka the CEO and CFO): Performance rights may vest at the end of the three-year 

vesting period subject to the achievement of the performance and continuing employment hurdles 

specified above.

Global Executives: 50% of performance rights granted may vest annually, which is typical for 

North American remuneration practices, subject to the achievement of the continuous employment 

hurdles. The other 50% of performance rights granted may vest at the end of three years subject 

to the achievement of the performance and employment hurdles for grants issued during the year, 

like the Core Executive LTI scheme.

Malus and Clawback

The Board maintains absolute discretion to adjust LTI and all performance-based remuneration that 

has not been realised or vested if the Board considers that such remuneration would be an unfair 

or inappropriate benefit to an Executive.

The Board has absolute discretion to reduce, cancel, or clawback the performance-based 

remuneration to an Executive. For example, this can include such circumstances as:

•  making a material misstatement or omission in the group financial statements. 

• 

if the employee acts fraudulently or engages in misconduct, or 

•  any other circumstance that the Board determines in good faith to have resulted in an unfair 

or inappropriate benefit to the Executive.

The Board also has discretion to ensure that the targets are achieved in the right way, and factors like 

acquisitions may be adjusted for if it unjustly boosts one or more of the financial metrics associated 

with the STI or LTI.

1  Part year term as KMP. See table on page 64 for applicable term as KMP. 
2  Includes superannuation contributions for Australian executive KMP.
3  Percentage of fixed remuneration (excluding retirement and insurance benefits for US and CA Executive KMP).
4  The Board exercised its discretion and did not award an STI to Mr Ahmad.
5  No pro-rata award given in relation to their contributions to the FY23 STI plan year.

Long term incentives (LTI)

Performance and 2023 LTI outcomes

For performance rights to vest, executive KMP must meet service and performance conditions. 

With respect to the 2020 Executive Award (tranche 3), the relevant performance condition of 20% UBEPS growth has not been 
met in FY23 and no performance rights have vested for any executive KMP. 

With respect to the 2021 Executive Retention Award (tranche 1) and the 2022 Executive Award (Tranche 1), the relevant service 
condition has been met in FY23 and performance rights have vested for each eligible executive KMP. 

With respect to the 2023 CEO Sign On Bonus Award (tranche 1), the relevant service condition has been met in FY23 and 
performance rights have vested.

2023 LTI granted details

The table below outlines key features of both of our LTI schemes. 

Feature

Description

Rules applicable 
to both LTI schemes 
of share rights

Annual grants, with the exception of the CEO, of performance rights (with quantum determined 
at Board discretion based on market remuneration analysis). 

Performance rights cannot be traded on the ASX and do not have any dividend or voting rights 
until they vest and are exercised.

The number of performance rights granted is based on face value (actual share price) rather than 
a discounted fair value.

No amount is payable in return for the grant of the performance rights.

No amount is payable in return for the issue or transfer of APX Shares.

Conversion to shares

Australian executives: Rights convert to shares, assuming all the performance and employment 
conditions are met once the executive submits a conversion notice.

North American executives: Rights convert to shares on the vesting date, assuming all the 
performance and employment conditions are met.

72

Appen 2023 Annual Report

73

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Feature

Description

Vesting conditions

The Core Executive LTI scheme is 100% hurdle-based with all LTI vesting in year three, subject 
to hurdle achievement and tenure, with no re-testing. This aligns with Australian market practice 
and  our long-term strategic goals. The Core Executive LTI scheme applies to Mr Ahmad and did 
apply to Mr Levine and Ms Johnson.

As mentioned above, the Global Executive LTI scheme is tailored to the North American market 
with 50% of rights issued subject to a time-based vesting condition only, that vest annually. The 
remaining 50% is subject to the same performance-based hurdles that apply to Core Executives 
and these rights may vest after three years, like the Core Executive LTI scheme. It also contains the 
continuation of employment service condition. The Global Executive LTI scheme applies to Mr Miles 
and Mr Kolln.

Vesting of performance-based Rights is subject to the extent to which the Absolute Total 
Shareholder Return performance condition (Absolute TSR Condition) is satisfied, as described 
below. In addition, vesting is subject to continued employment with the Company. TSR measures 
the growth in the price of shares (modified to account for capital adjustments where appropriate) 
together with the value of the dividends over the performance period, assuming that all those 
dividends are re-invested into new shares. For the purpose of calculating TSR, the starting 
share price was A$2.63 for the FY23 LTI Plan awards. The starting share price was calculated 
using the volume weighted average price of a Share over the 20 business days immediately prior 
to 31 December 2022. Vesting (if any) of performance-based Rights will be determined with reference 
to the Company’s TSR performance over the performance period as follows: 

Absolute TSR over the performance period % of Rights that vest

TSR is below 190%

TSR is 190%

Nil

50%

TSR is between 190% and 320%

Pro-rata straight line vesting between 50% and 100%

TSR is greater than or equal to 320% 

100%

The Board retains discretion to alter the Absolute TSR Condition in exceptional circumstances, 
including matters outside of management’s influence, to ensure there is no material advantage 
or disadvantage that would materially affect achievement of the Absolute TSR Condition.

Core Executives (aka the CEO and CFO): Performance rights may vest at the end of the three-year 
vesting period subject to the achievement of the performance and continuing employment hurdles 
specified above.

Global Executives: 50% of performance rights granted may vest annually, which is typical for 
North American remuneration practices, subject to the achievement of the continuous employment 
hurdles. The other 50% of performance rights granted may vest at the end of three years subject 
to the achievement of the performance and employment hurdles for grants issued during the year, 
like the Core Executive LTI scheme.

With respect to the 2021 Executive Retention Award (tranche 1) and the 2022 Executive Award (Tranche 1), the relevant service 

Performance period

condition has been met in FY23 and performance rights have vested for each eligible executive KMP. 

With respect to the 2023 CEO Sign On Bonus Award (tranche 1), the relevant service condition has been met in FY23 and 

Malus and Clawback

The Board maintains absolute discretion to adjust LTI and all performance-based remuneration that 
has not been realised or vested if the Board considers that such remuneration would be an unfair 
or inappropriate benefit to an Executive.

The Board has absolute discretion to reduce, cancel, or clawback the performance-based 
remuneration to an Executive. For example, this can include such circumstances as:

•  making a material misstatement or omission in the group financial statements. 

• 

if the employee acts fraudulently or engages in misconduct, or 

•  any other circumstance that the Board determines in good faith to have resulted in an unfair 

or inappropriate benefit to the Executive.

The Board also has discretion to ensure that the targets are achieved in the right way, and factors like 
acquisitions may be adjusted for if it unjustly boosts one or more of the financial metrics associated 
with the STI or LTI.

72

Appen 2023 Annual Report

73

The STI amounts earned and associated achievement and payout percentages are disclosed in the table below: 

STI outcomes

Executive 

KMP

Armughan 

Ahmad 1 

Ryan 

Kolln 1

Justin 

Miles 1

Helen 

Kevin 

Levine 1

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2023

2022

Johnson 1

2022

CAD

CAD

CAD

CAD

AUD

AUD

USD

USD

AUD

AUD

Fixed 

STI target

% of fixed 

% STI 

% STI 

earned 

earned as a 

as a % of 

Total STI 

Currency

remuneration 2

remuneration 3

STI target 

% of target

maximum

earned

Total STI 

earned 

(USD)

Total STI 

deferred 

(USD)

700,895

100% 700,895

165,240

50%

82,620

15.9%

10.6%

13,137

9,737

231,333

40%

92,533

15.9%

10.6%

14,713

9,779

%

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

%

0% 4

–

–

–

–

%

0%

–

–

–

–

0%

0%

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

191,788

550,000

50%

95,894

0% 5

50%

275,000

22.5%

15.0%

61,988

42,274

114,128

50%

57,064

0% 5

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1  Part year term as KMP. See table on page 64 for applicable term as KMP. 

2  Includes superannuation contributions for Australian executive KMP.

3  Percentage of fixed remuneration (excluding retirement and insurance benefits for US and CA Executive KMP).

4  The Board exercised its discretion and did not award an STI to Mr Ahmad.

5  No pro-rata award given in relation to their contributions to the FY23 STI plan year.

Long term incentives (LTI)

Performance and 2023 LTI outcomes

For performance rights to vest, executive KMP must meet service and performance conditions. 

With respect to the 2020 Executive Award (tranche 3), the relevant performance condition of 20% UBEPS growth has not been 

met in FY23 and no performance rights have vested for any executive KMP. 

performance rights have vested.

2023 LTI granted details

The table below outlines key features of both of our LTI schemes. 

Feature

Description

Rules applicable 

Annual grants, with the exception of the CEO, of performance rights (with quantum determined 

to both LTI schemes 

at Board discretion based on market remuneration analysis). 

of share rights

Performance rights cannot be traded on the ASX and do not have any dividend or voting rights 

until they vest and are exercised.

a discounted fair value.

The number of performance rights granted is based on face value (actual share price) rather than 

No amount is payable in return for the grant of the performance rights.

No amount is payable in return for the issue or transfer of APX Shares.

Conversion to shares

Australian executives: Rights convert to shares, assuming all the performance and employment 

conditions are met once the executive submits a conversion notice.

North American executives: Rights convert to shares on the vesting date, assuming all the 

performance and employment conditions are met.

As described above, the ex CFO’s LTI is 100% weighted to absolute TSR as part of the Core Executive LTI scheme. The vesting 

requirement for other KMP is 50% weighted to annual service (i.e., tenure) conditions over three tranches, with each tranche 

vesting annually over a three year period. The remaining 50% is weighted to absolute TSR, consistent with the Core Executive 

Exercise 

Performance 

target 

Plan

date

(AUD)

Tranche

measurement

target

date

achieved

condition

date

Expiry 

price 

Performance 

Performance 

measurement 

Target 

Vesting 

Vesting 

Value 

per right 

# of 

at grant 

Fair value 

rights 

granted

date 

at grant 

(AUD)

date (AUD)

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

1

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending Employed 

Release of 

469,038

2.25

1,055,336

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

The following awards were granted to executive KMP for the 2023 year. 

Executive KMP (Non-CEO)

CEO

The 2023 Chief Executive LTI award for Mr Ahmad represented an upfront long term incentive award for combining 2023, 
2024, and 2025 performance years. The grant of performance rights to Mr Ahmad was approved by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting on 26 May 2023. Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant terminated on 5 February 2024. Mr Ahmad also received 
a sign on bonus payable in shares over a 24 month period from 9 January 2023. This grant continues in accordance with his 
contractual entitlement.

Plan

Grant 
date

Expiry 
date

Exercise 
price 
(AUD)

Tranche

Performance 
measurement

Performance 
target

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

1 -5

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

6

7

8

9

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

10

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

11

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

20

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

21

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

22

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

23

Service only N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

24

Service only N/A

Performance 
target 
measurement 
date

Target 
achieved

Vesting
condition

Vesting 
date

Value 
per right 
at grant 
date 
(AUD)

# of 
rights 
granted

Fair value 
at grant 
date

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Employed 
at 9 Jun 23

Employed 
at 9 Jul 23

14 Jul 23

230,868

2.67

616,418

14 Jul 23

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

 31,269 

2.25

 70,355 

Employed 
at 9 Aug 23

Release of 
23 results

Employed 
at 9 Sep 23

Release of 
23 results

Employed 
at 9 Oct 23

Release of 
23 results

Employed 
at 9 Nov 23

Release of 
23 results

Employed 
at 9 Dec 23

Release of 
23  results

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 31,269 

2.25

 70,355 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 31,269 

2.25

 70,355 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 93,808 

2.25

 211,068 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 

23 May 

N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

 101,686 

2.23

 226,760 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 

3 May 23 N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 101,686 

2.23

 226,760 

Pending Employed 
at 9 Jan 24

Release of 
23  results

Pending Employed 
at 9 Feb 24

Release of 
23  results

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

3 May 23 N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

 33,895 

2.23

 75,586 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

3 May 23 N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 33,895 

2.23

 75,586 

Pending Employed 
at 9 Mar 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Apr 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 May 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Jun 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Jul 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Aug 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Sep 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Oct 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Nov 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Dec 24

Pending Employed 
at 9 Feb 25

9 Mar 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

3 May 23 N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 33,895 

2.23

 75,586 

9 Apr 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

3 May 23 N/A N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 101,687 

2.23

 226,762 

9 May 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

Justin Miles

9 Jun 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

9 Jul 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

9 Aug 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

9 Sep 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

9 Oct 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

9 Nov 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

9 Dec 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

9 Jan 25

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

 21,887 

1.23

 26,921 

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 21,887 

1.23

 26,921 

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 21,756 

1.23

 26,760 

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 65,529 

1.23

 80,601 

2023 

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

 121,669 

1.23

 149,653 

2023 

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

 121,669 

1.23

 149,653 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

2023 
One-time

9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

One-
time

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

2,770,387

2.67

7,396,933

LTI scheme.

Grant 

date 

Kevin Levine

Ryan Kolln

One-time

23

One-time

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

2023 

Exec

Retention

Retention

1

2

3

4

1

2

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

74

Appen 2023 Annual Report

75

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

The following awards were granted to executive KMP for the 2023 year. 

Executive KMP (Non-CEO)

As described above, the ex CFO’s LTI is 100% weighted to absolute TSR as part of the Core Executive LTI scheme. The vesting 
requirement for other KMP is 50% weighted to annual service (i.e., tenure) conditions over three tranches, with each tranche 
vesting annually over a three year period. The remaining 50% is weighted to absolute TSR, consistent with the Core Executive 
LTI scheme.

Exercise 
price 
(AUD)

Expiry 
date

Tranche

Performance 
measurement

Performance 
target

Performance 
target 
measurement 
date

Target 
achieved

Vesting 
condition

Vesting 
date

Value 
per right 
at grant 
date 
(AUD)

# of 
rights 
granted

Fair value 
at grant 
date (AUD)

Plan

Grant 
date 

Kevin Levine

2023 
Exec

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

1

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

469,038

2.25

1,055,336

Ryan Kolln

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

1 Mar 23 N/A N/A

2023 
One-time

23 May 
23

N/A N/A

2023 
One-time

3 May 23 N/A N/A

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

3 May 23 N/A N/A

3 May 23 N/A N/A

3 May 23 N/A N/A

3 May 23 N/A N/A

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 May 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

Justin Miles

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

2023 
Exec

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

2023 
Retention

2023 
Retention

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

26 Sep 23N/A N/A

1

2

3

4

1

2

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Yes

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
23 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

Yes

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
23 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

Yes

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
23 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

 31,269 

2.25

 70,355 

 31,269 

2.25

 70,355 

 31,269 

2.25

 70,355 

 93,808 

2.25

 211,068 

 101,686 

2.23

 226,760 

 101,686 

2.23

 226,760 

 33,895 

2.23

 75,586 

 33,895 

2.23

 75,586 

 33,895 

2.23

 75,586 

 101,687 

2.23

 226,762 

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Service only N/A

Service only N/A

N/A

N/A

Yes

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
23 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

Yes

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
23 results

Pending Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

 21,887 

1.23

 26,921 

 21,887 

1.23

 26,921 

 21,756 

1.23

 26,760 

 65,529 

1.23

 80,601 

 121,669 

1.23

 149,653 

 121,669 

1.23

 149,653 

CEO

The 2023 Chief Executive LTI award for Mr Ahmad represented an upfront long term incentive award for combining 2023, 

2024, and 2025 performance years. The grant of performance rights to Mr Ahmad was approved by shareholders at the 

Annual General Meeting on 26 May 2023. Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant terminated on 5 February 2024. Mr Ahmad also received 

a sign on bonus payable in shares over a 24 month period from 9 January 2023. This grant continues in accordance with his 

contractual entitlement.

Plan

Grant 

date

Expiry 

price 

date

(AUD)

Performance 

Performance 

measurement 

Target 

Vesting

Vesting 

Tranche

measurement

target

achieved

condition

date

Exercise 

Performance 

target 

Value 

per right 

# of 

at grant 

Fair value 

rights 

granted

date 

(AUD)

at grant 

date

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

1 -5

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

14 Jul 23

230,868

2.67

616,418

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

14 Jul 23

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

10

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

11

Service only N/A

Yes

Employed 

Release of 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

Release of 

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Mar 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Apr 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

at 9 Jun 23

at 9 Jul 23

at 9 Aug 23

23 results

at 9 Sep 23

23 results

at 9 Oct 23

23 results

at 9 Nov 23

23 results

at 9 Dec 23

23  results

at 9 Jan 24

23  results

at 9 Feb 24

23  results

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Jun 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Jul 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Aug 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

20

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Sep 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

21

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Oct 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

22

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Nov 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

23

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Dec 24

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 SO 9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

24

Service only N/A

Pending Employed 

9 Jan 25

46,173

2.67

 123,282 

2023 

9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending Employed 

Release of 

2,770,387

2.67

7,396,933

One-time

One-

time

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 9 Mar 24

at 9 Apr 24

at 9 May 24

at 9 Jun 24

at 9 Jul 24

at 9 Aug 24

at 9 Sep 24

at 9 Oct 24

at 9 Nov 24

at 9 Dec 24

at 9 Feb 25

date

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

6

7

8

9

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

74

Appen 2023 Annual Report

75

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Statutory remuneration for executive KMP 

The table below details the statutory accounting expense of all remuneration-related items for the executive KMP. All figures 

are presented in US dollars, which is Appen’s presentational currency. Except for Ms Johnson, the remuneration of all KPMs 

has been translated to US dollars, even though they are paid in either Canadian or Australian dollars. The average AUD/USD 

exchange rates used were 0.6647 for 2023 and 0.6950 for 2022. The 31 December closing AUD/USD exchange rates used were 

0.6806 for 2023 and 0.6816 for 2022. The average CAD/USD exchange rate for 2023 was 0.7412. The 31 December 2023 closing 

CAD/USD exchange rate was 0.7459.

Fixed

Variable

salary 

annuation 4

entitlements

payments

STI

Super-

Leave 

Termination 

Cash

$

LTI 8

$

Total

$

1,979,102

2,596,929

Armughan 

2023

571,413

5,208

41,206

Executive 

KMP

Ahmad 1 

Ryan 

Kolln1

Justin 

Miles1

Helen 

Johnson1 

Kevin 

Levine1 

Mark 

Brayan2

Tom 

Sharkey3 

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

–

–

–

–

–

–

114,128

121,384

365,280

122,482

8,202

9,737

423,467

563,888

146,173

7,588

8,266

9,779

174,438

346,244

8,777 5

122,905

6,093

16,979

12,523

259,535 6

57,698

457,233

27,539

42,274

(176,058)

276,014

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

504,283

16,979

38,316

90,885 7

149,342

(771,531)

28,274

301,863

27,000

3,692

248,503

(605,042)

(23,984)

1  Part year term as KMP. See table on page 64 for applicable term as KMP. 

2  To 31 December 2022.

3  To 1 September 2022.

5  $8,777 payment for unused annual leave.

6  A$381,333 termination payment.

7  FY22 portion of A$625,000 total termination payment. 

4  Superannuation contributions for Australian executive KMP and retirement benefits (RRSP) for Canadian Executive KMP.

8  The values for equity-settled remuneration were measured at grant date in accordance with AASB2 Share-based Payments and represent the 

current year amortisation of the fair value of the rights over the vesting period. Certain FY22 statutory LTI figures are negative because they 

include a true-up adjustment of share-based payments expense in relation to the 2020 and 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plans, for rights that did 

not vest or are not expected to vest.

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration received

Actual remuneration received by executive KMP
The table below details the actual remuneration that was received by current and former executive KMP for FY23 and FY22. 
The remuneration is disclosed in the currency each KMP receives their remuneration. This table differs to the statutory 
remuneration table on page 77 which is prepared in accordance with accounting standards. The STI amount (if any) is the 
payment made in recognition of performance for that year. The LTI value at vesting date is the value of shares issued during 
the year as a result of the vesting of performance rights issued in prior years. 

Executive 
KMP

Armughan 
Ahmad 1 

Ryan 
Kolln 1

Justin 
Miles 1

Helen 
Johnson 1

Kevin 
Levine 1

Mark 
Brayan 2

Tom 
Sharkey 3

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

Fixed

Cash
salary 
$

Super-
annuation 4
$

Termination 
payments
$

Currency

CAD

700,895

7,027

219,917

11,416

–

–

–

–

–

–

8,777 5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,167

554,696 6

24,430

–

–

–

CAD

–

CAD

165,240

–

–

114,128

–

182,621

525,570

–

CAD

AUD

AUD

USD

USD

AUD

AUD

AUD

AUD

USD

USD

LTI value 
at vesting 
date 8

STI

LTI value 
at grant 
date

$

Total
value
$

$

$

–

–

581,389 9

1,289,311

663,379 9

–

–

–

13,137

8,342

186,719

25,322

–

–

–

–

14,713

14,898

260,944

89,144

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

122,905

–

746,484

–

–

–

–

61,988

325,865

937,853

826,662

–

–

–

–

725,570

24,430

133,333 7

218,983

651,729

1,754,045

1,653,323

–

–

–

301,863

27,000

283,251

–

–

–

–

–

612,114

–

–

1  Part year term as KMP. See table on page 64 for applicable term as KMP. 
2  To 31 December 2022.
3  To 1 September 2022.
4  Superannuation contributions for Australian executive KMP and retirement benefits (RRSP) for Canadian Executive KMP.
5  $8,777 payment for unused annual leave.
6  A$381,333 termination payment and A$173,363 payment for unused annual leave and long service leave.
7  FY22 portion of A$625,000 total termination payment. 
8  Value of LTI at vesting date is based on market price of shares at the date that the LTI vest.
9  277,041 of 1,108,155 rights in relation to Mr Ahmad’s one time sign on bonus vested on 14 July 2023. $581,389 reflects 277,041 shares at A$2.34 

market price at time of vesting, converted to Canadian dollars. Value at grant date was A$2.67. The remaining rights will continue to vest 
as outlined in the table on page 74.

76

Appen 2023 Annual Report

77

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration received

Actual remuneration received by executive KMP

The table below details the actual remuneration that was received by current and former executive KMP for FY23 and FY22. 

The remuneration is disclosed in the currency each KMP receives their remuneration. This table differs to the statutory 

remuneration table on page 77 which is prepared in accordance with accounting standards. The STI amount (if any) is the 

payment made in recognition of performance for that year. The LTI value at vesting date is the value of shares issued during 

the year as a result of the vesting of performance rights issued in prior years. 

Executive 

KMP

Currency

$

Armughan 

2023

CAD

700,895

Cash

Super-

Termination 

salary 

annuation 4

payments

CAD

165,240

13,137

8,342

186,719

25,322

219,917

11,416

14,713

14,898

260,944

89,144

Fixed

$

7,027

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8,777 5

9,167

554,696 6

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

LTI value 

at vesting 

date 8

STI

LTI value 

at grant 

date

581,389 9

1,289,311

663,379 9

Total

value

$

122,905

746,484

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

24,430

61,988

325,865

937,853

826,662

725,570

24,430

133,333 7

218,983

651,729

1,754,045

1,653,323

301,863

27,000

283,251

612,114

Ahmad 1 

Ryan 

Kolln 1

Justin 

Miles 1

Helen 

Johnson 1

Kevin 

Levine 1

Mark 

Brayan 2

Tom 

Sharkey 3

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

–

–

–

–

–

–

114,128

182,621

525,570

CAD

CAD

AUD

AUD

USD

USD

AUD

AUD

AUD

AUD

USD

USD

1  Part year term as KMP. See table on page 64 for applicable term as KMP. 

2  To 31 December 2022.

3  To 1 September 2022.

4  Superannuation contributions for Australian executive KMP and retirement benefits (RRSP) for Canadian Executive KMP.

5  $8,777 payment for unused annual leave.

6  A$381,333 termination payment and A$173,363 payment for unused annual leave and long service leave.

7  FY22 portion of A$625,000 total termination payment. 

8  Value of LTI at vesting date is based on market price of shares at the date that the LTI vest.

9  277,041 of 1,108,155 rights in relation to Mr Ahmad’s one time sign on bonus vested on 14 July 2023. $581,389 reflects 277,041 shares at A$2.34 

market price at time of vesting, converted to Canadian dollars. Value at grant date was A$2.67. The remaining rights will continue to vest 

as outlined in the table on page 74.

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Statutory remuneration for executive KMP 
The table below details the statutory accounting expense of all remuneration-related items for the executive KMP. All figures 
are presented in US dollars, which is Appen’s presentational currency. Except for Ms Johnson, the remuneration of all KPMs 
has been translated to US dollars, even though they are paid in either Canadian or Australian dollars. The average AUD/USD 
exchange rates used were 0.6647 for 2023 and 0.6950 for 2022. The 31 December closing AUD/USD exchange rates used were 
0.6806 for 2023 and 0.6816 for 2022. The average CAD/USD exchange rate for 2023 was 0.7412. The 31 December 2023 closing 
CAD/USD exchange rate was 0.7459.

Fixed

Variable

Executive 
KMP

Armughan 
Ahmad 1 

Ryan 
Kolln1

Justin 
Miles1

Helen 
Johnson1 

Kevin 
Levine1 

Mark 
Brayan2

Tom 
Sharkey3 

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

Cash
salary 
$

Super-
annuation 4
$

Leave 
entitlements
$

Termination 
payments
$

571,413

5,208

41,206

–

8,202

–

8,266

–

8,777 5

–

–

122,482

–

–

–

–

146,173

7,588

–

114,128

–

121,384

365,280

–

–

–

–

6,093

16,979

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

STI
$

–

–

LTI 8
$

Total
$

1,979,102

2,596,929

–

–

9,737

423,467

563,888

–

–

–

9,779

174,438

346,244

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

122,905

–

57,698

457,233

12,523

259,535 6

27,539

–

–

–

42,274

(176,058)

276,014

–

–

–

504,283

16,979

38,316

90,885 7

149,342

(771,531)

28,274

–

–

–

–

301,863

27,000

3,692

248,503

–

–

–

–

(605,042)

(23,984)

1  Part year term as KMP. See table on page 64 for applicable term as KMP. 
2  To 31 December 2022.
3  To 1 September 2022.
4  Superannuation contributions for Australian executive KMP and retirement benefits (RRSP) for Canadian Executive KMP.
5  $8,777 payment for unused annual leave.
6  A$381,333 termination payment.
7  FY22 portion of A$625,000 total termination payment. 
8  The values for equity-settled remuneration were measured at grant date in accordance with AASB2 Share-based Payments and represent the 
current year amortisation of the fair value of the rights over the vesting period. Certain FY22 statutory LTI figures are negative because they 
include a true-up adjustment of share-based payments expense in relation to the 2020 and 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plans, for rights that did 
not vest or are not expected to vest.

76

Appen 2023 Annual Report

77

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Executive KMP service contracts

Service contracts
Remuneration and other terms of employment for KMP are formalised in service contracts. All executive KMP service 
contracts provide for immediate termination in the event of serious misconduct. There are no guaranteed base pay increases 
in any executive service contracts.

Details of the other key terms are as follows:

Executive KMP

Role

Armughan Ahmad

CEO, President, and Managing Director 
(from 9 January 2023)

Kevin Levine

Helen Johnson

Justin Miles

Ryan Kolln

CFO

CFO

Interim CFO

COO

Contract term

Annual 
salary review

Notice period 
by either party

No fixed term

1 March

12 months

No fixed term

1 March

No fixed term

1 March

No fixed term

1 March

No fixed term

1 March

6 months

9 months

2 months

6 months

Outgoing arrangements for Mr Ahmad (former CEO)
On 15 December 2022, Appen announced the appointment of Armughan Ahmad as CEO, President and Managing Director. 
Mr Ahmad’s formal commencement date was 9 January 2023. 

Mr Ahmad’s remuneration arrangements for the time that he was CEO are set out below. Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant and sign-on 
bonus were approved by shareholders at Appen’s 2023 AGM:

•  Base salary of US$600,000.

•  Target STI of 100% of base salary with the opportunity to earn up to 150% of base salary. 

•  LTI equity grant valued at US$5,000,000, designed to vest over a three-year performance period, subject to stretching 

Absolute TSR hurdles. It was intended that Mr Ahmad would not be eligible for another LTI grant until after 31 December 2025.

•  Sign-on bonus, designed to replace a portion of Mr Ahmad’s incentives forgone with his previous employer valued 

The total non-executive director remuneration pool in 2023 was A$1,400,000 per annum, unchanged from 2022. 

at US$2,000,000, vesting in equal monthly tranches over two years. 

Mr Ahmad stepped down from his role as CEO, President and Managing Director on 5 February 2024 and ceased to be a KMP 
from that date. 

Mr Ahmad will receive his statutory entitlements and payment in lieu of notice (12 months). Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant was forfeited 
upon his termination. The board exercised its discretion and no STI was awarded to Mr Ahmad. However, Mr Ahmad’s sign-on 
bonus will remain on-foot and continue to vest in accordance with the terms of this contract. 

Incoming arrangements for Mr Kolln (new CEO)
On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Mr Kolln as CEO and Managing Director. Mr Kolln’s remuneration 
arrangements, as previously disclosed to the market are as follows:

•  Base salary of US$600,000. 

•  Target STI of 100% of base salary with a stretch opportunity of 150%.

•  Target LTI of 250% of base salary which vest over a three-year performance period. 

Further information on Mr Kolln’s remuneration arrangements will be provided in the FY24 remuneration report. 

Outgoing arrangements for Mr Levine (former CFO)

Mr Levine stepped down as CFO on 1 May 2023 and remained with Appen on the same fixed remuneration, as an advisor to the 

incoming CFO, until 1 September 2023 to ensure a smooth transition. 

On termination, all performance rights granted to Mr Levine under the LTI plans received the default treatment of the Plan 

Terms. For all outstanding equity grants from 2022, all share rights lapsed. For the outstanding 2023 grant, the default 

treatment provided that a pro-rata number (based on the portion of the performance period that has elapsed at the time 

of cessation, calculated based on the number of days elapsed) of the participant’s unvested plan interests would continue 

under the plan and may vest at the end of the relevant performance period. 

Given Mr Levine’s considerable contribution to Appen over his more than seven years as CFO and influential relationships 

across the market, to protect Appen’s business interests, Mr Levine is subject to competitor restraints and non-solicitation 

clauses for 12 months from the date of cessation with the Company. In addition to his contractual entitlement to payment in lieu 

of notice (six months), the Board determined another two months’ fixed remuneration be paid to enforce the restraints in place. 

In total, this represents A$381,333 or 8/12ths of his fixed remuneration, paid on 1 September 2023. Mr Levine did not receive 

any other termination or severance payments, other than his statutory annual and long-service leave entitlements.

Outgoing arrangements for Ms Johnson (former CFO) 

Ms Johnson, having commenced and resigned from Appen after three months of service, had all outstanding LTI lapse 

on termination. No other payments other than fixed remuneration through to her last day of employment, were paid 

to Ms Johnson.

Non-executive director remuneration arrangements

Non-executive director remuneration framework

Non-executive director remuneration reflects the Company’s desire to attract, motivate, and retain experienced directors 

and to ensure their active participation in advocating for the interests of shareholders, in areas such as strategy, corporate 

governance, remuneration, compliance, risk, and ESG. The size of the remuneration pool that can be paid to non-executive 

directors is governed by resolutions passed at a General Meeting of shareholders.

The Company aims to provide a level of remuneration for non-executive directors comparable with its general industry peer 

group. In Australia, non-executive directors receive an annual fee for Board membership and for service as Chair of Board 

Committees. No additional payment is made for being a Member of Board Committees. There has been no change to the level 

and quantum of fees payable to the non-executive directors in FY23 relative to what was paid in FY22.

Role

Board Chair

Non-executive director

Audit and Risk Management Committee Chair

People and Culture Committee Chair

 Fee 

2023 A$

$240,000

$120,000

$20,000

$20,000

All fees presented above include statutory superannuation for Australian directors.

All Non-executive directors are remunerated by way of Board and Committee fees. These fees reflect the workload associated 

with a complex global business and the governance oversight required to implement our long-term growth objective and key 

strategic pillars and to oversee the business transformation process. Non-executive directors do not receive any short-term 

or long-term incentive.

There are no changes to the level of non-executive director fees proposed for 2024.

78

Appen 2023 Annual Report

79

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Executive KMP service contracts

Service contracts

in any executive service contracts.

Details of the other key terms are as follows:

Executive KMP

Role

(from 9 January 2023)

Kevin Levine

Helen Johnson

Justin Miles

Ryan Kolln

CFO

CFO

COO

Interim CFO

Remuneration and other terms of employment for KMP are formalised in service contracts. All executive KMP service 

contracts provide for immediate termination in the event of serious misconduct. There are no guaranteed base pay increases 

Armughan Ahmad

CEO, President, and Managing Director 

No fixed term

1 March

12 months

Contract term

salary review

Annual 

Notice period 

by either party

No fixed term

1 March

No fixed term

1 March

No fixed term

1 March

No fixed term

1 March

6 months

9 months

2 months

6 months

Outgoing arrangements for Mr Ahmad (former CEO)

On 15 December 2022, Appen announced the appointment of Armughan Ahmad as CEO, President and Managing Director. 

Mr Ahmad’s formal commencement date was 9 January 2023. 

Mr Ahmad’s remuneration arrangements for the time that he was CEO are set out below. Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant and sign-on 

bonus were approved by shareholders at Appen’s 2023 AGM:

•  Base salary of US$600,000.

•  Target STI of 100% of base salary with the opportunity to earn up to 150% of base salary. 

•  LTI equity grant valued at US$5,000,000, designed to vest over a three-year performance period, subject to stretching 

Absolute TSR hurdles. It was intended that Mr Ahmad would not be eligible for another LTI grant until after 31 December 2025.

at US$2,000,000, vesting in equal monthly tranches over two years. 

Mr Ahmad stepped down from his role as CEO, President and Managing Director on 5 February 2024 and ceased to be a KMP 

from that date. 

Mr Ahmad will receive his statutory entitlements and payment in lieu of notice (12 months). Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant was forfeited 

upon his termination. The board exercised its discretion and no STI was awarded to Mr Ahmad. However, Mr Ahmad’s sign-on 

bonus will remain on-foot and continue to vest in accordance with the terms of this contract. 

Incoming arrangements for Mr Kolln (new CEO)

On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Mr Kolln as CEO and Managing Director. Mr Kolln’s remuneration 

arrangements, as previously disclosed to the market are as follows:

•  Base salary of US$600,000. 

•  Target STI of 100% of base salary with a stretch opportunity of 150%.

•  Target LTI of 250% of base salary which vest over a three-year performance period. 

Further information on Mr Kolln’s remuneration arrangements will be provided in the FY24 remuneration report. 

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Outgoing arrangements for Mr Levine (former CFO)
Mr Levine stepped down as CFO on 1 May 2023 and remained with Appen on the same fixed remuneration, as an advisor to the 
incoming CFO, until 1 September 2023 to ensure a smooth transition. 

On termination, all performance rights granted to Mr Levine under the LTI plans received the default treatment of the Plan 
Terms. For all outstanding equity grants from 2022, all share rights lapsed. For the outstanding 2023 grant, the default 
treatment provided that a pro-rata number (based on the portion of the performance period that has elapsed at the time 
of cessation, calculated based on the number of days elapsed) of the participant’s unvested plan interests would continue 
under the plan and may vest at the end of the relevant performance period. 

Given Mr Levine’s considerable contribution to Appen over his more than seven years as CFO and influential relationships 
across the market, to protect Appen’s business interests, Mr Levine is subject to competitor restraints and non-solicitation 
clauses for 12 months from the date of cessation with the Company. In addition to his contractual entitlement to payment in lieu 
of notice (six months), the Board determined another two months’ fixed remuneration be paid to enforce the restraints in place. 
In total, this represents A$381,333 or 8/12ths of his fixed remuneration, paid on 1 September 2023. Mr Levine did not receive 
any other termination or severance payments, other than his statutory annual and long-service leave entitlements.

Outgoing arrangements for Ms Johnson (former CFO) 
Ms Johnson, having commenced and resigned from Appen after three months of service, had all outstanding LTI lapse 
on termination. No other payments other than fixed remuneration through to her last day of employment, were paid 
to Ms Johnson.

Non-executive director remuneration arrangements

Non-executive director remuneration framework
Non-executive director remuneration reflects the Company’s desire to attract, motivate, and retain experienced directors 
and to ensure their active participation in advocating for the interests of shareholders, in areas such as strategy, corporate 
governance, remuneration, compliance, risk, and ESG. The size of the remuneration pool that can be paid to non-executive 
directors is governed by resolutions passed at a General Meeting of shareholders.

•  Sign-on bonus, designed to replace a portion of Mr Ahmad’s incentives forgone with his previous employer valued 

The total non-executive director remuneration pool in 2023 was A$1,400,000 per annum, unchanged from 2022. 

The Company aims to provide a level of remuneration for non-executive directors comparable with its general industry peer 
group. In Australia, non-executive directors receive an annual fee for Board membership and for service as Chair of Board 
Committees. No additional payment is made for being a Member of Board Committees. There has been no change to the level 
and quantum of fees payable to the non-executive directors in FY23 relative to what was paid in FY22.

Role

Board Chair

Non-executive director

Audit and Risk Management Committee Chair

People and Culture Committee Chair

 Fee 
2023 A$

$240,000

$120,000

$20,000

$20,000

All fees presented above include statutory superannuation for Australian directors.

All Non-executive directors are remunerated by way of Board and Committee fees. These fees reflect the workload associated 
with a complex global business and the governance oversight required to implement our long-term growth objective and key 
strategic pillars and to oversee the business transformation process. Non-executive directors do not receive any short-term 
or long-term incentive.

There are no changes to the level of non-executive director fees proposed for 2024.

78

Appen 2023 Annual Report

79

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Amounts paid to non-executive directors in USD
Details of fees paid to non-executive directors for FY23 and FY22 in US Dollars are outlined below. 

Remuneration governance

Director

Richard Freudenstein

Stephen Hasker

Vanessa Liu 

Robin Low

Stuart Davis 1

Lynn Mickleburgh 2

Mini Peiris 3

Deena Shiff 4

2023

Super-
annuation
US$

–

–

–

2,305

–

–

–

–

Fees
US$

159,522

93,054

79,761

90,749

79,761

79,761

72,295

–

Total
US$

Fees
US$

159,522

166,804

93,054

102,203 5

79,761

93,054

79,761

79,761

72,295

–

83,402

97,302

62,547

33,680

12,541

35,583

2022

Super-
annuation
US$

–

–

–

–

86

–

–

–

Total
US$

166,804

102,203

83,402

97,302

62,633

33,680

12,541

35,583

654,903

2,305

657,208

594,062

86

594,148

Variances in fees for those non-executive directors that have served a full-year term in FY23 and FY22 is due to the impact 
of FX translation from Australian dollars to US dollars. All the above non-executive directors provided services for the full year 
unless stated otherwise.

1  Stuart Davis was appointed on 29 March 2022.
2  Lynn Mickleburgh was appointed on 29 July 2022.
3  Mini Peiris was appointed on 4 November 2022. 
4  Deena Shiff retired on 27 May 2022.
5  $4,085 paid to Mr Hasker in FY22 relates to Mr Hasker’s FY21 fee as Chair of the People and Culture Committee.

Amounts paid to non-executive directors in AUD 
Details of fees paid to non-executive directors for FY23 and FY22 in Australian Dollars are outlined below. The total amount 
paid in FY23 and FY22 is less than the A$1,400,000 limit approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM.

Director

Richard Freudenstein

Stephen Hasker

Vanessa Liu 

Robin Low

Stuart Davis 1

Lynn Mickleburgh 2

Mini Peiris 3

Deena Shiff 4

2023

Super-
annuation
A$

–

–

–

Total
A$

Fees
A$

240,000

240,000

140,000

120,000

147,051 5

120,000

3,468

140,000

140,000

–

–

–

–

120,000

120,000

108,768

–

91,259

50,461

18,768

49,229

2022

Super-
annuation
A$

–

–

–

–

126

–

–

–

Fees
A$

240,000

140,000

120,000

136,532

120,000

120,000

108,768

–

Total
A$

240,000

147,051

120,000

140,000

91,385

50,461

18,768

49,229

985,300

3,468

988,768

856,768

126

856,894

All the above non-executive directors provided services for the full year unless stated otherwise.

1 Stuart Davis was appointed on 29 March 2022.
2 Lynn Mickleburgh was appointed on 29 July 2022.
3 Mini Peiris was appointed on 4 November 2022. 
4 Deena Shiff retired on 27 May 2022.
5 A$7,051 paid to Mr Hasker in FY22 relates to Mr Hasker’s FY21 fee as Chair of the People and Culture Committee.

The role of the People and Culture Committee is to focus on our strategic human resources objectives, including the 

well-being of our employees and culture, as well as provide advice, recommendations, and assistance to the Board in relation 

to compensation arrangements for Directors and executives. The members of the People and Culture Committee during the 

reporting period were:

Stephen Hasker, Member and Committee Chair for the whole financial year 

Richard Freudenstein, Member for the whole financial year

Lynn Mickleburgh, Member for the whole financial year

Mini Peiris, Member for the whole financial year

The graphic below shows the relationship between the People and Culture Committee and the Board, Executive team, 

and Audit and Risk Committee. 

Board 

Approves and has oversight of Appen’s 

remuneration policy including Executive 

and Non-executive KMP remuneration.

Independent external advisors 

To ensure the Committee is appropriately 

informed, advice and information is sought 

from independent external advisors, 

as required.

People  

and Culture 

Committee 

Members: 

Stephen Hasker

Richard Freudenstein

Lynn Mickleburgh

Audit and Risk Committee 

Advises the People and Culture 

Committee of material risk 

issues, behaviours and/or 

compliance breaches. 

Executive team

succession plans, policies, 

remuneration structures and 

outcomes to the People and Culture 

Committee for review and approval 

or recommendation to the Board. 

Mini Peiris

Proposes executive appointments, 

The number of Committee meetings and attendance by members during the reporting period is set out in the Meetings 

of directors section on page 60.

80

Appen 2023 Annual Report

81

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Amounts paid to non-executive directors in USD

Details of fees paid to non-executive directors for FY23 and FY22 in US Dollars are outlined below. 

Remuneration governance

Director

Richard Freudenstein

Stephen Hasker

Vanessa Liu 

Robin Low

Stuart Davis 1

Lynn Mickleburgh 2

Mini Peiris 3

Deena Shiff 4

2022

Super-

annuation

US$

2023

Super-

annuation

US$

2,305

Fees

US$

159,522

93,054

79,761

90,749

79,761

79,761

72,295

–

Total

US$

Fees

US$

159,522

166,804

93,054

102,203 5

79,761

93,054

79,761

79,761

72,295

–

83,402

97,302

62,547

33,680

12,541

35,583

654,903

2,305

657,208

594,062

86

594,148

Variances in fees for those non-executive directors that have served a full-year term in FY23 and FY22 is due to the impact 

of FX translation from Australian dollars to US dollars. All the above non-executive directors provided services for the full year 

unless stated otherwise.

1  Stuart Davis was appointed on 29 March 2022.

2  Lynn Mickleburgh was appointed on 29 July 2022.

3  Mini Peiris was appointed on 4 November 2022. 

4  Deena Shiff retired on 27 May 2022.

5  $4,085 paid to Mr Hasker in FY22 relates to Mr Hasker’s FY21 fee as Chair of the People and Culture Committee.

Amounts paid to non-executive directors in AUD 

Details of fees paid to non-executive directors for FY23 and FY22 in Australian Dollars are outlined below. The total amount 

paid in FY23 and FY22 is less than the A$1,400,000 limit approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM.

Director

Richard Freudenstein

Stephen Hasker

Vanessa Liu 

Robin Low

Stuart Davis 1

Lynn Mickleburgh 2

Mini Peiris 3

Deena Shiff 4

2022

Super-

annuation

A$

2023

Super-

annuation

A$

Fees

A$

240,000

140,000

120,000

136,532

120,000

120,000

108,768

–

3,468

140,000

140,000

Total

A$

Fees

A$

240,000

240,000

140,000

120,000

147,051 5

120,000

120,000

120,000

108,768

–

91,259

50,461

18,768

49,229

985,300

3,468

988,768

856,768

126

856,894

Total

US$

166,804

102,203

83,402

97,302

62,633

33,680

12,541

35,583

Total

A$

240,000

147,051

120,000

140,000

91,385

50,461

18,768

49,229

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

86

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

126

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

All the above non-executive directors provided services for the full year unless stated otherwise.

1 Stuart Davis was appointed on 29 March 2022.

2 Lynn Mickleburgh was appointed on 29 July 2022.

3 Mini Peiris was appointed on 4 November 2022. 

4 Deena Shiff retired on 27 May 2022.

5 A$7,051 paid to Mr Hasker in FY22 relates to Mr Hasker’s FY21 fee as Chair of the People and Culture Committee.

The role of the People and Culture Committee is to focus on our strategic human resources objectives, including the 
well-being of our employees and culture, as well as provide advice, recommendations, and assistance to the Board in relation 
to compensation arrangements for Directors and executives. The members of the People and Culture Committee during the 
reporting period were:

Stephen Hasker, Member and Committee Chair for the whole financial year 
Richard Freudenstein, Member for the whole financial year
Lynn Mickleburgh, Member for the whole financial year
Mini Peiris, Member for the whole financial year

The graphic below shows the relationship between the People and Culture Committee and the Board, Executive team, 
and Audit and Risk Committee. 

Board 

Approves and has oversight of Appen’s 
remuneration policy including Executive 
and Non-executive KMP remuneration.

Independent external advisors 

To ensure the Committee is appropriately 
informed, advice and information is sought 
from independent external advisors, 
as required.

People  
and Culture 
Committee 

Members: 
Stephen Hasker
Richard Freudenstein
Lynn Mickleburgh
Mini Peiris

Audit and Risk Committee 

Advises the People and Culture 
Committee of material risk 
issues, behaviours and/or 
compliance breaches. 

Executive team

Proposes executive appointments, 
succession plans, policies, 
remuneration structures and 
outcomes to the People and Culture 
Committee for review and approval 
or recommendation to the Board. 

The number of Committee meetings and attendance by members during the reporting period is set out in the Meetings 
of directors section on page 60.

80

Appen 2023 Annual Report

81

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Other remuneration tables

Securities holdings of executive KMP

Executive KMP

Armughan Ahmad 

Ryan Kolln 

Justin Miles

Number 

Number of ordinary 

of performance 

shares held 

rights held 

(direct and indirect)

3,601,501

634,350

403,039

277,041

10,061

35,576

Performance rights holdings of executive KMP

The movement during the reporting period of performance rights held by Executive KMP is outlined in the table below:

Held at 

Granted 

1 January

during the

Exercised 

during the

Held at 

Vested 

31 December

during the

Name

Plan

2023

year

year 

Forfeited

Forfeited %

2023

year

Armughan Ahmad

2023

–

3,878,542

(277,041)

–

3,601,501

(277,041)

Ryan Kolln

(5,884)

(100%)

Justin Miles

(12,323)

(100%)

50,009

594,359

(4,134)

(5,884)

634,350

(10,712)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,884

19,319

24,806

12,323

17,460

20,552

48,828

51,249

156,250

2020

2021

2022

2023

2020

2021

2022

2023

2020

2021

2022

2023

–

594,359

–

374,397

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

469,038

256,327

469,038

(4,134)

(5,945)

(3,425)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(48,828)

(51,249)

(156,250)

(364,950)

(621,277)

(100%)

(100%)

(100%)

(78%)

–

19,319

20,672

594,359

–

11,515

17,127

374,397

–

–

–

104,088

104,088

(6,578)

(4,134)

(5,945)

(3,425)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Board oversight of remuneration
The Board ensures variable rewards are only paid when a senior executive creates value for shareholders through meeting their 
financial and non-financial targets and exceeding their agreed work plan objectives. The Board reviews all targets on an annual 
basis to ensure that they are sufficiently challenging and are consistent with the Company’s long-term business strategy. 

Consistent with good governance and to address shareholder expectations, during the year the Board formalised a policy with 
respect to malus and clawback, such that the Board may forfeit any entitlement to performance-based remuneration (both LTI 
and STI), if in the opinion of the Board, the employee may receive an inappropriate benefit. Examples where Board discretion 
may be applied include: if the employee acts fraudulently or dishonestly, is in breach of their obligations to the Group, 
mismanages a material risk affecting the Group, or any other circumstance which the Board determines to have resulted 
in an inappropriate benefit. 

The Board also has the discretion to determine that a portion or all of an employee’s unvested or vested STI and LTI awards 
be forfeited if, in the Board’s opinion, negative or adverse circumstances affecting the performance or reputation of the Appen 
Group have come to the Board’s attention where circumstances, had they been known at the time when the STI or LTI was 
awarded, would have caused the Board to make a lower award or no award. 

No Board discretion in relation to malus or clawback was applied in FY23.

Corporate Governance Statement

Further information about the People and Culture Committee is set out in the Corporate Governance 
Statement. The Statement is available at: appen.com/investors/corporate-governance/

Independent remuneration advisors
Where appropriate, the Board and the People and Culture Committee engage external and independent remuneration 
advisors to provide industry benchmarks, peer comparison information and specific local knowledge of country-specific 
remuneration practices.

External advice is used as a guide only and is not a substitute for the Board and People and Culture Committee’s thorough 
consideration of the relevant remuneration matter. In 2023, no remuneration recommendations were provided. 

Securities trading policy

KMP (both executive and non-executive directors) must not enter into transactions in associated products 
that operate to limit the economic risk of security holdings in the Company. A copy of the Company’s Securities 
Dealing Policy is available at appen.com/investors/corporate-governance/

Kevin Levine

50,335

374,397

(9,370)

(12,323)

403,039

(9,370)

Minimum shareholding requirement (MSR)
The Board has adopted a Minimum Shareholding Policy to assist in aligning the interests of all directors and executive KMP 
with our shareholders.

The value of such shares is based on their price at the time of acquisition. Once the requirement has been met, directors are 
considered compliant even if there are subsequent changes in the share price.

Directors and executive KMP are compliant where Appen securities are held either by them personally or by a related party.

CEO and other executive KMP

From 1 January 2022, the formal MSR is 100% of fixed remuneration for the CEO and 50% of fixed remuneration for other 
Executive KMP over a five-year period.

This is in addition to the requirement for the CEO to defer 25% of any STI earned in equity for a 12-month period. Note, any deferred 
STI for the CEO counts towards the achievement of MSR.

As at the date of this report, all Executive KMP have been employed as a KMP less than five years and will be measured for 
compliance in a future report. 

Non-executive directors

Non-executive directors are required to hold Appen shares to the value of at least 100% of the annual non-executive director 
pre-tax base fee within three years of their appointment, using the base fee at the time of appointment (excluding Committee fees).

As at the date of this report, all non-executive directors that have served on the Board for at least three years are in compliance 
with the MSR.

82

Appen 2023 Annual Report

83

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Board oversight of remuneration

The Board ensures variable rewards are only paid when a senior executive creates value for shareholders through meeting their 

financial and non-financial targets and exceeding their agreed work plan objectives. The Board reviews all targets on an annual 

basis to ensure that they are sufficiently challenging and are consistent with the Company’s long-term business strategy. 

Consistent with good governance and to address shareholder expectations, during the year the Board formalised a policy with 

respect to malus and clawback, such that the Board may forfeit any entitlement to performance-based remuneration (both LTI 

and STI), if in the opinion of the Board, the employee may receive an inappropriate benefit. Examples where Board discretion 

may be applied include: if the employee acts fraudulently or dishonestly, is in breach of their obligations to the Group, 

mismanages a material risk affecting the Group, or any other circumstance which the Board determines to have resulted 

in an inappropriate benefit. 

The Board also has the discretion to determine that a portion or all of an employee’s unvested or vested STI and LTI awards 

be forfeited if, in the Board’s opinion, negative or adverse circumstances affecting the performance or reputation of the Appen 

Group have come to the Board’s attention where circumstances, had they been known at the time when the STI or LTI was 

awarded, would have caused the Board to make a lower award or no award. 

No Board discretion in relation to malus or clawback was applied in FY23.

Corporate Governance Statement

Further information about the People and Culture Committee is set out in the Corporate Governance 

Statement. The Statement is available at: appen.com/investors/corporate-governance/

Independent remuneration advisors

Where appropriate, the Board and the People and Culture Committee engage external and independent remuneration 

advisors to provide industry benchmarks, peer comparison information and specific local knowledge of country-specific 

remuneration practices.

External advice is used as a guide only and is not a substitute for the Board and People and Culture Committee’s thorough 

consideration of the relevant remuneration matter. In 2023, no remuneration recommendations were provided. 

Securities trading policy

KMP (both executive and non-executive directors) must not enter into transactions in associated products 

that operate to limit the economic risk of security holdings in the Company. A copy of the Company’s Securities 

Dealing Policy is available at appen.com/investors/corporate-governance/

Minimum shareholding requirement (MSR)

The Board has adopted a Minimum Shareholding Policy to assist in aligning the interests of all directors and executive KMP 

with our shareholders.

The value of such shares is based on their price at the time of acquisition. Once the requirement has been met, directors are 

considered compliant even if there are subsequent changes in the share price.

Directors and executive KMP are compliant where Appen securities are held either by them personally or by a related party.

CEO and other executive KMP

Executive KMP over a five-year period.

From 1 January 2022, the formal MSR is 100% of fixed remuneration for the CEO and 50% of fixed remuneration for other 

This is in addition to the requirement for the CEO to defer 25% of any STI earned in equity for a 12-month period. Note, any deferred 

STI for the CEO counts towards the achievement of MSR.

As at the date of this report, all Executive KMP have been employed as a KMP less than five years and will be measured for 

Non-executive directors are required to hold Appen shares to the value of at least 100% of the annual non-executive director 

pre-tax base fee within three years of their appointment, using the base fee at the time of appointment (excluding Committee fees).

As at the date of this report, all non-executive directors that have served on the Board for at least three years are in compliance 

compliance in a future report. 

Non-executive directors

with the MSR.

82

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Other remuneration tables

Securities holdings of executive KMP

Executive KMP

Armughan Ahmad 

Ryan Kolln 

Justin Miles

Number 
of performance 
rights held 

Number of ordinary 
shares held 
(direct and indirect)

3,601,501

634,350

403,039

277,041

10,061

35,576

Performance rights holdings of executive KMP
The movement during the reporting period of performance rights held by Executive KMP is outlined in the table below:

Name

Plan

Held at 
1 January
2023

Granted 
during the
year

Exercised 
during the
year 

Forfeited

Forfeited %

Held at 
31 December
2023

Vested 
during the
year

Armughan Ahmad

2023

–

3,878,542

(277,041)

–

–

3,601,501

(277,041)

Ryan Kolln

Justin Miles

Kevin Levine

2020

2021

2022

2023

2020

2021

2022

2023

2020

2021

2022

2023

5,884

19,319

24,806

–

–

–

–

594,359

–

–

(4,134)

–

(5,884)

(100%)

–

–

–

–

19,319

20,672

594,359

–

(6,578)

(4,134)

–

50,009

594,359

(4,134)

(5,884)

634,350

(10,712)

12,323

17,460

20,552

–

–

–

–

374,397

–

(12,323)

(100%)

(5,945)

(3,425)

–

–

–

–

–

11,515

17,127

374,397

–

(5,945)

(3,425)

–

50,335

374,397

(9,370)

(12,323)

403,039

(9,370)

48,828

51,249

156,250

–

–

–

–

469,038

256,327

469,038

–

–

–

–

–

(48,828)

(51,249)

(156,250)

(364,950)

(621,277)

(100%)

(100%)

(100%)

(78%)

–

–

–

104,088

104,088

–

–

–

–

–

Appen 2023 Annual Report

83

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Performance rights vesting table 
The performance details relating to the rights exercised during the year, are shown in the table below:

Grant date

Tranche

Performance 
measurement

Performance 
target

Performance target 
measurement date

Vesting
condition

Vesting date

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

1 Jan 22

22 Mar 22

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

1

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Employed at 9 Feb 23

9 Feb 23

Employed at 9 Mar 23

9 Mar 23

Employed at 9 Apr 23

9 Apr 23

Employed at 9 May 23

9 May 23

Employed at 9 Jun 23

9 Jun 23

Employed at 9 Jul 23

9 Jul 23

Employed at 1 Jan 23

28 Feb 23

Employed at 1 Jan 23

28 Feb 23

Performance rights exercised during the year by executive KMP 

Executive

Armughan Ahmad

Ryan Kolln

Justin Miles

Number of 
rights exercised

Value of rights 
at grant date
(US$)

Value of rights 
at exercisable 
date (US$)

277,041

4,134

9,370

$491,660

$19,245

$60,365

$434,576

$6,182

$9,903

The rights exercised during the year relate to vesting of the relevant plans as detailed above, upon the successful achievement 
of the relevant performance and employment hurdles.

Unvested performance rights held by executive KMP
The number of unvested performance rights held by Executive KMP at 31 December 2023 are:

Plan

2021

2022

2023

Total

Armughan Ahmad

Ryan Kolln

Justin Miles

Kevin Levine

–

–

3,601,501

3,601,501

12,741

20,672

594,359

627,772

11,515

17,127

374,397

403,039

–

–

104,088

104,088

Executive and non-executive director shareholdings

Director

1 January 2023

during the year

Sold during 

the year 

Ceased 

31 December 

to be KMP 

Number of shares 

Purchased/ 

exercised 

Richard Freudenstein 

Armughan Ahmad

Stephen Hasker

Vanessa Liu

Robin Low

Stuart Davis

Lynn Mickleburgh

Mini Peiris

44,975

50,000

4,000

172,946

–

–

–

–

 21,872 

 277,041 

 8,333 

 21,200 

 84,105 

 72,830 

–

–

271,921

485,381

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2023

 66,847 

 277,041 

 58,333 

 25,200 

 257,051 

 72,830 

 – 

 – 

757,302

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors, pursuant to section 298(2)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001. 

On behalf of the directors.

Richard Freudenstein 

Non-executive Chair

27 February 2024  

Sydney

84

Appen 2023 Annual Report

85

Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Remuneration report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Performance rights vesting table 

The performance details relating to the rights exercised during the year, are shown in the table below:

Grant date

Tranche

Performance 

measurement

Performance 

Performance target 

Vesting

target

measurement date

condition

Vesting date

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

9 Jan 23

1 Jan 22

22 Mar 22

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

1

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

Service only

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Employed at 9 Feb 23

9 Feb 23

Employed at 9 Mar 23

9 Mar 23

Employed at 9 Apr 23

9 Apr 23

Employed at 9 May 23

9 May 23

Employed at 9 Jun 23

9 Jun 23

Employed at 9 Jul 23

9 Jul 23

Employed at 1 Jan 23

28 Feb 23

Employed at 1 Jan 23

28 Feb 23

Performance rights exercised during the year by executive KMP 

Executive

Armughan Ahmad

Ryan Kolln

Justin Miles

Number of 

rights exercised

277,041

4,134

9,370

Value of rights 

at grant date

(US$)

$491,660

$19,245

$60,365

Value of rights 

at exercisable 

date (US$)

$434,576

$6,182

$9,903

The rights exercised during the year relate to vesting of the relevant plans as detailed above, upon the successful achievement 

of the relevant performance and employment hurdles.

Unvested performance rights held by executive KMP

The number of unvested performance rights held by Executive KMP at 31 December 2023 are:

Plan

2021

2022

2023

Total

Armughan Ahmad

Ryan Kolln

Justin Miles

Kevin Levine

–

–

3,601,501

3,601,501

12,741

20,672

594,359

627,772

11,515

17,127

374,397

403,039

–

–

104,088

104,088

Executive and non-executive director shareholdings

Director

1 January 2023

Number of shares 

Purchased/ 
exercised 
during the year

Sold during 
the year 

Ceased 
to be KMP 

31 December 
2023

Richard Freudenstein 

Armughan Ahmad

Stephen Hasker

Vanessa Liu

Robin Low

Stuart Davis

Lynn Mickleburgh

Mini Peiris

44,975

–

50,000

4,000

172,946

–

–

–

 21,872 

 277,041 

 8,333 

 21,200 

 84,105 

 72,830 

–

–

271,921

485,381

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 66,847 

 277,041 

 58,333 

 25,200 

 257,051 

 72,830 

 – 

 – 

757,302

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors, pursuant to section 298(2)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001. 
On behalf of the directors.

Richard Freudenstein 
Non-executive Chair

27 February 2024  
Sydney

84

Appen 2023 Annual Report

85

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under
Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001
to the directors of Appen Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Appen Limited for the financial year ended 
31 December 2023 there have been:

i.  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

to the audit; and

ii.  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

KPMG

Cameron Slapp 
Partner

Sydney

27 February 2024

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG 
International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used 
under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional 
Standards Legislation. 

86

Appen 2023 Annual Report

87

l

a

i

c

n

a

n

i

F

t

r

o

p

e

r

Contents

Consolidated financial statements 

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 

comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

About this report 

Note 1.  General information  

Note 2.  Basis of preparation  

Group performance 

Note 3.  Segment information 

Note 4.  Revenue  

Note 5.  Expenses  

Note 6.  Earnings per share and dividends 

Note 7. 

Income tax 

Note 8. 

 Reconciliation of loss after income tax  

to net cash from operating activities 

Group core assets and liabilities 

Note 9.  Cash and cash equivalents 

Note 10.  Trade and other receivables 

Note 11.  Contract assets  

Note 12. 

Intangible assets 

Note 13.  Property, plant and equipment 

Note 14.  Right of use assets and lease liabilities  

Note 15.  Trade and other payables 

Note 16.  Provisions 

Note 17.  Contract liabilities 

Investment, capital and risk management 

Note 18.  Earn-out liability 

Note 19.  Derivative financial instruments 

Note 20. 

Investments 

Note 21.  Fair value measurement 

Note 22.  Borrowings 

Note 23.  Equity  

Note 24.  Financial risk management  

Other information 

Note 25.  Contingent liabilities  

Note 26.  Parent entity information 

Note 27.  Subsidiaries  

Note 28.  Deed of cross guarantee  

Note 29.  Related party transactions 

Note 30.  Share-based payments  

Note 31.  Remuneration of auditors 

Note 32.  Events after the reporting period 

Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report 

88

89

90

91

92

92

95

97

98

100

101

104

105

105

106

107

111

112

113

113

114

115

115

116

117

118

118

121

126

126

127

128

130

131

133

134

135

136

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i.  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

Contents

Consolidated financial statements 

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

About this report 

Note 1.  General information  

Note 2.  Basis of preparation  

Group performance 

Note 3.  Segment information 

Note 4.  Revenue  

Note 5.  Expenses  

Note 6.  Earnings per share and dividends 

Note 7. 

Income tax 

Note 8. 

 Reconciliation of loss after income tax  
to net cash from operating activities 

Group core assets and liabilities 

Note 9.  Cash and cash equivalents 

Note 10.  Trade and other receivables 

Note 11.  Contract assets  

Note 12. 

Intangible assets 

Note 13.  Property, plant and equipment 

Note 14.  Right of use assets and lease liabilities  

Note 15.  Trade and other payables 

Note 16.  Provisions 

Note 17.  Contract liabilities 

Investment, capital and risk management 

Note 18.  Earn-out liability 

Note 19.  Derivative financial instruments 

Note 20. 

Investments 

Note 21.  Fair value measurement 

Note 22.  Borrowings 

Note 23.  Equity  

Note 24.  Financial risk management  

Other information 

Note 25.  Contingent liabilities  

Note 26.  Parent entity information 

Note 27.  Subsidiaries  

Note 28.  Deed of cross guarantee  

Note 29.  Related party transactions 

Note 30.  Share-based payments  

Note 31.  Remuneration of auditors 

Note 32.  Events after the reporting period 

Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report 

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under

Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

to the directors of Appen Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Appen Limited for the financial year ended 

31 December 2023 there have been:

to the audit; and

ii.  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

KPMG

Cameron Slapp 

Partner

Sydney

27 February 2024

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG 

International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used 

under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional 

Standards Legislation. 

88

89

90

91

92

92

95

97

98

100

101

104

105

105

106

107

111

112

113

113

114

115

115

116

117

118

118

121

126

126

127

128

130

131

133

134

135

136

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

t
r
o
p
e
r

86

Appen 2023 Annual Report

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of profit or loss 
and other comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Consolidated statement of financial position

as at 31 December 2023

Revenue

Revenue from contract with customers 

4

 273,012 

 388,133 

Note

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

Note

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

Other income 

Interest income

Expenses

Crowd service costs

Employee expenses

Recruitment costs

Professional fees

Information technology costs

Communication and travel expenses

Other expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments expense

Net foreign exchange loss

Transaction costs

Restructure costs

Finance costs

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Earn-out adjustment

Impairment

Loss before income tax 

Income tax benefit

 782 

 371 

 177 

 183 

 (168,099)

 (237,712)

5

 (83,525)

 (94,221)

 (3,642)

 (9,278)

 (6,143)

 (9,994)

 (12,592)

 (12,829)

 (3,044)

 (9,837)

 (2,982)

 (9,718)

12–14

 (35,147)

 (41,582)

5

5

5

18

18

 (5,691)

 (4,032)

 (542)

 (8,967)

 (1,176)

 (354)

15,994

 (1,492)

 (2,560)

 (1,556)

 (678)

 (996)

 (772)

–

12–14

(69,182) 

 (204,326) 

(124,949)

(239,068)

7

6,870 

 – 

Loss after income tax for the year attributable to the owners of the Group 

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Unrealised loss on fair value investment

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

20

(1,600)

–

1,281

(319)

(1,291)

(1,291)

Total comprehensive loss for the period attributable to the owners of the Group

(118,398)

 (240,359)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Cents

(83.10)

 (83.10)

Cents

 (193.78)

 (193.78)

6

6

The above consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes to the financial statements. 

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the 

88

Appen 2023 Annual Report

89

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Contract assets

Inventory

Prepayments and other assets

Income tax receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Prepayments and other assets

Investments

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Earn-out liability

Borrowings

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Earn-out liability

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity

financial statements.

9

10

11

19

20

12

13

14

7

15

16

17

14

18

22

16

14

18

7

23

23

23

 32,152 

 49,933 

 23,429 

 64,282 

 15,536 

 30,448 

 106,751 

 124,674 

 39,870 

 109,560 

 48,407

 130,267 

155,158 

 254,941 

 27,232 

 39,740 

 649 

 3,112 

 2,492 

 262 

 424 

 2,418 

 3,726 

 9,061 

 5,078 

 3,390 

 18,737 

 3,152 

 – 

–

 510 

 7,025 

 19,131 

 15,270 

 41,936 

 106,955 

147,986

 1,069 

 5,813 

 2,144 

 104 

 30 

1,446 

 1,475 

 3,095 

 2,491 

 2,407 

 11,142 

 3,125 

3,750 

 –

306 

 9,309 

 –

5,090 

14,705

 62,361

92,797

47,656

 65,019 

 320,435 

 262,917 

 133,526

 128,154 

 (361,164)

 (243,085)

 92,797 

 147,986 

 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of profit or loss 

and other comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 December 2023

Revenue from contract with customers 

4

 273,012 

 388,133 

Revenue

Other income 

Interest income

Expenses

Crowd service costs

Employee expenses

Recruitment costs

Professional fees

Information technology costs

Communication and travel expenses

Other expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments expense

Net foreign exchange loss

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Transaction costs

Restructure costs

Finance costs

Earn-out adjustment

Impairment

Loss before income tax 

Income tax benefit

Loss after income tax for the year attributable to the owners of the Group 

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Unrealised loss on fair value investment

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Foreign currency translation

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Total comprehensive loss for the period attributable to the owners of the Group

(118,398)

 (240,359)

Note

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 782 

 371 

 177 

 183 

 (168,099)

 (237,712)

5

 (83,525)

 (94,221)

 (12,592)

 (12,829)

 (3,642)

 (9,278)

 (3,044)

 (9,837)

 (5,691)

 (4,032)

 (542)

 (8,967)

 (1,176)

 (354)

15,994

 (6,143)

 (9,994)

 (2,982)

 (9,718)

 (1,492)

 (2,560)

 (1,556)

 (678)

 (996)

 (772)

–

5

5

5

18

18

12–14

 (35,147)

 (41,582)

12–14

(69,182) 

 (204,326) 

(124,949)

(239,068)

7

6,870 

 – 

20

(1,600)

–

1,281

(319)

(1,291)

(1,291)

Cents

(83.10)

 (83.10)

Cents

 (193.78)

 (193.78)

6

6

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Contract assets

Inventory

Prepayments and other assets

Income tax receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Prepayments and other assets

Investments

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Earn-out liability

Borrowings

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Earn-out liability

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Note

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

9

10

11

19

20

12

13

14

7

15

16

17

14

18

22

16

14

18

7

23

23

23

 32,152 

 49,933 

 23,429 

 64,282 

 15,536 

 30,448 

 1,069 

 5,813 

 2,144 

 104 

 649 

 3,112 

 2,492 

 262 

 106,751 

 124,674 

 30 

1,446 

 424 

 2,418 

 39,870 

 109,560 

 1,475 

 3,095 

 2,491 

 3,726 

 9,061 

 5,078 

 48,407

 130,267 

155,158 

 254,941 

 27,232 

 39,740 

 2,407 

 11,142 

 3,125 

3,750 

 –

 3,390 

 18,737 

 3,152 

 – 

–

47,656

 65,019 

306 

 9,309 

 –

5,090 

14,705

 62,361

92,797

 510 

 7,025 

 19,131 

 15,270 

 41,936 

 106,955 

147,986

 320,435 

 262,917 

 133,526

 128,154 

 (361,164)

 (243,085)

 92,797 

 147,986 

The above consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the 

accompanying notes to the financial statements. 

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the 
financial statements.

88

Appen 2023 Annual Report

89

 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Consolidated statement of cash flows

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2023

Loss after income tax for the period

Other comprehensive expense, net of tax 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 

Issue of ordinary shares, net of transaction costs

Share-based payments

Balance at 31 December 2023

 Equity attributable to owners of the Group

Issued 
Capital
$000

262,917 

Reserves
$000

Accumulated 
Losses
$000

Total 
equity
$000

128,154 

(243,085)

147,986 

–

–

–

57,518

 – 

 –

(319)

(319)

 –

5,691 

 (118,079)

 (118,079)

–

(319)

(118,079)

(118,398)

 –

 –

57,518

5,691 

 320,435 

 133,526

(361,164)

 92,797

Balance at 1 January 2022

Loss after income tax for the period

Other comprehensive expense, net of tax 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 

Share-based payments

Dividends paid

 262,917 

 132,972 

 (4,017)

 391,872 

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

 –

 (239,068)

 (239,068)

(1,291)

 (1,291)

 1,492 

 (5,019)

–

(1,291)

 (239,068)

 (240,359)

 – 

 – 

 1,492 

 (5,019)

Balance at 31 December 2022

262,917 

128,154 

(243,085)

147,986 

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers (GST inclusive)

Payments to suppliers and employees (GST inclusive)

Interest received

Interest and other finance costs paid

Income tax received

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Payments for intangibles

Payments for investment

Transaction costs

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Lease payments

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Net proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividend paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Note 

 2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 294,551 

 395,568 

(317,952)

 (380,816)

 371 

(435)

526 

 183 

 (491)

 3,784 

 18,228 

8

 (22,939)

13

20

14

 (1,808)

 (3,039)

(18,045)

 (24,892)

 (500)

(542)

 (2,633)

 (1,556)

(20,895)

 (32,120)

 (4,763)

 4,000 

 (4,000)

57,437

 – 

 52,674 

 (4,508)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (5,019)

 (9,527)

 8,840 

 (23,419)

 23,429 

 (117)

 47,878 

 (1,030)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

9

 32,152 

 23,429 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the 
financial statements.

financial statements. 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the 

90

Appen 2023 Annual Report

91

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2023

Loss after income tax for the period

Other comprehensive expense, net of tax 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 

Issue of ordinary shares, net of transaction costs

Share-based payments

Balance at 31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2022

Loss after income tax for the period

Other comprehensive expense, net of tax 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 

Share-based payments

Dividends paid

 Equity attributable to owners of the Group

Issued 

Capital

$000

262,917 

Reserves

$000

Accumulated 

Losses

$000

Total 

equity

$000

128,154 

(243,085)

147,986 

 (118,079)

 (118,079)

(118,079)

(118,398)

–

 –

 –

(319)

57,518

5,691 

57,518

 – 

–

–

–

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

 –

(319)

(319)

 –

5,691 

(1,291)

 (1,291)

 1,492 

 (5,019)

 320,435 

 133,526

(361,164)

 92,797

 262,917 

 132,972 

 (4,017)

 391,872 

 –

 (239,068)

 (239,068)

–

(1,291)

 (239,068)

 (240,359)

 – 

 – 

 1,492 

 (5,019)

Balance at 31 December 2022

262,917 

128,154 

(243,085)

147,986 

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers (GST inclusive)

Payments to suppliers and employees (GST inclusive)

Interest received

Interest and other finance costs paid

Income tax received

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Payments for intangibles

Payments for investment

Transaction costs

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Lease payments

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Net proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividend paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Note 

 2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 294,551 

 395,568 

(317,952)

 (380,816)

 371 

(435)

526 

8

 (22,939)

 183 

 (491)

 3,784 

 18,228 

13

20

14

 (1,808)

 (3,039)

(18,045)

 (24,892)

 (500)

(542)

 (2,633)

 (1,556)

(20,895)

 (32,120)

 (4,763)

 4,000 

 (4,000)

57,437

 – 

 52,674 

 (4,508)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (5,019)

 (9,527)

 8,840 

 (23,419)

 23,429 

 (117)

 47,878 

 (1,030)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

9

 32,152 

 23,429 

financial statements.

90

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the 
financial statements. 

Appen 2023 Annual Report

91

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

About this report

Note 1.  General information 

The financial statements cover Appen Limited as a Group consisting of Appen Limited and the entities it controlled at 
the end of, or during, the year. The financial statements are presented in United States (US) dollars, which is the Group’s 
presentation currency.

Appen Limited is a listed public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered office 
and principal place of business is:

Level 6
9 Help Street
Chatswood NSW 2067

The financial statements were authorised for issue, in accordance with a resolution of directors, on 27 February 2024.

Note 2.  Basis of preparation 

Statement of compliance
These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001, as appropriate 
for for-profit oriented entities. These financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Basis of consolidation
The financial statements include the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries in the Group as at 31 December 2023 and the 
results for all subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2023. Inter-entity transactions, with, or between subsidiaries have 
been eliminated in full on consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements provide comparative information in respect of the previous period, which is reclassified 
where appropriate for consistency with the current period presentation.

Basis of measurement
The financial statements have been prepared on a accruals basis and are based on the historical cost convention, except 
for, derivative financial instruments, investments, earn-out contingent consideration and share-based payments which are 
measured at fair value.

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the continuity of normal business 
activities and the realisation of assets and discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business. 

The Group incurred a loss after tax for the year ended 31 December 2023 of $118,079,000 (31 December 2022 $239,068,000). 
The Group has net assets of $92,797,000 (31 December 2022 $147,986,000) and net current assets of $59,095,000 (31 
December 2022 $59,655,000). 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2023 were $32,152,000 (31 December 2022 $23,429,000). Operating cash outflow 
for the year was $22,939,000 (31 December 2022 inflow $18,228,000). Investing cash outflow (including product development 
costs) for the year was $20,895,000 (31 December 2022 $32,120,000). Financing cash inflow for the year was $52,674,000 
(31 December 2022 outflow $9,527,000). 

Following the expiry of the $A10,000,000 debt facility on 3 January 2024, there are no debt facilities in place.

Note 2. Basis of preparation (continued)

On 20 January 2024 Appen received notice from a material customer, Google LLC, that as part of a strategic review process 

it will be terminating its global inbound services contract with Appen, resulting in the cessation of all projects with Appen 

by 19 March 2024 (refer Note 32.). Revenue recognised for the year ended 31 December 2023 relating to Google LLC was 

$82,800,000 at 26% gross margin (31 December 2022 $102,700,000 at 27% gross margin). Gross margin refers to revenue 

less crowd expenses. 

In response, Appen announced on 12 February 2024 it will implement measures to achieve $13.5 million in annualised 

cost savings. The cost initiatives represent direct and indirect costs associated with the delivery of Google LLC projects. 

Appen expects to complete 80% of the cost initiatives by March 2024 and the remainder by June 2024 Refer Note. 32. 

Management have prepared 24-month cashflow forecasts underpinning the basis of preparation as a going concern. 

The forecasts are based on current available information and subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may cause 

results to differ from those expected, including the following:

•  Achieving revenue forecasts. A large proportion of the Group’s revenue has historically been delivered from the top 

five customers, being large global technology companies. During the year ended 31 December 2023, approximately 

74.8% (2022: 81.9%) of the Group’s revenue was derived from sales to the top five customers. 

Customers can reprioritise spend away from areas of innovation at short notice or reduce/increase spend based 

on specific short term business goals and strategies. In addition, a substantial part of existing revenue is generated 

from individual case by case projects rather than long-term contracts, albeit some large projects have been running 

•  Achieving additional cost out measures that were announced on 12 February 2024 (refer Note 32.) at the level and 

timeframe forecast. This risk is assessed as low given cost out measures have been identified and recent proven track 

over multiple years.

record of reducing costs.

The going concern basis presumes that the Group will continue to fulfil all obligations as and when they fall due for the 

foreseeable future and that the realisation of assets and settlement of liabilities will occur in the normal course of business. 

The risks to the Board approved cashflow forecasts noted above and the cash demands of the business at certain points 

through the 24 month cashflow forecast period represents a material uncertainty as to whether the Group would continue 

as a going concern.

The directors of Appen consider that the Group will continue to fulfil all obligations as and when they fall due for the 

foreseeable future and accordingly consider that the Group’s financial statements should be prepared on a going concern 

basis. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification 

of recorded asset amounts or to the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Group not 

The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 

management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 

degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where the assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements 

continue as a going concern.

Critical accounting estimates

are disclosed in the relevant note.

•  Note 7. Income tax

•  Note 10. Trade and other receivables 

•  Note 12. Intangible assets

92

Appen 2023 Annual Report

93

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

About this report

Note 1.  General information 

The financial statements cover Appen Limited as a Group consisting of Appen Limited and the entities it controlled at 

the end of, or during, the year. The financial statements are presented in United States (US) dollars, which is the Group’s 

Appen Limited is a listed public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered office 

presentation currency.

and principal place of business is:

Level 6

9 Help Street

Chatswood NSW 2067

The financial statements were authorised for issue, in accordance with a resolution of directors, on 27 February 2024.

Note 2.  Basis of preparation 

Statement of compliance

These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and 

Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001, as appropriate 

for for-profit oriented entities. These financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 

as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Basis of consolidation

The financial statements include the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries in the Group as at 31 December 2023 and the 

results for all subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2023. Inter-entity transactions, with, or between subsidiaries have 

been eliminated in full on consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements provide comparative information in respect of the previous period, which is reclassified 

where appropriate for consistency with the current period presentation.

The financial statements have been prepared on a accruals basis and are based on the historical cost convention, except 

for, derivative financial instruments, investments, earn-out contingent consideration and share-based payments which are 

Basis of measurement

measured at fair value.

Going concern

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the continuity of normal business 

activities and the realisation of assets and discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business. 

The Group incurred a loss after tax for the year ended 31 December 2023 of $118,079,000 (31 December 2022 $239,068,000). 

The Group has net assets of $92,797,000 (31 December 2022 $147,986,000) and net current assets of $59,095,000 (31 

December 2022 $59,655,000). 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2023 were $32,152,000 (31 December 2022 $23,429,000). Operating cash outflow 

for the year was $22,939,000 (31 December 2022 inflow $18,228,000). Investing cash outflow (including product development 

costs) for the year was $20,895,000 (31 December 2022 $32,120,000). Financing cash inflow for the year was $52,674,000 

(31 December 2022 outflow $9,527,000). 

Following the expiry of the $A10,000,000 debt facility on 3 January 2024, there are no debt facilities in place.

Note 2. Basis of preparation (continued)

On 20 January 2024 Appen received notice from a material customer, Google LLC, that as part of a strategic review process 
it will be terminating its global inbound services contract with Appen, resulting in the cessation of all projects with Appen 
by 19 March 2024 (refer Note 32.). Revenue recognised for the year ended 31 December 2023 relating to Google LLC was 
$82,800,000 at 26% gross margin (31 December 2022 $102,700,000 at 27% gross margin). Gross margin refers to revenue 
less crowd expenses. 

In response, Appen announced on 12 February 2024 it will implement measures to achieve $13.5 million in annualised 
cost savings. The cost initiatives represent direct and indirect costs associated with the delivery of Google LLC projects. 
Appen expects to complete 80% of the cost initiatives by March 2024 and the remainder by June 2024 Refer Note. 32. 

Management have prepared 24-month cashflow forecasts underpinning the basis of preparation as a going concern. 
The forecasts are based on current available information and subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may cause 
results to differ from those expected, including the following:

•  Achieving revenue forecasts. A large proportion of the Group’s revenue has historically been delivered from the top 
five customers, being large global technology companies. During the year ended 31 December 2023, approximately 
74.8% (2022: 81.9%) of the Group’s revenue was derived from sales to the top five customers. 

Customers can reprioritise spend away from areas of innovation at short notice or reduce/increase spend based 
on specific short term business goals and strategies. In addition, a substantial part of existing revenue is generated 
from individual case by case projects rather than long-term contracts, albeit some large projects have been running 
over multiple years.

•  Achieving additional cost out measures that were announced on 12 February 2024 (refer Note 32.) at the level and 

timeframe forecast. This risk is assessed as low given cost out measures have been identified and recent proven track 
record of reducing costs.

The going concern basis presumes that the Group will continue to fulfil all obligations as and when they fall due for the 
foreseeable future and that the realisation of assets and settlement of liabilities will occur in the normal course of business. 

The risks to the Board approved cashflow forecasts noted above and the cash demands of the business at certain points 
through the 24 month cashflow forecast period represents a material uncertainty as to whether the Group would continue 
as a going concern.

The directors of Appen consider that the Group will continue to fulfil all obligations as and when they fall due for the 
foreseeable future and accordingly consider that the Group’s financial statements should be prepared on a going concern 
basis. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification 
of recorded asset amounts or to the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Group not 
continue as a going concern.

Critical accounting estimates
The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where the assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements 
are disclosed in the relevant note.

•  Note 7. Income tax

•  Note 10. Trade and other receivables 

•  Note 12. Intangible assets

92

Appen 2023 Annual Report

93

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 2. Basis of preparation (continued)

Parent entity information
In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, these financial statements present the results of the Group only. 
Supplementary information about the parent entity is disclosed in Note 26.

Change in accounting policies
Significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are disclosed in the relevant notes. 
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous years.

Current and non-current classification
Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification. 
An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the Group’s 
normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realised within 12 months after the 
reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability 
for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in the Group’s normal operating cycle; it is held 
primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no 
unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities 
are classified as non-current.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards 
The Group has assessed and determined that there are no new or amended accounting standards applicable for the first 
time for the 31 December 2023 financial report, that materially affects the Group’s accounting policies or any of the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements.

Group performance

Note 3. Segment information

Reporting segment

segments are: 

Appen’s operating and reportable operating segments are aligned to market opportunities and customer needs. The operating 

•  Global Services segment: which represents the services the Group provides to our major US technology customers using 

their data annotation platforms and tools. 

•  New Markets segment: which represents our product-led businesses, using Appen’s collection, annotation and 

evaluation products and tools conducting work for our Global customers, as well as Enterprise, Government, China 

and Quadrant businesses.

These operating segments are based on how the CEO in his capacity as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) of the 

Group assess performance and growth of the business and to determine where to allocate resources. The CODM reviews 

a set of financial reports which covers statutory EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation), 

underlying EBITDA, revenue and operating segment reports on a monthly basis. The accounting policies adopted for internal 

reporting to the CEO/CODM are consistent with those adopted in this financial report. During the year ended 31 December 2023, 

approximately 74.8% (2022: 81.9%) of the Group’s revenue was derived from sales to the top five customers. 

Segment results 

31 December 2023

Revenue 

Other income

Interest

Total revenue and other income 

Segment EBITDA

Share-based payment – employees

Transformation investment

Foreign exchange losses

Group underlying EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Net interest expense

Restructure costs

Earn-out adjustment

Transaction costs

Impairment loss 1

Loss before income tax

Acquisition related and one-time share-based payments

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

1 

Impairment loss is attributable to the Global Services segment.

Global 

Services

$ 000

New 

Corporate 

Markets

unallocated

$ 000

$ 000

 191,533 

 81,479 

 – 

 – 

 742 

 – 

191,533

82,221

 17,512 

 (32,729)

 – 

 40 

 371 

411

Total

$ 000

 273,012 

 782 

 371 

 274,165 

 (15,217)

 (4,190)

 (1,067)

 (3,971)

 (24,445)

 (35,147)

 (805)

 (8,967)

 (1,501)

 (354)

 15,994 

 (542)

(69,182)

(124,949)

94

Appen 2023 Annual Report

95

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 2. Basis of preparation (continued)

Parent entity information

In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, these financial statements present the results of the Group only. 

Supplementary information about the parent entity is disclosed in Note 26.

Change in accounting policies

Significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are disclosed in the relevant notes. 

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous years.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification. 

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the Group’s 

normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realised within 12 months after the 

reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability 

for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in the Group’s normal operating cycle; it is held 

primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no 

unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities 

are classified as non-current.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards 

Group performance

Note 3. Segment information

Reporting segment
Appen’s operating and reportable operating segments are aligned to market opportunities and customer needs. The operating 
segments are: 

•  Global Services segment: which represents the services the Group provides to our major US technology customers using 

their data annotation platforms and tools. 

•  New Markets segment: which represents our product-led businesses, using Appen’s collection, annotation and 

evaluation products and tools conducting work for our Global customers, as well as Enterprise, Government, China 
and Quadrant businesses.

These operating segments are based on how the CEO in his capacity as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) of the 
Group assess performance and growth of the business and to determine where to allocate resources. The CODM reviews 
a set of financial reports which covers statutory EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation), 
underlying EBITDA, revenue and operating segment reports on a monthly basis. The accounting policies adopted for internal 
reporting to the CEO/CODM are consistent with those adopted in this financial report. During the year ended 31 December 2023, 
approximately 74.8% (2022: 81.9%) of the Group’s revenue was derived from sales to the top five customers. 

The Group has assessed and determined that there are no new or amended accounting standards applicable for the first 

time for the 31 December 2023 financial report, that materially affects the Group’s accounting policies or any of the amounts 

Segment results 

recognised in the financial statements.

31 December 2023

Revenue 

Other income

Interest

Total revenue and other income 

Segment EBITDA

Share-based payment – employees

Transformation investment

Foreign exchange losses

Group underlying EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Net interest expense

Restructure costs

Acquisition related and one-time share-based payments

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Earn-out adjustment

Transaction costs

Impairment loss 1

Loss before income tax

1 

Impairment loss is attributable to the Global Services segment.

Global 
Services
$ 000

New 
Markets
$ 000

Corporate 
unallocated
$ 000

 191,533 

 81,479 

 – 

 – 

 742 

 – 

191,533

82,221

 17,512 

 (32,729)

 – 

 40 

 371 

411

Total
$ 000

 273,012 

 782 

 371 

 274,165 

 (15,217)

 (4,190)

 (1,067)

 (3,971)

 (24,445)

 (35,147)

 (805)

 (8,967)

 (1,501)

 (354)

 15,994 

 (542)

(69,182)

(124,949)

94

Appen 2023 Annual Report

95

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 3. Segment information (continued)

Note 4. Revenue 

31 December 2022

Revenue 

Other income

Interest

Total revenue and other income 

Segment EBITDA

Share-based payment – employees

Transformation investment

Foreign exchange losses

Other

Group underlying EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Net interest expense

Loss on inventory cryptocurrency

Restructure costs

Acquisition related share-based payments

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Transaction costs

Impairment loss

Loss before income tax

Geographical information

Australia

United States of America

Other countries

Total

Global 
Services
$ 000

New 
Markets
$ 000

Corporate 
unallocated
$ 000

299,755

88,378

–

 –

–

 –

299,755

 88,378

54,524

(36,506)

–

183

177

360

Total
$ 000

388,133

183

177

388,493

18,018

(1,443)

(3,048)

(2,560)

50

11,017

(41,582)

 (813)

 (309) 

(678)

(49)

(772)

(1,556)

(204,326)

(239,068)

Revenue

Non-current assets

2023
$ 000

 1,578 

2022
$ 000

 865 

 218,496 

 337,594 

 52,938 

 49,674 

2023
$ 000

11,004 

 16,489 

 20,914 

2022
$ 000

 10,178 

 96,661 

 23,428 

 273,012 

 388,133 

 48,407 

 130,267 

Revenue is disaggregated by the type of service and whether the revenue is derived from usage of our products (New Markets) 

or the customers’ own platform (Global Services).

31 December 2023

Global customers 

New Markets customers

Total revenue

31 December 2022

Global customers 

New Markets customers

Total revenue

New 

Corporate 

Markets

unallocated

$ 000

Global 

Services

$ 000

 191,533 

 – 

 191,533 

$ 000

 9,721 

 71,758 

 81,479 

 299,755 

 – 

 18,177 

 70,201 

 299,755 

 88,378 

Total

$ 000

 201,254 

 71,758 

 273,012 

 317,932 

 70,201 

 388,133 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Accounting policy

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Revenue is recognised when control of the goods or services is transferred to the customer and the contract 

performance obligation is satisfied. 

Appen derives most of its revenue from two distinct performance obligations, being:

•  providing platform and tools for subscription customers for a specified period of time; and

•  delivering collected, annotated and evaluated data. 

Revenue is recognised over time as the customer receives and uses the services, and as the required data is delivered 

and accepted by the customer. Stage of completion method is applied where transactions involving the rendering of 

services is determined by reference to the services performed to date as a percentage of total services to be performed.

The amount of revenue recognised is based on the sales prices specified in the contract net of discounts, rebates 

and refunds, which are variable consideration involving a degree of estimation. Such estimates are determined using 

either the ‘expected value’ or ‘most likely amount’ method. The measurement of variable consideration is subject 

to a constraining principle whereby revenue will only be recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that 

a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. There is no significant financing 

component and the credit terms are primarily between 30 to 60 days.

The Group recognises unbilled revenue as contract assets as disclosed in Note 11 and deferred revenue as contract 

Contract assets and liabilities

liabilities as disclosed in Note 17. 

Other income 

Interest income 

Other income primarily relates to China business obtained government subsidies and is recognised at the time 

of completion or over period when service is provided and satisfies the performance obligation.

Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and the effective 

interest rate applicable, which is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the 

financial asset to the assets’ net carrying value.

96

Appen 2023 Annual Report

97

Total revenue and other income 

299,755

 88,378

New 

Corporate 

Markets

unallocated

Global 

Services

$ 000

299,755

–

 –

$ 000

88,378

–

 –

$ 000

–

183

177

360

54,524

(36,506)

31 December 2022

Revenue 

Other income

Interest

Segment EBITDA

Share-based payment – employees

Transformation investment

Foreign exchange losses

Other

Group underlying EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Net interest expense

Loss on inventory cryptocurrency

Restructure costs

Acquisition related share-based payments

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Transaction costs

Impairment loss

Loss before income tax

Geographical information

Australia

United States of America

Other countries

Total

Total

$ 000

388,133

183

177

388,493

18,018

(1,443)

(3,048)

(2,560)

50

11,017

(41,582)

 (813)

 (309) 

(678)

(49)

(772)

(1,556)

(204,326)

(239,068)

Revenue

Non-current assets

2023

$ 000

 1,578 

2022

$ 000

 865 

 218,496 

 337,594 

 52,938 

 49,674 

2023

$ 000

11,004 

 16,489 

 20,914 

2022

$ 000

 10,178 

 96,661 

 23,428 

 273,012 

 388,133 

 48,407 

 130,267 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 3. Segment information (continued)

Note 4. Revenue 

Revenue is disaggregated by the type of service and whether the revenue is derived from usage of our products (New Markets) 
or the customers’ own platform (Global Services).

31 December 2023

Global customers 

New Markets customers

Total revenue

31 December 2022

Global customers 

New Markets customers

Total revenue

New 
Markets
$ 000

Corporate 
unallocated
$ 000

Global 
Services
$ 000

 191,533 

 – 

 191,533 

 9,721 

 71,758 

 81,479 

 299,755 

 – 

 18,177 

 70,201 

 299,755 

 88,378 

Total
$ 000

 201,254 

 71,758 

 273,012 

 317,932 

 70,201 

 388,133 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Accounting policy

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Revenue is recognised when control of the goods or services is transferred to the customer and the contract 
performance obligation is satisfied. 

Appen derives most of its revenue from two distinct performance obligations, being:

•  providing platform and tools for subscription customers for a specified period of time; and

•  delivering collected, annotated and evaluated data. 

Revenue is recognised over time as the customer receives and uses the services, and as the required data is delivered 
and accepted by the customer. Stage of completion method is applied where transactions involving the rendering of 
services is determined by reference to the services performed to date as a percentage of total services to be performed.

The amount of revenue recognised is based on the sales prices specified in the contract net of discounts, rebates 
and refunds, which are variable consideration involving a degree of estimation. Such estimates are determined using 
either the ‘expected value’ or ‘most likely amount’ method. The measurement of variable consideration is subject 
to a constraining principle whereby revenue will only be recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that 
a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. There is no significant financing 
component and the credit terms are primarily between 30 to 60 days.

Contract assets and liabilities

The Group recognises unbilled revenue as contract assets as disclosed in Note 11 and deferred revenue as contract 
liabilities as disclosed in Note 17. 

Other income 

Other income primarily relates to China business obtained government subsidies and is recognised at the time 
of completion or over period when service is provided and satisfies the performance obligation.

Interest income 

Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and the effective 
interest rate applicable, which is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the 
financial asset to the assets’ net carrying value.

96

Appen 2023 Annual Report

97

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 5. Expenses 

Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation

Leasehold improvements

Fixtures and fittings

Computer and audio equipment

Motor vehicles

Right of use assets

Depreciation sub-total

Amortisation

Systems and software

Capitalised product development

Other intangibles

Amortisation sub-total

Amortisation – acquisition-related

Capitalised product development

Brand

Customer relationship and contracts

Amortisation – acquisition-related sub-total

Total depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs 

Interest and finance charges paid/payable on borrowings

Interest and finance charges paid/payable on lease liabilities

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Finance costs expensed

Share-based payments expense 

Share-based payment in respect of Appen performance rights

Share-based payment in respect of the Quadrant acquisition and one-time sign-on arrangement 1

Total share-based payments expense

 2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 389 

 54 

 1,484 

 35 

 4,301 

 6,263 

 758 

 162 

 1,363 

 15 

4,930

 7,228 

 163 

 326 

 19,776 

 20,583 

 324 

 173 

 20,263 

 21,082 

 8,516 

 105 

– 

 8,621 

 35,147 

 2023
$ 000

 435 

 741 

 1,176 

 354 

8,932

69

4,271

 13,272 

 41,582 

2022
$ 000

 491 

 505 

 996 

 772 

 1,530 

 1,768 

 2023
$ 000

 4,190 

 1,501 

 5,691 

2022
$ 000

 1,443 

 49 

 1,492 

1 

Includes Mr Ahmad’s one-off sign-on bonus, in receipt of bonuses forgone and is intended to replace a portion of the bonus payments that 
Mr Ahmad would have received from his previous employer had he not ceased employment.

 2023

$ 000

 481 

 61 

 542 

 2023

$ 000

 6,090 

 77,435 

 83,525 

2022

$ 000

 – 

 1,556 

 1,556 

2022

$ 000

 5,518 

 88,703 

 94,221 

Note 5. Expenses (continued)

Transaction costs

Non-capitalised equity raising fees and charges

Other transaction costs

Total transaction costs

Employee expenses

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Employee expenses

Total employee expenses

Accounting policy

Depreciation expense

(excluding land) over their expected useful lives.

Amortisation expense

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write-off the net cost of each item of property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation is calculated to write-off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values using the 

straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is recognised in profit or loss. Goodwill is not amortised.

Finance costs

All finance costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

All share-based payments are expensed over the relevant vesting period. The share-based payments expense is based 

Share-based payments expense

on expected targets and hurdles.

Employee expenses

Includes all short-term employee benefits (wages, paid annual leave and sick leave and any non-monetary benefits), 

post-employment benefits and other long-term or termination employee benefits.

98

Appen 2023 Annual Report

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 5. Expenses 

Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation

Leasehold improvements

Fixtures and fittings

Computer and audio equipment

Motor vehicles

Right of use assets

Depreciation sub-total

Amortisation

Systems and software

Capitalised product development

Other intangibles

Amortisation sub-total

Amortisation – acquisition-related

Capitalised product development

Brand

Customer relationship and contracts

Amortisation – acquisition-related sub-total

Total depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs 

Interest and finance charges paid/payable on borrowings

Interest and finance charges paid/payable on lease liabilities

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Finance costs expensed

Note 5. Expenses (continued)

Transaction costs

Non-capitalised equity raising fees and charges

Other transaction costs

Total transaction costs

Employee expenses

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Employee expenses

Total employee expenses

Accounting policy

Depreciation expense

 2023
$ 000

 481 

 61 

 542 

 2023
$ 000

 6,090 

 77,435 

 83,525 

2022
$ 000

 – 

 1,556 

 1,556 

2022
$ 000

 5,518 

 88,703 

 94,221 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write-off the net cost of each item of property, plant and equipment 
(excluding land) over their expected useful lives.

Amortisation expense

Amortisation is calculated to write-off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values using the 
straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is recognised in profit or loss. Goodwill is not amortised.

Finance costs

All finance costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Share-based payments expense

All share-based payments are expensed over the relevant vesting period. The share-based payments expense is based 
on expected targets and hurdles.

Employee expenses

 1,530 

 1,768 

Includes all short-term employee benefits (wages, paid annual leave and sick leave and any non-monetary benefits), 
post-employment benefits and other long-term or termination employee benefits.

 2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 389 

 54 

 1,484 

 35 

 4,301 

 6,263 

 758 

 162 

 1,363 

 15 

4,930

 7,228 

 163 

 326 

 19,776 

 20,583 

 324 

 173 

 20,263 

 21,082 

 8,516 

 105 

– 

 8,621 

 35,147 

 2023

$ 000

 435 

 741 

 1,176 

 354 

 2023

$ 000

 4,190 

 1,501 

 5,691 

8,932

69

4,271

 13,272 

 41,582 

2022

$ 000

 491 

 505 

 996 

 772 

2022

$ 000

 1,443 

 49 

 1,492 

Share-based payments expense 

Share-based payment in respect of Appen performance rights

Share-based payment in respect of the Quadrant acquisition and one-time sign-on arrangement 1

Total share-based payments expense

1 

Includes Mr Ahmad’s one-off sign-on bonus, in receipt of bonuses forgone and is intended to replace a portion of the bonus payments that 

Mr Ahmad would have received from his previous employer had he not ceased employment.

98

Appen 2023 Annual Report

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 6. Earnings per share and dividends 

Note 7. Income tax

Loss after income tax 

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

Number

Number

Income tax benefit

Current tax expense

Deferred tax

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share

 142,087,928 

 123,371,758 

Adjustment recognised for prior periods – current tax 

Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:

Rights over ordinary shares 

– 1

–

Income tax benefit

Adjustment recognised for prior periods – deferred tax

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share

 142,087,928 

 123,371,758 

Deferred tax included in income tax benefit comprises:

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Cents

 (83.10)

 (83.10)

Cents

 (193.78)

 (193.78)

Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets

Decrease in deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax – origination and reversal of temporary differences

Numerical reconciliation of income tax benefit and tax at the statutory rate

1  Whilst there are unvested performance rights at 31 December 2023, potential ordinary shares are antidilutive when their conversion 

to ordinary shares would increase earnings per share or decrease loss per share. The calculation of diluted earnings per share does not 
assume exercise of the performance rights, or issue of potential ordinary shares that would have an antidilutive effect on earnings per share.

Tax effect amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable (loss)/income:

 (124,949)

(239,068)

 (37,485)

(71,720)

Accounting policy
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to the owners of the Group excluding any 
costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 
during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the basic earnings per share to take into account the after tax effect of interest and 
other financing costs associated with dilutive positive ordinary shares and the weighted average number of shares 
assumed to have been issued for consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares.

No dividends have been declared or paid during the year (2022: no dividends were declared. 2021 final dividend of $5,019,000 
was paid in 2022 at AU 5.5 cents per share). 

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

Franking credits available for subsequent financial years remained at $6,000 as at the end of the financial year, based on a tax 
rate of 30%. 

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax asset comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Loss before income tax expense

Tax at the statutory tax rate of 30%

Impairment loss

Share-based payments

Deferred tax adjustments

Sundry items and exchange differences

Adjustment recognised for prior periods

Difference in overseas tax rates

Income tax benefit

Non-assessable purchase price adjustments on prior acquisitions

Other expenses and exchange differences

Amount recognised in profit or loss:

Property, plant and equipment

Tax losses

Revenue received in advance

Employee benefits

Accrued expenses

Deferred tax assets

Movement: 

Opening balance

(Debited)/credited to profit or loss

Additions through capital raising

Foreign exchange differences

Closing balance

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 432 

(5,206) 

 (665)

 (1,431)

 (6,870)

 3,523 

 (10,160)

(6,637) 

 12,485 

 472 

 21,562 

 (4,773)

–

 (2,096)

2,965 

 (6,870)

 13 

 – 

 5 

 388 

 112 

 1,973 

 2,491 

 5,078 

 (3,523)

 1,019 

 (83)

 2,491 

2,075

(1,872)

410

(613)

–

 (1,289)

(1,194)

(2,483)

61,298

(759)

10,148

 342

 (203)

 894

–

–

6

2,295

1,013

774

355

635

5,078

4,060

1,289

–

 (271)

5,078

100

Appen 2023 Annual Report

101

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 6. Earnings per share and dividends 

Note 7. Income tax

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share

 142,087,928 

 123,371,758 

Adjustment recognised for prior periods – current tax 

Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:

Rights over ordinary shares 

– 1

–

Income tax benefit

Adjustment recognised for prior periods – deferred tax

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share

 142,087,928 

 123,371,758 

Deferred tax included in income tax benefit comprises:

Income tax benefit

Current tax expense

Deferred tax

Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets

Decrease in deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax – origination and reversal of temporary differences

Numerical reconciliation of income tax benefit and tax at the statutory rate

Loss before income tax expense

Tax at the statutory tax rate of 30%

Tax effect amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable (loss)/income:

Impairment loss

Share-based payments

Deferred tax adjustments

Non-assessable purchase price adjustments on prior acquisitions

Sundry items and exchange differences

Adjustment recognised for prior periods

Difference in overseas tax rates

Income tax benefit

Loss after income tax 

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

Number

Number

Cents

 (83.10)

 (83.10)

Cents

 (193.78)

 (193.78)

1  Whilst there are unvested performance rights at 31 December 2023, potential ordinary shares are antidilutive when their conversion 

to ordinary shares would increase earnings per share or decrease loss per share. The calculation of diluted earnings per share does not 

assume exercise of the performance rights, or issue of potential ordinary shares that would have an antidilutive effect on earnings per share.

Accounting policy

during the financial year.

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to the owners of the Group excluding any 

costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the basic earnings per share to take into account the after tax effect of interest and 

other financing costs associated with dilutive positive ordinary shares and the weighted average number of shares 

assumed to have been issued for consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares.

No dividends have been declared or paid during the year (2022: no dividends were declared. 2021 final dividend of $5,019,000 

was paid in 2022 at AU 5.5 cents per share). 

Franking credits available for subsequent financial years remained at $6,000 as at the end of the financial year, based on a tax 

Deferred tax assets

rate of 30%. 

Deferred tax asset comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Amount recognised in profit or loss:

Property, plant and equipment

Tax losses

Revenue received in advance

Employee benefits

Accrued expenses

Other expenses and exchange differences

Deferred tax assets

Movement: 

Opening balance

(Debited)/credited to profit or loss

Additions through capital raising

Foreign exchange differences

Closing balance

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 432 

(5,206) 

 (665)

 (1,431)

 (6,870)

 3,523 

 (10,160)

(6,637) 

2,075

(1,872)

410

(613)

–

 (1,289)

(1,194)

(2,483)

 (124,949)

(239,068)

 (37,485)

(71,720)

 12,485 

 472 

 21,562 

 (4,773)

–

 (2,096)

2,965 

 (6,870)

61,298

(759)

10,148

–

 342

 (203)

 894

–

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 13 

 – 

 5 

 388 

 112 

 1,973 

 2,491 

 5,078 

 (3,523)

 1,019 

 (83)

 2,491 

6

2,295

1,013

774

355

635

5,078

4,060

1,289

–

 (271)

5,078

100

Appen 2023 Annual Report

101

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions 

– uncertain tax positions

The Group is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the provision 

for income tax. There are certain transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for 

which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises liabilities for any anticipated tax audit issues 

based on the Group’s current understanding of the application of the tax law. Where the final tax outcome of these 

matters is different from the carrying amounts, such differences will impact on the current and deferred tax positions 

in the period that such a determination is made.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and net losses only if the Group considers 

it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, the head entity also recognises the current tax liabilities 

(or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from each 

subsidiary in the tax consolidated group. Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax 

consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the tax consolidated 

group. The tax funding arrangement ensures that the intercompany charge equals the current tax liability or benefit 

of each tax consolidated group member, resulting in neither a contribution by the head entity to the subsidiaries nor 

a distribution by the subsidiaries to the head entity.

Deferred tax liability

Deferred tax liability comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Amount recognised in profit or loss:

Intangible assets

Property,plant and equipment

Revenue received in advance

Other expenses and exchange differences

Deferred tax liability

Movement 

Opening balance

Debited to profit or loss

Foreign exchange differences

Closing balance

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 10,061 

(2,924)

 1,203 

 (3,250)

 5,090

 15,270 

 (10,160)

 (20)

19,391

(86)

1,203

(5,238)

15,270

16,858

(1,194)

 (394)

5,090 

15,270

China tax losses to be applied in future periods amount to $35 million, of which none have been recognised as a deferred tax 
asset. US tax losses to be applied in future periods amounts to $71 million, of which none have been recognised as a deferred 
tax asset.

Accounting policy

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

• 

• 

temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business 
combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements to the extent that 
the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

• 

taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable 
authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously. 

Appen Limited (the ‘head entity’) and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries have formed an income tax consolidated 
group under the tax consolidation regime. The head entity and each subsidiary in the tax consolidated group continue 
to account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. The tax consolidated group has applied the ‘separate 
taxpayer within group’ approach in determining the appropriate amount of taxes to allocate to members of the tax 
consolidated group.

102

Appen 2023 Annual Report

103

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions 
– uncertain tax positions
The Group is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the provision 
for income tax. There are certain transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for 
which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises liabilities for any anticipated tax audit issues 
based on the Group’s current understanding of the application of the tax law. Where the final tax outcome of these 
matters is different from the carrying amounts, such differences will impact on the current and deferred tax positions 
in the period that such a determination is made.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and net losses only if the Group considers 
it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, the head entity also recognises the current tax liabilities 
(or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from each 
subsidiary in the tax consolidated group. Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax 
consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the tax consolidated 
group. The tax funding arrangement ensures that the intercompany charge equals the current tax liability or benefit 
of each tax consolidated group member, resulting in neither a contribution by the head entity to the subsidiaries nor 
a distribution by the subsidiaries to the head entity.

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 10,061 

(2,924)

 1,203 

 (3,250)

 5,090

 15,270 

 (10,160)

 (20)

19,391

(86)

1,203

(5,238)

15,270

16,858

(1,194)

 (394)

5,090 

15,270

Deferred tax liability

Deferred tax liability comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Amount recognised in profit or loss:

Intangible assets

Property,plant and equipment

Revenue received in advance

Other expenses and exchange differences

Deferred tax liability

Movement 

Opening balance

Debited to profit or loss

Foreign exchange differences

Closing balance

tax asset.

Accounting policy

Deferred tax

China tax losses to be applied in future periods amount to $35 million, of which none have been recognised as a deferred tax 

asset. US tax losses to be applied in future periods amounts to $71 million, of which none have been recognised as a deferred 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 

for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

• 

temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business 

combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

• 

temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements to the extent that 

the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will 

not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

• 

taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 

against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable 

authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously. 

Appen Limited (the ‘head entity’) and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries have formed an income tax consolidated 

group under the tax consolidation regime. The head entity and each subsidiary in the tax consolidated group continue 

to account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. The tax consolidated group has applied the ‘separate 

taxpayer within group’ approach in determining the appropriate amount of taxes to allocate to members of the tax 

consolidated group.

102

Appen 2023 Annual Report

103

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 8.  Reconciliation of loss after income tax to net cash from 

operating activities

Loss after income tax for the year

Add back/(deduct):

Income tax benefit

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs

Impairment of non-financial assets

Share-based payments expense

Gain on disposal of non-financial assets

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Earn-out adjustment

Transaction costs 

Impairment of trade receivables

Loss on inventory revaluation 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Other non-cash items 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

(Increase)/decrease in:

Trade and other receivables and contract assets

Inventory

Prepayments and other assets

Increase/(decrease) in:

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Contract liabilities

Income tax received (net)

Net cash from operating activities

 Note

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

7

12–14

 (6,870)

 35,147 

 1,176 

 – 

 41,582 

 505 

12–14

69,182 

204,326

 5,691 

 1,492 

18

18

5

 (39)

 354 

 (15,994)

 542 

–

 669 

 1,805 

(202)

 – 

 772 

 – 

 1,556 

 (46)

–

 (911)

–

 29,261 

 4,984 

 (420)

 (2,307)

 – 

 617 

 (14,599)

 (1,869)

 (1,187)

 (7,595)

 526 

(22,939)

 379 

 125 

 3,784 

 18,228 

Accounting policy
Cash flows are presented on a gross basis unless otherwise specified. The GST components of cash flows arising from 
investing or financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the tax authority are presented as operating 
cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, and other short-term, 

highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts 

of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Group core assets and liabilities

Note 9. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash on hand and at bank

Total cash and cash equivalents

Accounting policy

Note 10. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Provision for expected credit loss

Net trade receivables

Other receivables

GST/VAT receivable

Total trade and other receivables

Ageing of trade receivables

$000

As at 31 December 2023

Gross carrying amount

Provision for expected credit loss

As at 31 December 2022

Gross carrying amount

Provision for expected credit loss

Movement in the provision for expected credit loss:

Balance at the beginning of the period

Provided for as non-recoverable

Charged to profit or loss

Balance at the end of the period

2023

$ 000

 32,152 

 32,152 

2022

$ 000

 23,429 

 23,429 

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 47,869 

 61,407 

 (152)

 47,717 

 1,580 

 636 

 (288)

 61,119 

 2,375 

 788 

 49,933 

 64,282 

 748 

 (152)

 857 

 (288)

2023

$ 000

 288

 188

 (324)

152

 47,869 

 (152)

 61,407 

 (288)

2022

$ 000

242

 169 

 (123)

288

Current

< 3 months 3–6 months

> 6 months

Total

Days past due

 33,969 

 12,524 

–

 – 

 50,400 

–

 9,163 

 – 

 628 

–

 987 

 – 

104

Appen 2023 Annual Report

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 8.  Reconciliation of loss after income tax to net cash from 

operating activities

Loss after income tax for the year

Add back/(deduct):

Income tax benefit

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs

Impairment of non-financial assets

Share-based payments expense

Gain on disposal of non-financial assets

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Earn-out adjustment

Transaction costs 

Impairment of trade receivables

Loss on inventory revaluation 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Other non-cash items 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

(Increase)/decrease in:

Trade and other receivables and contract assets

Inventory

Prepayments and other assets

Increase/(decrease) in:

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Contract liabilities

Income tax received (net)

Net cash from operating activities

Accounting policy

cash flows.

 Note

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

7

12–14

 (6,870)

 35,147 

 1,176 

 – 

 41,582 

 505 

12–14

69,182 

204,326

 5,691 

 1,492 

18

18

5

 (39)

 354 

 (15,994)

 542 

–

 669 

 1,805 

(202)

 772 

 – 

 – 

 1,556 

 (46)

 (911)

–

–

 29,261 

 4,984 

 (420)

 (2,307)

 – 

 617 

 (14,599)

 (1,869)

 (1,187)

 (7,595)

 526 

(22,939)

 379 

 125 

 3,784 

 18,228 

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis unless otherwise specified. The GST components of cash flows arising from 

investing or financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the tax authority are presented as operating 

Group core assets and liabilities

Note 9. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash on hand and at bank

Total cash and cash equivalents

2023
$ 000

 32,152 

 32,152 

2022
$ 000

 23,429 

 23,429 

Accounting policy
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, and other short-term, 
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts 
of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Note 10. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Provision for expected credit loss

Net trade receivables

Other receivables

GST/VAT receivable

Total trade and other receivables

Ageing of trade receivables
$000

As at 31 December 2023

Gross carrying amount

Provision for expected credit loss

As at 31 December 2022

Gross carrying amount

Provision for expected credit loss

Movement in the provision for expected credit loss:

Balance at the beginning of the period

Provided for as non-recoverable

Charged to profit or loss

Balance at the end of the period

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 47,869 

 61,407 

 (152)

 47,717 

 1,580 

 636 

 (288)

 61,119 

 2,375 

 788 

 49,933 

 64,282 

Current

< 3 months 3–6 months

> 6 months

Total

Days past due

 33,969 

 12,524 

–

–

 50,400 

 – 

 9,163 

 – 

 628 

–

 987 

 – 

 748 

 (152)

 857 

 (288)

2023

$ 000

 288

 188

 (324)

152

 47,869 

 (152)

 61,407 

 (288)

2022

$ 000

242

 169 

 (123)

288

104

Appen 2023 Annual Report

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 10. Trade and other receivables (continued)

Note 12. Intangible assets

Accounting policy
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30–60 
days. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group 
will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms.

Management is of the view that past models and historical experience may not represent current expectations, 
and greater reliance is placed on up-to-date information about the circumstances about each debtor. 

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST 
recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority is included in other receivables or other payables in the statement 
of financial position.

Other receivables are recognised at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment.

Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions 
– expected credit losses
The provision for expected credit losses assessment requires a degree of estimation and judgement, based on review 
and circumstances of each amount overdue including recent sales experience and historical collection rates and 
forward-looking information that is available.

Note 11. Contract assets 

Current assets

Contract assets

Movement during the period:

Balance as the beginning of the period

Contract asset recognised 

Subsequent release to billing and receivables for the year

Foreign currency translation

Balance at the end of the period

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 15,536 

 30,448 

 30,448 

 10,471 

 64,461 

 60,782

 (79,311)

 (40,919)

 (62)

 114 

 15,536 

 30,448 

Accounting policy
Revenue is recognised at the amount to which the Group has the right to invoice based on the contract price and 
completed performance obligations. Where revenue recognised is in advance of billings (due to timing differences in the 
Group reporting period and customer billing cycle), a contract asset is recognised; and where cash received or billing 
issued are in advance of revenue recognition, a contract liability is recognised.

53,516

17,825

–

(5,264)

(43)

(43)

369

–

–

–

–

–

1,567

159

109,560

18,157

(74)

(58,851)

(6)

–

(106)

–

–

–

(28,292)

(105)

(324)

(28,884)

System and 

Capitalised 

product 

Brand and 

customer 

Other 

Goodwill

software

development

relationship

intangibles

$ 000

$ 000

$ 000

$ 000

$ 000

Total

$ 000

Cost

242,051

2,689

133,301

1,089

2,181

381,311

impairment

(188,937)

(1,695)

(79,785)

(720)

(614)

(271,751)

Balance at 1 January 2023

Accumulated depreciation and 

Net carrying value at  

1 January 2023

Additions

Disposals

Impairment

Transfers/reclassification

Amortisation

Foreign exchange translation 

Balance at 31 December 2023

Accumulated amortisation and 

Net carrying value at  

31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2022

Additions

Disposals

Impairment

Amortisation

53,114

(53,114)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(188,937)

994

173

(6)

(399)

43

(163)

(63)

153

1,235

–

(6)

(326)

(62)

Cost

242,051

2,856

151,068

1,089

2,340

399,404

impairment

(242,051)

(2,277)

(113,369)

(825)

(1,012)

(359,534)

579

37,699

264

1,328

39,870

Net carrying value

241,817

59,743

23,431

–

–

(29,515)

(143)

15,596

4,552

–

(15,383)

(4,340)

(56)

1,521

226

–

–

(173)

(7)

318,830

29,444

–

(204,326)

(34,354)

(34)

Foreign exchange translation

234

Balance at 31 December 2022

Net carrying value

53,114

994

53,516

369

1,567

109,560

During the prior year ended 31 December 2022, customer relationships from previous business acquisition at a carrying value 

of $15.4 million were fully impaired.

106

Appen 2023 Annual Report

107

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 10. Trade and other receivables (continued)

Note 12. Intangible assets

Accounting policy

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30–60 

days. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group 

will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms.

Management is of the view that past models and historical experience may not represent current expectations, 

and greater reliance is placed on up-to-date information about the circumstances about each debtor. 

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST 

recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority is included in other receivables or other payables in the statement 

of financial position.

Other receivables are recognised at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment.

Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions 

– expected credit losses

The provision for expected credit losses assessment requires a degree of estimation and judgement, based on review 

and circumstances of each amount overdue including recent sales experience and historical collection rates and 

forward-looking information that is available.

Note 11. Contract assets 

Current assets

Contract assets

Movement during the period:

Balance as the beginning of the period

Contract asset recognised 

Subsequent release to billing and receivables for the year

Foreign currency translation

Balance at the end of the period

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 15,536 

 30,448 

 30,448 

 10,471 

 64,461 

 60,782

 (79,311)

 (40,919)

 (62)

 114 

 15,536 

 30,448 

Accounting policy

Revenue is recognised at the amount to which the Group has the right to invoice based on the contract price and 

completed performance obligations. Where revenue recognised is in advance of billings (due to timing differences in the 

Group reporting period and customer billing cycle), a contract asset is recognised; and where cash received or billing 

issued are in advance of revenue recognition, a contract liability is recognised.

Goodwill
$ 000

System and 
software
$ 000

Capitalised 
product 
development
$ 000

Brand and 
customer 
relationship
$ 000

Other 
intangibles
$ 000

Total
$ 000

Balance at 1 January 2023

Cost

242,051

2,689

133,301

1,089

2,181

381,311

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

Net carrying value at  
1 January 2023

Additions

Disposals

Impairment

Transfers/reclassification

Amortisation

Foreign exchange translation 

Balance at 31 December 2023

(188,937)

(1,695)

(79,785)

(720)

(614)

(271,751)

53,114

–

–

(53,114)

–

–

–

994

173

(6)

(399)

43

(163)

(63)

53,516

17,825

–

(5,264)

(43)

(28,292)

(43)

369

1,567

109,560

–

–

–

–

159

–

(74)

–

18,157

(6)

(58,851)

–

(105)

–

(324)

(28,884)

–

(106)

Cost

242,051

2,856

151,068

1,089

2,340

399,404

Accumulated amortisation and 
impairment

Net carrying value at  
31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2022

Net carrying value

Additions

Disposals

Impairment

Amortisation

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at 31 December 2022

(242,051)

(2,277)

(113,369)

(825)

(1,012)

(359,534)

–

579

37,699

264

1,328

39,870

241,817

–

–

(188,937)

–

234

153

1,235

–

(6)

(326)

(62)

59,743

23,431

–

–

(29,515)

(143)

15,596

4,552

–

(15,383)

(4,340)

(56)

1,521

226

–

–

(173)

(7)

318,830

29,444

–

(204,326)

(34,354)

(34)

Net carrying value

53,114

994

53,516

369

1,567

109,560

During the prior year ended 31 December 2022, customer relationships from previous business acquisition at a carrying value 
of $15.4 million were fully impaired.

106

Appen 2023 Annual Report

107

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 12.  Intangible assets (continued)

Note 12.  Intangible assets (continued)

Management’s impairment assessment
At each reporting period, an assessment of the carrying value of non-current assets is performed. AASB 136: Impairment 
of Assets, requires an entity to perform a detailed recoverable amount assessment for an asset when any of the following 
impairment indicators are present: 

Value-in-use is defined as the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from an asset or CGU from both 

its continuing use and ultimate disposal. Cash flows were projected based on forecast operating results over the five-year 

period from 2024 to 2028, derived by applying conservative estimates to the Group’s five-year plan as approved by board. 

Key assumptions made in calculating the Global Services CGU value-in-use are as follows:

•  There are observable indications that an asset’s value has declined during the period more than that which would 

Key assumptions

Basis for determining value-in-use assigned to key assumptions

be expected as a result of the passage of time or normal use; 

•  Technological, market, economic, or legal environment in which the entity operates has changed or will change with 

adverse impact on the entity; 

•  Market interest rates or other market rates of return on investments have increased during the period and are likely 

to have an impact on discount rates; 

•  Carrying amount of the net assets of the entity is more than its market capitalisation;

•  Evidence that assets are obsolete or physically damaged; 

•  Significant changes with an adverse impact on the entity have taken place during the period impacting the manner 

or extent to which an asset is used or expected to be used (restructure etc); or 

• 

 Evidence is available from internal reporting that indicates that the economic performance of an asset is, or will be, 
worse than expected. 

In addition to the above, Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets (whether in-use or not ready for use) must be tested, 
at least annually, for impairment. Accordingly, management have performed the impairment testing at 31 December 2023, 
for the Global Services CGU.

As a result of the annual impairment testing, the Global Services CGU has been identified as requiring impairment as its 
recoverable amount is lower than its carrying value.

CGU

Recoverable 
amount

Carrying value 
before impairment Asset impairment recorded

Carrying value post 
impairment

Global Services

$27 million

$96 million

$69 million
Comprising of the following assets 
whose net book value have been 
fully written down:
-$53 million Goodwill
-$8 million Lease Right-of-use asset
-$2 million Plant and equipment
-$6 million Intangible assets

$27 million

Comprising of cash 
and working capital 
balances only. 

The recoverable amount is the higher of value-in-use (VIU) of the CGU and the fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD). 

Management adopted VIU as the recoverable amount for each CGUs considering it is unlikely that the FVLCD would 
be of higher value.

Revenue growth rate

Continued revenue decline in 2024 mirroring the recent historical trending, with no nominal 

growth anticipated in outer years (2025–2028). 

Such assumption is underpinned by:

•  Appen’s internal budget/forecast and strategic plans;

•  consideration of customer diversification risk, global economic outlook and impact 

on customers’ spending.

Terminal value growth rate 

Estimated at a constant rate of 2.5% (2022: 3.0%) reflected management expected long-term 

average growth rate. 

Discount rate

A post-tax discount rate at 12.5% was applied (2022: 12.5%). The discount rate has taken into 

account the group’s risk profile, debt/equity structure and industry comparable information. 

For the identified impairment loss relating to Global Services CGU, impairment was taken to reduce the Goodwill first then 

other assets pro rata on the basis of the carrying value of each asset in the CGU. 

Considering the declining revenue and customer diversification risk specific to the Global Services CGU, management 

considered all the non-working capital assets attributable to this CGUs, as outlined in the above table, had minimum future 

economic benefits and immaterial residual values. These assets are therefore fully impaired with the impairment loss recorded 

in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2023. The assets remaining under this CGU are 

cash and working capital items, which are considered recoverable.

Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

Capitalisation of product development costs

The Group uses a degree of judgement in order to determine if product development costs satisfy the recognition and 

measurement criteria to be capitalised as an asset in accordance with AASB 138 Intangible Assets. This includes the use 

of Appen’s project management system to tag each project undertaken by the engineering team, as either new feature 

development or maintenance.

Goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets 

Goodwill is tested at each reporting date. Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, 

an impairment loss is recognised as an expense in the statement of profit or loss. The recoverable amount of each 

CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections based 

on financial estimates reviewed by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond this five-year period 

are extrapolated using estimated growth rates that do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the business 

in which the CGU operates and are consistent with external sources of information.

Impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets

The Group assesses impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets 

for each cash-generating unit at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group and to the particular 

asset that may lead to impairment. If an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined. 

This involves fair value less costs of disposal or value-in-use calculations, which incorporate a number of key estimates 

and assumptions.

108

Appen 2023 Annual Report

109

Management’s impairment assessment

At each reporting period, an assessment of the carrying value of non-current assets is performed. AASB 136: Impairment 

of Assets, requires an entity to perform a detailed recoverable amount assessment for an asset when any of the following 

impairment indicators are present: 

be expected as a result of the passage of time or normal use; 

•  Technological, market, economic, or legal environment in which the entity operates has changed or will change with 

•  Market interest rates or other market rates of return on investments have increased during the period and are likely 

adverse impact on the entity; 

to have an impact on discount rates; 

•  Carrying amount of the net assets of the entity is more than its market capitalisation;

•  Evidence that assets are obsolete or physically damaged; 

•  Significant changes with an adverse impact on the entity have taken place during the period impacting the manner 

or extent to which an asset is used or expected to be used (restructure etc); or 

• 

 Evidence is available from internal reporting that indicates that the economic performance of an asset is, or will be, 

worse than expected. 

for the Global Services CGU.

In addition to the above, Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets (whether in-use or not ready for use) must be tested, 

at least annually, for impairment. Accordingly, management have performed the impairment testing at 31 December 2023, 

As a result of the annual impairment testing, the Global Services CGU has been identified as requiring impairment as its 

recoverable amount is lower than its carrying value.

CGU

amount

before impairment Asset impairment recorded

Recoverable 

Carrying value 

Global Services

$27 million

$96 million

$69 million

Carrying value post 

impairment

$27 million

Comprising of cash 

and working capital 

balances only. 

Comprising of the following assets 

whose net book value have been 

fully written down:

-$53 million Goodwill

-$8 million Lease Right-of-use asset

-$2 million Plant and equipment

-$6 million Intangible assets

The recoverable amount is the higher of value-in-use (VIU) of the CGU and the fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD). 

be of higher value.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 12.  Intangible assets (continued)

Note 12.  Intangible assets (continued)

•  There are observable indications that an asset’s value has declined during the period more than that which would 

Key assumptions

Basis for determining value-in-use assigned to key assumptions

Value-in-use is defined as the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from an asset or CGU from both 
its continuing use and ultimate disposal. Cash flows were projected based on forecast operating results over the five-year 
period from 2024 to 2028, derived by applying conservative estimates to the Group’s five-year plan as approved by board. 
Key assumptions made in calculating the Global Services CGU value-in-use are as follows:

Revenue growth rate

Continued revenue decline in 2024 mirroring the recent historical trending, with no nominal 
growth anticipated in outer years (2025–2028). 

Such assumption is underpinned by:

•  Appen’s internal budget/forecast and strategic plans;

•  consideration of customer diversification risk, global economic outlook and impact 

on customers’ spending.

Terminal value growth rate 

Estimated at a constant rate of 2.5% (2022: 3.0%) reflected management expected long-term 
average growth rate. 

Discount rate

A post-tax discount rate at 12.5% was applied (2022: 12.5%). The discount rate has taken into 
account the group’s risk profile, debt/equity structure and industry comparable information. 

For the identified impairment loss relating to Global Services CGU, impairment was taken to reduce the Goodwill first then 
other assets pro rata on the basis of the carrying value of each asset in the CGU. 

Considering the declining revenue and customer diversification risk specific to the Global Services CGU, management 
considered all the non-working capital assets attributable to this CGUs, as outlined in the above table, had minimum future 
economic benefits and immaterial residual values. These assets are therefore fully impaired with the impairment loss recorded 
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2023. The assets remaining under this CGU are 
cash and working capital items, which are considered recoverable.

Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

Capitalisation of product development costs

The Group uses a degree of judgement in order to determine if product development costs satisfy the recognition and 
measurement criteria to be capitalised as an asset in accordance with AASB 138 Intangible Assets. This includes the use 
of Appen’s project management system to tag each project undertaken by the engineering team, as either new feature 
development or maintenance.

Management adopted VIU as the recoverable amount for each CGUs considering it is unlikely that the FVLCD would 

Goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets 

Goodwill is tested at each reporting date. Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, 
an impairment loss is recognised as an expense in the statement of profit or loss. The recoverable amount of each 
CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections based 
on financial estimates reviewed by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond this five-year period 
are extrapolated using estimated growth rates that do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the business 
in which the CGU operates and are consistent with external sources of information.

Impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets

The Group assesses impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets 
for each cash-generating unit at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group and to the particular 
asset that may lead to impairment. If an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined. 
This involves fair value less costs of disposal or value-in-use calculations, which incorporate a number of key estimates 
and assumptions.

108

Appen 2023 Annual Report

109

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 12.  Intangible assets (continued)

Note 13. Property, plant and equipment

Accounting policy

Goodwill

Goodwill arising from a business combination is recognised as an intangible asset and allocated to the Cash Generating 
Unit (CGU) that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination. Goodwill is carried at cost less 
recognised impairment losses. The CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an impairment indicator. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognised directly in profit or loss 
and cannot be reversed in subsequent periods.

For the year-ended 31 December 2023, management assessed that the Group continued to have three CGUs, Global 
Services, New Markets (ex-China) and China, on the basis of:

•  how cashflows are identified and measured; and

•  how resources are allocated and performance are measured, consistent with Appen’s long-term strategy of revenue 

and customer diversification.

Systems and software

Significant costs on systems implementation are deferred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period 
of their expected useful life, being the finite life of seven years. Configuration costs associated with the implementation 
of cloud-based ERP systems are expensed as incurred. 

Acquired software or software on perpetual license are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful life. 

Product development

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense when incurred.

Product development costs are capitalised at the direct costs incurred and amortised on a straight-line basis over 
the period of their expected useful life being three to seven years. Amortisation starts at the time that the technology 
is activated and is used either internally or externally. The capitalised costs include directly attributable costs relating 
to product development, and costs relating to employment of the engineering team, product hosting services, 
external consultants and IT software and hardware.

Development costs are capitalised when the Group can demonstrate all of the following:

• 

• 

• 

the technical feasibility of completing the asset so that it is available for use or sale; 

the intention to complete the asset and use or sell it; 

the ability to use or sell it; 

•  how the asset will generate probable future economic benefits; 

• 

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell 
the asset; and

• 

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the asset during its development.

Subsequent to initial recognition, internally-generated intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

Brand

Brand names acquired in a business combination are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected 
benefit. This includes the acquisition of the Quadrant brand name which has been estimated to have a finite life of five years.

Other intangibles

Leasehold 

Fixtures and 

improvements

$ 000

fittings

$ 000

Computer 

and Audio 

equipment 

$ 000

Motor 

vehicles 

$ 000

 4,128 

(3,472)

 656 

 738 

(514)

 – 

 5 

 (389)

 (11)

 4,845 

 (4,360)

485 

 1,017 

 454 

 – 

 (758)

 (57)

 1,198 

(940)

 258 

 180 

 – 

(275)

 8 

 (54)

 (1)

 1,383 

 (1,267)

 116

 313 

 47 

 – 

 (162)

 60 

 8,477 

 (5,700)

 2,777 

890

 (66)

(1,215)

 (13)

(1,484)

 (15)

 9,178 

 (8,304)

 874

 1,788 

2,488

 (5)

(1,363)

 (131)

(35)

(1,962)

Total

$ 000

13,853

(10,127)

3,726

1,808

 (66)

(2,004)

– 

(27)

 15,456 

 (13,981)

1,475

3,118

3,039

 (5)

(2,298)

 (128)

 50 

 (15)

 35 

–

–

–

–

–

50

(50)

–

 –

50

 –

(15)

 –

Balance at 1 January 2023

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net carrying value at 1 January 2023

Additions

Disposals

Impairment 1 

Transfer/reclass

Depreciation

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at 31 December 2023

Cost 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying value at 31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2022

Net carrying value

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at 31 December 2022

Net carrying value

1  For further details in relation to impairments refer to Note 12.

 656 

 258 

 2,777

35

3,726

Accounting policy

Each class of property, plant and equipment is carried at cost or fair value, less any accumulated depreciation 

or impairment losses. The assets’ depreciation methods, residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted 

if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable assets are:

Leasehold improvements

Fixture and fittings

Computer and Audio equipment 

Motor vehicles

Over the lease term 2–8 years

3–13 years

1–4 years

3–5 years

Other intangible assets primarily consist of licenses and databases. Costs in relation to other intangibles are capitalised 
as an asset and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected useful life being three to five years.

or loss.

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of plant and equipment is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit 

Off-the-shelf databases are internally generated intangibles and are capitalised only if they meet all of the criteria stated 
in the accounting policy section with respect to the accounting policy associated with development costs. Costs are 
capitalised at the direct costs incurred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected useful life 
of seven years. Amortisation starts at the time that the database is available for use or sale to external customers.

110

Appen 2023 Annual Report

111

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 12.  Intangible assets (continued)

Note 13. Property, plant and equipment

Accounting policy

Goodwill

Goodwill arising from a business combination is recognised as an intangible asset and allocated to the Cash Generating 

Unit (CGU) that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination. Goodwill is carried at cost less 

recognised impairment losses. The CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, or more 

frequently when there is an impairment indicator. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognised directly in profit or loss 

and cannot be reversed in subsequent periods.

For the year-ended 31 December 2023, management assessed that the Group continued to have three CGUs, Global 

Services, New Markets (ex-China) and China, on the basis of:

•  how cashflows are identified and measured; and

•  how resources are allocated and performance are measured, consistent with Appen’s long-term strategy of revenue 

and customer diversification.

Systems and software

Significant costs on systems implementation are deferred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period 

of their expected useful life, being the finite life of seven years. Configuration costs associated with the implementation 

of cloud-based ERP systems are expensed as incurred. 

Acquired software or software on perpetual license are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful life. 

Product development

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense when incurred.

Product development costs are capitalised at the direct costs incurred and amortised on a straight-line basis over 

the period of their expected useful life being three to seven years. Amortisation starts at the time that the technology 

is activated and is used either internally or externally. The capitalised costs include directly attributable costs relating 

to product development, and costs relating to employment of the engineering team, product hosting services, 

external consultants and IT software and hardware.

Development costs are capitalised when the Group can demonstrate all of the following:

the technical feasibility of completing the asset so that it is available for use or sale; 

• 

• 

• 

the intention to complete the asset and use or sell it; 

the ability to use or sell it; 

•  how the asset will generate probable future economic benefits; 

• 

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell 

the asset; and

• 

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the asset during its development.

Subsequent to initial recognition, internally-generated intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated 

amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

Brand names acquired in a business combination are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected 

benefit. This includes the acquisition of the Quadrant brand name which has been estimated to have a finite life of five years.

Brand

Other intangibles

Other intangible assets primarily consist of licenses and databases. Costs in relation to other intangibles are capitalised 

as an asset and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected useful life being three to five years.

Off-the-shelf databases are internally generated intangibles and are capitalised only if they meet all of the criteria stated 

in the accounting policy section with respect to the accounting policy associated with development costs. Costs are 

capitalised at the direct costs incurred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected useful life 

of seven years. Amortisation starts at the time that the database is available for use or sale to external customers.

Balance at 1 January 2023

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net carrying value at 1 January 2023

Additions

Disposals

Impairment 1 

Transfer/reclass

Depreciation

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at 31 December 2023

Cost 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying value at 31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2022

Net carrying value

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at 31 December 2022

Net carrying value

Leasehold 
improvements
$ 000

Fixtures and 
fittings
$ 000

Computer 
and Audio 
equipment 
$ 000

Motor 
vehicles 
$ 000

 4,128 

(3,472)

 656 

 738 

 – 

(514)

 5 

 (389)

 (11)

 4,845 

 (4,360)

485 

 1,017 

 454 

 – 

 (758)

 (57)

 1,198 

(940)

 258 

 180 

 – 

(275)

 8 

 (54)

 (1)

 1,383 

 (1,267)

 116

 313 

 47 

 – 

 (162)

 60 

 8,477 

 (5,700)

 2,777 

890

 (66)

(1,215)

 (13)

(1,484)

 (15)

 9,178 

 (8,304)

 874

 1,788 

2,488

 (5)

(1,363)

 (131)

 50 

 (15)

 35 

–

–

–

–

(35)

–

50

(50)

–

 –

50

 –

(15)

 –

Total
$ 000

13,853

(10,127)

3,726

1,808

 (66)

(2,004)

– 

(1,962)

(27)

 15,456 

 (13,981)

1,475

3,118

3,039

 (5)

(2,298)

 (128)

 656 

 258 

 2,777

35

3,726

1  For further details in relation to impairments refer to Note 12.

Accounting policy
Each class of property, plant and equipment is carried at cost or fair value, less any accumulated depreciation 
or impairment losses. The assets’ depreciation methods, residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted 
if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable assets are:

Leasehold improvements

Fixture and fittings

Computer and Audio equipment 

Motor vehicles

Over the lease term 2–8 years

3–13 years

1–4 years

3–5 years

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of plant and equipment is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss.

110

Appen 2023 Annual Report

111

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 14. Right of use assets and lease liabilities 

Note 15. Trade and other payables

Right of use assets

Balance at the beginning of the period

Additions

Disposals

Impairment 1 

Depreciation

Remeasurement

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at the end of the period

1  For further details in relation to impairments refer to Note 12.

Lease liabilities 

Balance at the beginning of the period

Additions

Accretion of interests

Payment of interest

Payment of principal

Disposals

Remeasurement

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at the end of the period

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 9,061

 8,403

(1,488)

(8,319)

 (4,301)

 (251)

 (10)

3,095

13,557

 903 

 – 

–

 (4,930)

 – 

 (469)

9,061

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 10,177

 8,403 

 741 

 (637)

 (4,126)

 (1,658)

 (453)

 (13)

12,434

 3,125 

 9,309 

15,060

 903 

 506 

 (485)

 (4,023)

 – 

 (1,237)

(547)

 10,177

 3,152 

 7,025 

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables and accrued expenses 

Total trade and other payables

Note 16. Provisions

Current liabilities

Employee benefits 

Total current provisions

Non-current liabilities

Employee benefits

Other provisions

Total non-current provisions

Total provisions

The undiscounted lease liabilities’ maturity is analysed in Note 24. Financial risk management.

Employee benefits primarily comprise accrued annual leave and long service leave. 

Maturity analysis of trade and other payables are disclosed in Note 24. Financial risk management. 

Accounting policy

Trade and other payable represent liabilities in relation to goods and services rendered to the Group but not yet paid 

by the balance sheet date. They are measured at amortised cost and undiscounted due to their short-term nature. 

The amounts are unsecured and usually paid within agreed payment terms.

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 13,573 

 13,659 

 27,232 

 22,431 

 17,309 

 39,740 

2023

$ 000

 2,407 

 2,407 

 238 

 68 

 306 

2022

$ 000

 3,390 

 3,390 

 439 

 71 

 510 

 2,713 

 3,900 

Accounting policy
The Group’s leases primarily comprise commercial offices and car park facilities, where the Group is the lessee and 
has right to control the use of the identified lease assets. A right-of-use asset is recognised at the commencement date 
of a lease and is measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability, adjusted for, as applicable, 
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date net of any lease incentives received. Depreciation 
is charged on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and recorded in profit or loss.

Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment or adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. Options to extend 
leases are assessed for reasonable certainty in assessing the term of the lease to charge the depreciation expense.

Short-term leases are those with a lease term of 12 months or less. The Group has elected to take exemptions under 
AASB 16 and has not recognised the right of use assets or lease liabilities for these leases. Lease payments for these 
exempted leases are expensed in profit or loss, on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Lease liabilities are recognised at the lease commencement date and are initially measured at the present value 
of future lease payments using incremental borrowing rate or borrowing rate relevant for the jurisdiction of the lease, 
at the commencement date. Interest accretion on lease liabilities are recorded in the profit or loss. Lease payments 
include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease 
payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. 
Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses in the period incurred. 

112

Appen 2023 Annual Report

113

 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 14. Right of use assets and lease liabilities 

Note 15. Trade and other payables

Right of use assets

Balance at the beginning of the period

Additions

Disposals

Impairment 1 

Depreciation

Remeasurement

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at the end of the period

1  For further details in relation to impairments refer to Note 12.

Lease liabilities 

Balance at the beginning of the period

Additions

Accretion of interests

Payment of interest

Payment of principal

Disposals

Remeasurement

Foreign exchange translation

Balance at the end of the period

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 9,061

 8,403

(1,488)

(8,319)

 (4,301)

 (251)

 (10)

3,095

 10,177

 8,403 

 741 

 (637)

 (4,126)

 (1,658)

 (453)

 (13)

12,434

 3,125 

 9,309 

13,557

 903 

 – 

–

 – 

 (4,930)

 (469)

9,061

15,060

 903 

 506 

 (485)

 (4,023)

 – 

 (1,237)

(547)

 10,177

 3,152 

 7,025 

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables and accrued expenses 

Total trade and other payables

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 13,573 

 13,659 

 27,232 

 22,431 

 17,309 

 39,740 

Maturity analysis of trade and other payables are disclosed in Note 24. Financial risk management. 

Accounting policy
Trade and other payable represent liabilities in relation to goods and services rendered to the Group but not yet paid 
by the balance sheet date. They are measured at amortised cost and undiscounted due to their short-term nature. 
The amounts are unsecured and usually paid within agreed payment terms.

Note 16. Provisions

Current liabilities

Employee benefits 

Total current provisions

Non-current liabilities

Employee benefits

Other provisions

Total non-current provisions

Total provisions

2023
$ 000

 2,407 

 2,407 

 238 

 68 

 306 

2022
$ 000

 3,390 

 3,390 

 439 

 71 

 510 

 2,713 

 3,900 

The undiscounted lease liabilities’ maturity is analysed in Note 24. Financial risk management.

Employee benefits primarily comprise accrued annual leave and long service leave. 

Accounting policy

The Group’s leases primarily comprise commercial offices and car park facilities, where the Group is the lessee and 

has right to control the use of the identified lease assets. A right-of-use asset is recognised at the commencement date 

of a lease and is measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability, adjusted for, as applicable, 

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date net of any lease incentives received. Depreciation 

is charged on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and recorded in profit or loss.

Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment or adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. Options to extend 

leases are assessed for reasonable certainty in assessing the term of the lease to charge the depreciation expense.

Short-term leases are those with a lease term of 12 months or less. The Group has elected to take exemptions under 

AASB 16 and has not recognised the right of use assets or lease liabilities for these leases. Lease payments for these 

exempted leases are expensed in profit or loss, on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Lease liabilities are recognised at the lease commencement date and are initially measured at the present value 

of future lease payments using incremental borrowing rate or borrowing rate relevant for the jurisdiction of the lease, 

at the commencement date. Interest accretion on lease liabilities are recorded in the profit or loss. Lease payments 

include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease 

payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. 

Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses in the period incurred. 

112

Appen 2023 Annual Report

113

 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 16. Provisions (continued)

Accounting policy

Short-term employee benefits

These are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the employees render the related service and include 
wages, salaries and sick leave. These are measured at the undiscounted amounts expected to be paid when the 
obligation is settled.

Long-term employee benefits

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present value of the expected future payments to be made 
to employees. When such benefits not expected to be settled within 12 months after balance date it is presented 
as non current.

Expected future payments incorporate anticipated future wage and salary levels, duration of service and employee 
departures and are discounted at rates determined by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting 
period on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates that approximate the terms of the obligations. 
Any re-measurements for changes in assumptions of obligations for long-term employee benefits are recognised 
in profit or loss in the periods for which the changes occur.

Other provision 

This relates to office lease makegood provision. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the 
consideration required to settle.

Note 17. Contract liabilities

Current liabilities

Invoices issued/deposits received in advance

Contract liabilities are expected to be recognised as revenue in future periods as follows:

Within 3 months

Over 3 months

Total 

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

 11,142 

 18,737 

2023
$ 000

 4,340 

 6,802 

 11,142 

2022
$ 000

 4,133 

 14,604 

 18,737 

Accounting policy
Contract liabilities represent the Group’s obligations to render services to a customer and reflects the value 
of advance payments made by customers who have been invoiced for services that will be provided in the future 
and are recognised when the customer pays consideration or when the Group recognises a receivable to reflect its 
unconditional right to consideration (whichever is earlier) before the Group has transferred the services to a customer.

The Group does not disclose further qualitative information related to remaining performance obligations, as they 
are either part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less; or the associated revenue 
is recognised in the amount of which the Group has a right to invoice.

Investment, capital and risk management

Note 18. Earn-out liability

Current earn-out liability

Non-current earn-out liability

Total earn-out liability

Movement during the year: 

2023

$ 000

3,750

–

3,750

2023

$ 000

19,131

354

 (15,735)

2022

$ 000

– 

19,131

 19,131

2022

$ 000

18,359

772

–

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

104

262

At the beginning of the period 

Deemed interest

Earn-out adjustment (including foreign currency translation impact)

At the end of the period

3,750

 19,131

The earn-out liability relates to the acquisition of Quadrant in September 2021. The liability was settled in January 2024 via the 

issue of 7,774,816 fully paid ordinary shares. 

Note 19. Derivative financial instruments

Current assets

Forward foreign exchange contract

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contract to manage its exposure to foreign currency exchange risks. Derivatives 

are exclusively used for hedging purposes, i.e., not as trading or other speculative instruments. 

Accounting policy

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 

remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends 

on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

Further details are disclosed in Note. 21. Fair value measurement and Note 24. Financial risk management.

114

Appen 2023 Annual Report

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 16. Provisions (continued)

Accounting policy

Short-term employee benefits

obligation is settled.

Long-term employee benefits

These are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the employees render the related service and include 

wages, salaries and sick leave. These are measured at the undiscounted amounts expected to be paid when the 

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present value of the expected future payments to be made 

to employees. When such benefits not expected to be settled within 12 months after balance date it is presented 

as non current.

Expected future payments incorporate anticipated future wage and salary levels, duration of service and employee 

departures and are discounted at rates determined by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting 

period on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates that approximate the terms of the obligations. 

Any re-measurements for changes in assumptions of obligations for long-term employee benefits are recognised 

in profit or loss in the periods for which the changes occur.

Investment, capital and risk management

Note 18. Earn-out liability

Current earn-out liability

Non-current earn-out liability

Total earn-out liability

Movement during the year: 

At the beginning of the period 

Deemed interest

This relates to office lease makegood provision. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the 

Earn-out adjustment (including foreign currency translation impact)

2023
$ 000

3,750

–

3,750

2023
$ 000

19,131

354

 (15,735)

2022
$ 000

– 

19,131

 19,131

2022
$ 000

18,359

772

–

At the end of the period

3,750

 19,131

The earn-out liability relates to the acquisition of Quadrant in September 2021. The liability was settled in January 2024 via the 
issue of 7,774,816 fully paid ordinary shares. 

Note 19. Derivative financial instruments

Contract liabilities are expected to be recognised as revenue in future periods as follows:

Current assets

Forward foreign exchange contract

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

104

262

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contract to manage its exposure to foreign currency exchange risks. Derivatives 
are exclusively used for hedging purposes, i.e., not as trading or other speculative instruments. 

Accounting policy
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends 
on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

Further details are disclosed in Note. 21. Fair value measurement and Note 24. Financial risk management.

Other provision 

consideration required to settle.

Note 17. Contract liabilities

Current liabilities

Invoices issued/deposits received in advance

Within 3 months

Over 3 months

Total 

Accounting policy

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

 11,142 

 18,737 

2023

$ 000

 4,340 

 6,802 

 11,142 

2022

$ 000

 4,133 

 14,604 

 18,737 

Contract liabilities represent the Group’s obligations to render services to a customer and reflects the value 

of advance payments made by customers who have been invoiced for services that will be provided in the future 

and are recognised when the customer pays consideration or when the Group recognises a receivable to reflect its 

unconditional right to consideration (whichever is earlier) before the Group has transferred the services to a customer.

The Group does not disclose further qualitative information related to remaining performance obligations, as they 

are either part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less; or the associated revenue 

is recognised in the amount of which the Group has a right to invoice.

114

Appen 2023 Annual Report

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 20. Investments

Note 21. Fair value measurement

During the year the Group has invested $0.5 million in exchange for a minority interest stake in Reka AI, Inc. (“Reka”), 
an AI model start-up specialising in the development of customised and powerful AI models for enterprise customers. 

The following tables outlined the Group’s assets and liabilities, measured and disclosed at fair value, using the three-level 

hierarchy based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the entire fair value measurement, being:

During the prior year, the Group invested GBP2.0 million in exchange for a minority interest stake in Mindtech Global Limited 
(“Mindtech”), a provider of synthetic data to create privacy-compliant edge cases. 

These investments are carried at fair value as at 31 December. 

•  Level 1:  inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access 

•  Level 2:  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

at the measurement date;

or indirectly; and

Fair value 

•  Level 3:  inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Investments

Country of incorporation

Mindtech

Reka

Total

UK

USA

2023
$ 000

946

500

2022
$ 000

2,418

–

1,446 

 2,418 

There were no transfers between categories for recurring fair value measurements during the year.

Towards the end of 2023, Mindtech was undergoing a capital raising which was not fully completed at the date of this report. 
The latest enterprise valuation through this process indicated a $1.6 million decline in the fair value of Appen’s share of interest 
to $0.9 million as at 31 December 2023. The Group has reduced the Mindtech investment’s carrying value accordingly, with the 
unrealised loss recorded in the other comprehensive income. Other movements in the carrying value of this investment relate 
to foreign exchange translation. 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Accounting policy
AASB 9 Financial Instruments allows an irrevocable election on initial recognition to present gains and losses 
on investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading in other comprehensive income. Management has 
applied this election with respect to both investments. Any future dividends in respect of this investment that are 
a return on investment will be recognised in profit or loss and there is no impairment on disposal of the investment.

31 December 2023

Assets

Investments

Total assets

Liabilities

Earn-out liability

Total liabilities

31 December 2022

Assets

Investments 

Total assets

Liabilities 

Earn-out liability

Total liabilities 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Level 1

$ 000

Level 2

$ 000

Level 3

$ 000

Total

$ 000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 104 

 – 

 104 

 – 

 – 

 262 

 – 

 262 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,446 

 1,446

 3,750

3,750 

 – 

 2,418 

 2,418 

 19,131 

 19,131 

 104 

 1,446

 1,550

 3,750

3,750 

 262 

 2,418 

 2,680 

 19,131 

 19,131 

Accounting policy

When an asset or liability is measured at fair value, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell 

an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, 

and assumes the transaction will take place either in a principal or advantageous market. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified into the three levels discussed above. External valuers may 

be used for recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements when internal expertise is not available or the amount 

is material.

116

Appen 2023 Annual Report

117

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 20. Investments

Note 21. Fair value measurement

During the year the Group has invested $0.5 million in exchange for a minority interest stake in Reka AI, Inc. (“Reka”), 

an AI model start-up specialising in the development of customised and powerful AI models for enterprise customers. 

The following tables outlined the Group’s assets and liabilities, measured and disclosed at fair value, using the three-level 
hierarchy based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the entire fair value measurement, being:

During the prior year, the Group invested GBP2.0 million in exchange for a minority interest stake in Mindtech Global Limited 

(“Mindtech”), a provider of synthetic data to create privacy-compliant edge cases. 

These investments are carried at fair value as at 31 December. 

•  Level 1:  inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access 

at the measurement date;

•  Level 2:  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

or indirectly; and

Fair value 

•  Level 3:  inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

There were no transfers between categories for recurring fair value measurements during the year.

31 December 2023

Assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Investments

Total assets

Liabilities

Earn-out liability

Total liabilities

31 December 2022

Assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Investments 

Total assets

Liabilities 

Earn-out liability

Total liabilities 

Level 1
$ 000

Level 2
$ 000

Level 3
$ 000

Total
$ 000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 104 

 – 

 104 

 – 

 – 

 262 

 – 

 262 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,446 

 1,446

 3,750

3,750 

 – 

 2,418 

 2,418 

 19,131 

 19,131 

 104 

 1,446

 1,550

 3,750

3,750 

 262 

 2,418 

 2,680 

 19,131 

 19,131 

Accounting policy
When an asset or liability is measured at fair value, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell 
an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, 
and assumes the transaction will take place either in a principal or advantageous market. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified into the three levels discussed above. External valuers may 
be used for recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements when internal expertise is not available or the amount 
is material.

Investments

Country of incorporation

Mindtech

Reka

Total

UK

USA

2023

$ 000

946

500

2022

$ 000

2,418

–

1,446 

 2,418 

Towards the end of 2023, Mindtech was undergoing a capital raising which was not fully completed at the date of this report. 

The latest enterprise valuation through this process indicated a $1.6 million decline in the fair value of Appen’s share of interest 

to $0.9 million as at 31 December 2023. The Group has reduced the Mindtech investment’s carrying value accordingly, with the 

unrealised loss recorded in the other comprehensive income. Other movements in the carrying value of this investment relate 

to foreign exchange translation. 

Accounting policy

AASB 9 Financial Instruments allows an irrevocable election on initial recognition to present gains and losses 

on investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading in other comprehensive income. Management has 

applied this election with respect to both investments. Any future dividends in respect of this investment that are 

a return on investment will be recognised in profit or loss and there is no impairment on disposal of the investment.

116

Appen 2023 Annual Report

117

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 22. Borrowings

Note 23. Equity (continued)

The Group has no outstanding borrowings as at year end. The used and unused facilities are as follows:

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company in proportion 

to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. The fully paid ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does 

not have a limited amount of authorised capital. On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy 

shall have one vote and upon a poll each share shall have one vote.

Share buy-back

There is no current on-market share buy-back.

Capital risk management

borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.

Capital is regarded as total equity, as recognised in the statement of financial position. Net debt is calculated as total 

The Group’s objectives when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can provide 

returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, as well as to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the 

cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return 

capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to improve liquidity.

The capital risk management policy remains unchanged from the prior year.

Accounting policy

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown 

in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Facilities

Facility A (Senior debt)

Facility B (Working capital)

Facility C (Acquisition funding)

Total facilities

2023

2022

Used at 
reporting 
date
$ 000

Unused at 
reporting 
date
$ 000

Used at 
reporting 
date
$ 000

Unused at 
reporting 
date
$ 000

–

–

–

–

–

6,818

–

6,818

–

–

–

–

20,000

13,640

24,137

57,777

Facility A and Facility B expired during 2023. Facility B was resized from A$20 million to $A10 million during the year and expired 
on 3 January 2024. Following the expiry of Facility B, there are no debt facilities in place.

Accounting policy
Loans and other borrowings are initially recognised at fair value of the consideration received, net of transaction costs. 

They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Note 23. Equity 

Issued capital

Balance as at 31 December

Ordinary shares – fully paid

Movement in ordinary share capital 

Details

Balance as at

2023

2022

# of shares

$000 # of shares

$000

 211,467,054 

 320,435 

 123,446,356 

 262,917 

Date

# of shares

$ 000

31 December 2022

 123,446,356 

 262,917 

Issue of shares on exercise of performance rights

27 February 2023

 872,705 

 – 

Issue of shares – institutional placement and entitlement offer

26 May 2023

Issue of shares – retail placement and entitlement offer

Share issue transaction costs, net of tax

Issue of shares on deferred STI

Issue of shares on exercise of performance rights

Issue of shares on exercise of performance rights

14 June 2023

14 June 2023

23 June 2023

30 June 2023

17 July 2023

 16,204,125 

 15,958,039 

– 

 23,197 

 140,136 

 277,041 

Issue of shares – institutional placement and entitlement offer

4 December 2023

 22,996,263 

Issue of shares – retail placement and entitlement offer

15 December 2023

 31,549,192 

Share issue transaction costs, net of tax

15 December 2023

– 

 19,867 

 19,984 

(1,428) 

 –

 – 

 – 

 8,457 

 11,576 

(938) 

Balance as at

31 December 2023

 211,467,054 

 320,435 

118

Appen 2023 Annual Report

119

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 22. Borrowings

Note 23. Equity (continued)

The Group has no outstanding borrowings as at year end. The used and unused facilities are as follows:

Ordinary shares

Facilities

Facility A (Senior debt)

Facility B (Working capital)

Facility C (Acquisition funding)

Total facilities

2023

2022

Used at 

reporting 

Unused at 

reporting 

Used at 

reporting 

Unused at 

reporting 

date

$ 000

–

–

–

–

date

$ 000

6,818

–

–

6,818

date

$ 000

–

–

–

–

date

$ 000

20,000

13,640

24,137

57,777

Facility A and Facility B expired during 2023. Facility B was resized from A$20 million to $A10 million during the year and expired 

on 3 January 2024. Following the expiry of Facility B, there are no debt facilities in place.

Accounting policy

Loans and other borrowings are initially recognised at fair value of the consideration received, net of transaction costs. 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company in proportion 
to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. The fully paid ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does 
not have a limited amount of authorised capital. On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy 
shall have one vote and upon a poll each share shall have one vote.

Share buy-back

There is no current on-market share buy-back.

Capital risk management

Capital is regarded as total equity, as recognised in the statement of financial position. Net debt is calculated as total 
borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, as well as to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the 
cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return 
capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to improve liquidity.

They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

The capital risk management policy remains unchanged from the prior year.

Accounting policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown 
in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Note 23. Equity 

Issued capital

Balance as at 31 December

Ordinary shares – fully paid

Movement in ordinary share capital 

Details

Balance as at

2023

2022

# of shares

$000 # of shares

$000

 211,467,054 

 320,435 

 123,446,356 

 262,917 

Date

# of shares

$ 000

31 December 2022

 123,446,356 

 262,917 

Issue of shares on exercise of performance rights

27 February 2023

 872,705 

 – 

Issue of shares – institutional placement and entitlement offer

26 May 2023

Issue of shares – retail placement and entitlement offer

Share issue transaction costs, net of tax

Issue of shares on deferred STI

Issue of shares on exercise of performance rights

Issue of shares on exercise of performance rights

14 June 2023

14 June 2023

23 June 2023

30 June 2023

17 July 2023

 16,204,125 

 15,958,039 

– 

 23,197 

 140,136 

 277,041 

Issue of shares – institutional placement and entitlement offer

4 December 2023

 22,996,263 

Issue of shares – retail placement and entitlement offer

15 December 2023

 31,549,192 

Share issue transaction costs, net of tax

15 December 2023

– 

 19,867 

 19,984 

(1,428) 

 –

 – 

 – 

 8,457 

 11,576 

(938) 

Balance as at

31 December 2023

 211,467,054 

 320,435 

118

Appen 2023 Annual Report

119

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 23. Equity (continued)

Reserves

Common control reserve 

Foreign currency translation reserve

Share-based payments reserve

Profit reserve

Other reserves 

Total reserves

Movement in each category of reserves are as follows:

2023
$ 000

 (1,307)

 (6,738)

 34,902 

2022
$ 000

 (1,307)

 (8,019)

 29,211 

 104,667

 106,267 

 2,002 

 2,002 

 133,526 

 128,154 

Note 23. Equity (continued)

Other reserves

Accumulated losses

Accumulated losses at the beginning of the period

Loss after income tax for the period

Accumulated losses at the end of the period

Common 
control 
reserve
$ 000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$ 000

Share-
based 
payments 
reserve
$ 000

Profits 
reserve
$ 000

Other 
reserves
$ 000

Total
$ 000

Balance at 1 January 2023

 (1,307)

 (8,019)

 29,211 

106,267 

 2,002 

 128,154 

Foreign currency translation

Unrealised loss on investment 

Share-based payments 

Transfer from accumulated losses

Dividend paid

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,281 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 5,691 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1,600)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,281 

(1,600)

 5,691 

 – 

 – 

Balance at 31 December 2023

 (1,307)

 (6,738)

 34,902 

104,667 

 2,002 

 133,526 

Balance at 1 January 2022

 (1,307)

Foreign currency translation

Share-based payments 

Transfer from accumulated losses

Dividend paid

–

–

–

–

 (6,728)

 (1,291)

–

–

–

 27,719 

 111,286 

 2,002 

 132,972 

•  Floating interest payables on 

Sensitivity analysis

•  Hedging derivatives – interest rate swaps

–

 1,492 

–

–

–

–

–

 (5,019)

–

–

–

–

 (1,291)

 1,492 

 – 

 (5,019)

Balance at 31 December 2022

(1,307)

 (8,019)

 29,211 

 106,267 

 2,002 

 128,154 

Common control reserve

The reserve represents the difference between the consideration transferred by the Company for the acquisition of commonly 
controlled entities and the existing book value of those entities immediately prior to the acquisition.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The reserve is used to recognise exchange differences arising from translation of the financial statements of foreign operations 
to US dollars. 

Share-based payments reserve

The reserve is used to recognise the value of equity benefits provided to employees as part of their remuneration.

Profits reserve

The Profits reserve represents current year profits transferred to a reserve to quarantine these profits from being appropriated 
against present or prior year losses. Any profits are available for the payment of future dividends.

This reserve represents the equity settled portion of contingent consideration together with any capital raising expenses that 

are allocated to equity, in connection with the acquisition of Butler Hill.

2023

$ 000

 (243,085)

2022

$ 000

 (4,017)

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

 (361,164)

 (243,085)

Note 24. Financial risk management 

The key financial risks faced by the Group are market risks (including foreign currency exchange risk, price risks and interest 

rate risk), credit risks and liquidity risk. 

The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise 

potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group. The Group regularly reviews these risks and related 

policies to manage the use of financial instruments in mitigating the overall risk exposures to an acceptable level, 

as summarised below.

Risk

Exposure

Measurement 

Management 

Market risk 

•  Non-USD payments to suppliers 

Cash flow forecast 

•  Economic hedges 

– Foreign currency 

•  Non-USD receipts from customers

•  Treasury foreign exchange hedging policy

and sensitivity 

analysis 

exchange

Market risk 

– Interest rate

borrowings

Credit risk 

•  Cash at bank

Ageing analysis and 

•  Customer and supplier due diligence 

•  Trade and other receivables

•  Derivative contracts

sensitivity analysis 

policies

•  Treasury policy over financial instrument 

counterpart’s credit rating 

Liquidity risk

•  Borrowings

Cash flow forecast 

•  Regular cash flow forecast

•  Lease liabilities

•  Cash and credit facility management

•  Trade payables and other liabilities

•  Maintain funding flexibility

and sensitivity 

analysis 

The Chief Financial Officer retains overall responsibility for management of financial risks for the Group under policies approved 

by the Board of Directors (“the Board”). These policies include identification and analysis of the risk exposure of the Group and 

appropriate procedures, controls and risk limits. 

120

Appen 2023 Annual Report

121

 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 23. Equity (continued)

Reserves

Common control reserve 

Foreign currency translation reserve

Share-based payments reserve

Profit reserve

Other reserves 

Total reserves

Movement in each category of reserves are as follows:

2023

$ 000

 (1,307)

 (6,738)

 34,902 

2022

$ 000

 (1,307)

 (8,019)

 29,211 

 104,667

 106,267 

 2,002 

 2,002 

 133,526 

 128,154 

Balance at 1 January 2023

 (1,307)

 (8,019)

 29,211 

106,267 

 2,002 

 128,154 

Common 

control 

reserve

$ 000

translation 

payments 

Profits 

reserve

$ 000

Other 

reserves

$ 000

Foreign 

currency 

reserve 

$ 000

 1,281 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

 (6,728)

 (1,291)

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

–

Share-

based 

reserve

$ 000

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

 1,492 

(1,600)

 5,691 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

 (5,019)

Total

$ 000

 1,281 

(1,600)

 5,691 

 – 

 – 

 (1,291)

 1,492 

 – 

 (5,019)

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

–

Balance at 31 December 2023

 (1,307)

 (6,738)

 34,902 

104,667 

 2,002 

 133,526 

Balance at 1 January 2022

 (1,307)

 27,719 

 111,286 

 2,002 

 132,972 

Foreign currency translation

Unrealised loss on investment 

Share-based payments 

Transfer from accumulated losses

Dividend paid

Foreign currency translation

Share-based payments 

Transfer from accumulated losses

Dividend paid

Common control reserve

The reserve represents the difference between the consideration transferred by the Company for the acquisition of commonly 

controlled entities and the existing book value of those entities immediately prior to the acquisition.

The reserve is used to recognise exchange differences arising from translation of the financial statements of foreign operations 

Foreign currency translation reserve

to US dollars. 

Share-based payments reserve

Profits reserve

The reserve is used to recognise the value of equity benefits provided to employees as part of their remuneration.

The Profits reserve represents current year profits transferred to a reserve to quarantine these profits from being appropriated 

against present or prior year losses. Any profits are available for the payment of future dividends.

Note 23. Equity (continued)

Other reserves

This reserve represents the equity settled portion of contingent consideration together with any capital raising expenses that 
are allocated to equity, in connection with the acquisition of Butler Hill.

Accumulated losses

Accumulated losses at the beginning of the period

Loss after income tax for the period

Accumulated losses at the end of the period

Note 24. Financial risk management 

2023
$ 000

 (243,085)

2022
$ 000

 (4,017)

 (118,079)

 (239,068)

 (361,164)

 (243,085)

The key financial risks faced by the Group are market risks (including foreign currency exchange risk, price risks and interest 
rate risk), credit risks and liquidity risk. 

The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise 
potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group. The Group regularly reviews these risks and related 
policies to manage the use of financial instruments in mitigating the overall risk exposures to an acceptable level, 
as summarised below.

Risk

Exposure

Measurement 

Management 

Market risk 
– Foreign currency 
exchange

Market risk 
– Interest rate

•  Non-USD payments to suppliers 

•  Non-USD receipts from customers

Cash flow forecast 
and sensitivity 
analysis 

•  Economic hedges 

•  Treasury foreign exchange hedging policy

•  Floating interest payables on 

Sensitivity analysis

•  Hedging derivatives – interest rate swaps

borrowings

Balance at 31 December 2022

(1,307)

 (8,019)

 29,211 

 106,267 

 2,002 

 128,154 

Liquidity risk

•  Borrowings

•  Lease liabilities

•  Trade payables and other liabilities

Credit risk 

•  Cash at bank

•  Trade and other receivables

•  Derivative contracts

Ageing analysis and 
sensitivity analysis 

•  Customer and supplier due diligence 

policies

Cash flow forecast 
and sensitivity 
analysis 

•  Treasury policy over financial instrument 

counterpart’s credit rating 

•  Regular cash flow forecast

•  Cash and credit facility management

•  Maintain funding flexibility

The Chief Financial Officer retains overall responsibility for management of financial risks for the Group under policies approved 
by the Board of Directors (“the Board”). These policies include identification and analysis of the risk exposure of the Group and 
appropriate procedures, controls and risk limits. 

120

Appen 2023 Annual Report

121

 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

Market risk 

Foreign currency exchange

The Group’s exposure is limited considering majority of the Group’s revenue and assets are denominated in US dollars 
(USD), the same as its reporting currency. The Group still has certain transactions in foreign currencies, principally in relation 
to corporate head office costs and ASX listing associated costs in Australian Dollars (AUD).

Where appropriate, the Group utilises forward foreign exchange contract to mitigate such risks. The maturity, settlement 
amounts and the average contractual exchange rates of the Group’s outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts and 
foreign exchange – collars at the reporting date were as follows:

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

2023

2022

2023

2022

Purchase AUD

Forward exchange rate

Sell USD

Forward contract maturity:

< 3 months

3–6 months

6–12 months

> 12 months 

4,889

4,889

–

–

6,370

8,296

9,778

9,778

1.4815

1.4815

–

–

1.4815

1.4815

1.4815

1.4815

The period-end average exchange rates and reporting date exchange rates applied were as follows:

Group applied foreign exchange rates

2023

2022

2023

2022

Average rate

Reporting date rate

29,377

24,146

5,912

3,712

United States Dollars

Australian Dollars

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic and Monetary Union Euro

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Korean Won

Indian Rupee

Canadian Dollars

1.5070

0.8019

0.9236

7.8306

55.548

7.0825

141.37

1.3418

1,305.4

82.58

1.3493

1.4430

0.8140

0.9521

7.8325

54.538

6.7515

131.77

1.3785

1.291.0

–

–

1.4666

0.7854

0.9060

7.8081

55.170

7.0698

140.99

1.3192

1,293.1

83.04

1.3247

1.4663

0.8261

0.9338

7.8078

55.732

6.8973

131.06

1.3403

1,261.4

–

–

Foreign exchange risk recognises financial assets and financial liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the US dollar 

and the risk is measured using sensitivity analysis. 

The carrying amount of the Group’s foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at reporting date 

were as follows, excluding intangible and fixed assets, intercompany and other non-monetary balances.

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Australian Dollars

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic and Monetary Union Euro

2023

$000

8,477

1,814

1,541

–

678

13,823

1,999

319

398

137

191

2022

$000

4,373

2,130

2,386

–

663

13,589

569

318

118

–

–

2023

$000

2022

$000

23,465

20,434

2023

$000

236

4,861

199

197

–

13

198

–

27

181

–

–

21

16

–

–

–

7

–

–

–

31

2022

$000

1,277

142

–

13

385

1,847

47

–

1

–

–

828

162

154

(1)

44

896

180

32

35

(4)

19

Based on the above exposure, had the US dollar weakened by 10% or strengthened by 10% against these foreign currencies 

with all other variables held constant, the impact on the Group’s profit/loss before tax for the year (excluding translation 

difference for consolidation purpose) and on the Group’s equity would have been as follows:

USD strengthened

USD weakened

change

Effect on profit 

before tax

Equity 

$000

Effect on profit 

before tax

$000

Equity

$000

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic Monetary Union Euro

%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

$000

–

(21)

(16)

(7)

(31)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(828)

(162)

(154)

1

(44)

(896)

(180)

(32)

(35)

4

(19)

(75)

(2,345)

75

2,345

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Korean Won

Indian Rupee

Canadian Dollars

Total 

Net financial assets

2023

Australian Dollars

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Korean Won

Indian Rupee

Canadian Dollars

Total 

122

Appen 2023 Annual Report

123

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

Market risk 

Foreign currency exchange

The Group’s exposure is limited considering majority of the Group’s revenue and assets are denominated in US dollars 

(USD), the same as its reporting currency. The Group still has certain transactions in foreign currencies, principally in relation 

to corporate head office costs and ASX listing associated costs in Australian Dollars (AUD).

Where appropriate, the Group utilises forward foreign exchange contract to mitigate such risks. The maturity, settlement 

amounts and the average contractual exchange rates of the Group’s outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts and 

foreign exchange – collars at the reporting date were as follows:

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

2023

2022

2023

2022

Purchase AUD

Forward exchange rate

The period-end average exchange rates and reporting date exchange rates applied were as follows:

Group applied foreign exchange rates

2023

2022

2023

2022

Average rate

Reporting date rate

Forward contract maturity:

Sell USD

< 3 months

3–6 months

6–12 months

> 12 months 

United States Dollars

Australian Dollars

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic and Monetary Union Euro

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Korean Won

Indian Rupee

Canadian Dollars

4,889

4,889

–

–

6,370

8,296

9,778

9,778

1.4815

1.4815

–

–

1.4815

1.4815

1.4815

1.4815

1.5070

0.8019

0.9236

7.8306

55.548

7.0825

141.37

1.3418

1,305.4

82.58

1.3493

1.4430

0.8140

0.9521

7.8325

54.538

6.7515

131.77

1.3785

1.291.0

–

–

1.4666

0.7854

0.9060

7.8081

55.170

7.0698

140.99

1.3192

1,293.1

83.04

1.3247

1.4663

0.8261

0.9338

7.8078

55.732

6.8973

131.06

1.3403

1,261.4

–

–

Foreign exchange risk recognises financial assets and financial liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the US dollar 
and the risk is measured using sensitivity analysis. 

The carrying amount of the Group’s foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at reporting date 
were as follows, excluding intangible and fixed assets, intercompany and other non-monetary balances.

Australian Dollars

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic and Monetary Union Euro

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Korean Won

Indian Rupee

Canadian Dollars

Total 

Net financial assets

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

2023
$000

8,477

1,814

1,541

–

678

13,823

1,999

319

398

137

191

2022
$000

4,373

2,130

2,386

–

663

13,589

569

318

118

–

–

2023
$000

199

197

–

13

236

4,861

198

–

27

181

–

2022
$000

1,277

142

–

13

385

1,847

47

–

1

–

–

29,377

24,146

5,912

3,712

2023
$000

2022
$000

23,465

20,434

Based on the above exposure, had the US dollar weakened by 10% or strengthened by 10% against these foreign currencies 
with all other variables held constant, the impact on the Group’s profit/loss before tax for the year (excluding translation 
difference for consolidation purpose) and on the Group’s equity would have been as follows:

2023

Australian Dollars

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic Monetary Union Euro

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Korean Won

Indian Rupee

Canadian Dollars

Total 

USD strengthened

USD weakened

change
%

Effect on profit 
before tax
$000

Equity 
$000

Effect on profit 
before tax
$000

Equity
$000

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

–

(21)

(16)

–

–

–

(7)

(31)

–

–

–

(828)

(162)

(154)

1

(44)

(896)

(180)

(32)

(35)

4

(19)

(75)

(2,345)

–

21

16

–

–

–

7

31

–

–

–

75

828

162

154

(1)

44

896

180

32

35

(4)

19

2,345

122

Appen 2023 Annual Report

123

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

USD strengthened

USD weakened

change
%

Effect on profit 
before tax
$000

Equity 
$000

Effect on profit 
before tax
$000

2022

Australian Dollars

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic and Monetary Union Euro

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Total

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

–

(9)

(73)

–

–

–

(8)

(8)

(98)

(310)

(194)

(239)

1

(28)

(1,174)

(52)

(32)

–

9

73

–

–

–

8

8

Equity
$000

310

194

239

(1)

28

1,174

52

32

(2,028)

98

2,028

The percentage change is the expected overall volatility of the significant currencies, which is based on management’s 
assessment of reasonable possible fluctuations taking into consideration movements over the last 12 months each year 
and the spot rate at each reporting date.

Price risk

The Group holds an insignificant amount of cryptocurrency assets which, prima facie, may be subject to price risk. 
Cryptocurrency is a core and integral part of Quadrant’s business operations, as cryptocurrency is used to pay geolancers and 
some suppliers, because cryptocurrency provides various benefits to Quadrant, such as: (i) real-time settlement and (ii) allows 
for micropayments, because a lot of the tasks that geolancers perform involve small data volumes and hence small or micro 
payment amounts are provided as consideration. Cryptocurrency allows and can handle these small micropayments, with the 
added benefit of not imposing fees on the recipient. Cryptocurrency assets are classified as inventory and valued in these 
financial statements at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

Interest rate risk

The Group’s main interest rate risk potentially arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose 
the Group to interest rate risk. At the reporting date, the Group had no borrowings. 

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the 
Group. The Group has a strict code of credit, including obtaining agency credit information, confirming references and setting 
appropriate credit limits. The Group obtains guarantees where appropriate to mitigate credit risk. The maximum exposure 
to credit risk at the reporting date to recognised financial assets is the carrying amount, net of any provisions for impairment 
of those assets, as disclosed in the statement of financial position and notes to the financial statements. The Group does not 
hold any collateral. 

Generally, trade receivables and contract assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators 
of this include the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan and a failure to make contractual payments for a period 
greater than one year.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk management requires the Group to maintain sufficient liquid assets (mainly cash and cash equivalents) and 
available borrowing facilities to be able to pay debts as and when they become due and payable. 

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and available borrowing facilities by continuously 
monitoring actual and forecast cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

As at 31 December 2023, the Groups held cash and cash equivalents of $32.1 million (2022: $23.4 million). 

124

Appen 2023 Annual Report

125

Maturity of financial liabilities are summarised below, based on the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 

one year equal their carrying values considering the discounting impact is insignificant.

2023 

$000

Non–derivatives

Non–interest bearing 

Trade payables

Other payables

Interest–bearing – fixed rate

Lease liability 1

Total non–derivatives

2022 

$000

Non–derivatives

Non–interest bearing 

Trade payables

Other payables

Interest–bearing – fixed rate

Lease liability 1

Total non–derivatives

Contractual maturities

< 1 year

1–2 years

2–5 years

> 5 years

Total cash 

flows

Total 

carrying 

value

13,573

13,659

13,573

13,659

3,323

30,555

2,636

2,636

7,519

7,519

14,000

41,232

12,434

39,666

Contractual maturities

< 1 year

1–2 years

2–5 years

> 5 years

Total cash 

flows

Total 

carrying 

value

13,573 

13,659

22,431

17,309

3,277

43,017

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

522

522

–

–

941

941

22,431

17,309

10,868

50,608

22,431

17,309

10,177

49,917

1 

Includes interest, weighted average at 6.24% (2022: 3.99%). 

2,638

2,638

4,012

4,012

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

Note 24. Financial risk management (continued)

Maturity of financial liabilities are summarised below, based on the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 
one year equal their carrying values considering the discounting impact is insignificant.

2023 
$000

Non–derivatives

Non–interest bearing 

Trade payables

Other payables

Interest–bearing – fixed rate

Lease liability 1

Total non–derivatives

2022 
$000

Non–derivatives

Non–interest bearing 

Trade payables

Other payables

Interest–bearing – fixed rate

Lease liability 1

Total non–derivatives

Contractual maturities

< 1 year

1–2 years

2–5 years

> 5 years

Total cash 
flows

Total 
carrying 
value

13,573 

13,659

–

–

–

–

3,323

30,555

2,636

2,636

7,519

7,519

Contractual maturities

–

–

522

522

13,573

13,659

13,573

13,659

14,000

41,232

12,434

39,666

< 1 year

1–2 years

2–5 years

> 5 years

Total cash 
flows

Total 
carrying 
value

22,431

17,309

3,277

43,017

–

–

–

–

2,638

2,638

4,012

4,012

–

–

941

941

22,431

17,309

10,868

50,608

22,431

17,309

10,177

49,917

1 

Includes interest, weighted average at 6.24% (2022: 3.99%). 

124

Appen 2023 Annual Report

125

USD strengthened

USD weakened

change

Effect on profit 

before tax

$000

Equity 

$000

Effect on profit 

before tax

$000

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

European Economic and Monetary Union Euro

2022

Australian Dollars

Hong Kong Dollars

Philippine Pesos

Chinese Yuan

Japanese Yen

Singapore Dollars

Total

%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

–

(9)

(73)

–

–

–

(8)

(8)

(98)

(310)

(194)

(239)

1

(28)

(1,174)

(52)

(32)

Equity

$000

310

194

239

(1)

28

1,174

52

32

73

–

9

–

–

–

8

8

(2,028)

98

2,028

The percentage change is the expected overall volatility of the significant currencies, which is based on management’s 

assessment of reasonable possible fluctuations taking into consideration movements over the last 12 months each year 

and the spot rate at each reporting date.

Price risk

The Group holds an insignificant amount of cryptocurrency assets which, prima facie, may be subject to price risk. 

Cryptocurrency is a core and integral part of Quadrant’s business operations, as cryptocurrency is used to pay geolancers and 

some suppliers, because cryptocurrency provides various benefits to Quadrant, such as: (i) real-time settlement and (ii) allows 

for micropayments, because a lot of the tasks that geolancers perform involve small data volumes and hence small or micro 

payment amounts are provided as consideration. Cryptocurrency allows and can handle these small micropayments, with the 

added benefit of not imposing fees on the recipient. Cryptocurrency assets are classified as inventory and valued in these 

financial statements at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

The Group’s main interest rate risk potentially arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose 

the Group to interest rate risk. At the reporting date, the Group had no borrowings. 

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the 

Group. The Group has a strict code of credit, including obtaining agency credit information, confirming references and setting 

appropriate credit limits. The Group obtains guarantees where appropriate to mitigate credit risk. The maximum exposure 

to credit risk at the reporting date to recognised financial assets is the carrying amount, net of any provisions for impairment 

of those assets, as disclosed in the statement of financial position and notes to the financial statements. The Group does not 

Generally, trade receivables and contract assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators 

of this include the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan and a failure to make contractual payments for a period 

Interest rate risk

Credit risk

hold any collateral. 

greater than one year.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk management requires the Group to maintain sufficient liquid assets (mainly cash and cash equivalents) and 

available borrowing facilities to be able to pay debts as and when they become due and payable. 

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and available borrowing facilities by continuously 

monitoring actual and forecast cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

As at 31 December 2023, the Groups held cash and cash equivalents of $32.1 million (2022: $23.4 million). 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Other information

Note 25. Contingent liabilities 

The Group has provided security for bank guarantees regarding contractual obligations on commercial real estate leases. 
The total amount is A$134,000 as at 31 December 2023 (2022: A$134,000). 

The Company is a party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee entered into with various Group entities. The operation of the Deed 
of Cross Guarantee has the effect of joining the Company as a guarantor to the Group’s commitments and contingencies. 
Further details are disclosed in Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee.

Note 26. Parent entity information

The Group’s parent entity is Appen Limited, and its supplementary information are as follows:

Statement of profit or loss

Profit/(loss) after income tax

Statement of financial position

Total current assets

Total assets

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Share-based payments reserve

Profits reserve

Translation reserve

Other reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity

2023
$ 000

4,388

2022
$ 000

(205,235)

2023
$ 000

2,848

122,745

1,468

1,468

121,277

2022
$ 000

1,459

63,157

1,247

1,247

61,910

320,435

262,917

34,902

7,355

29,211

7,355

(33,592)

(25,362)

2,002

2,002

(209,825)

(214,213)

 121,277 

61,910

The accounting policies of the parent entity are consistent with those of the Group, except for that investments in subsidiaries 
are measured at cost in the parent entity.

The parent entity had a deed of cross guarantee in relation to the debtors of its subsidiaries in the prior year and as at 31 December 
2023. Further information are disclosed in Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee.

The parent entity had no contingent liabilities and no significant capital commitments as at 31 December 2023. 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance 

with the accounting policy described in Note 2. Basis of preparation.

Interest %

Note 27. Subsidiaries 

Appen Financial Services Pty Ltd

Entity

Appen AI Pty Ltd 2

Appen AI Inc 1,3

Leapforce Inc.

RaterLabs Inc.

Figure Eight Technologies Inc.

Figure Eight Federal LLC

Appen AI Europe Limited 1

Appen (UK) Limited 1

Mendip Media Group Limited

Appen Butler Hill Limited 1

Beijing Appen Technology Co., Ltd 1

Appen Technology (Wuxi) Co. Ltd

Appen Data Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

Appen Limited Korea 1

Appen Japan Pty Ltd 1

Quadrant Pte Ltd 1

Quadrant Protocol Ltd 1

Appen Canada Limited 1

Appen AI India Private Limited 1

Country of incorporation

Australia

Australia

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

Ireland

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Hong Kong

China

China

China

Korea

Japan

Canada

India

Singapore

British Virgin Islands

2023

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2022

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

–

–

1  Wholly owned subsidiaries of Appen AI Pty Ltd (previously by entity name Appen Butler Hill Pty Limited). 

2  Entity name changed from Appen Butler Hill Pty Limited to Appen AI Pty Ltd on 21 May 2023. 

3  Entity name changed from Appen Butler Hill Inc. to Appen AI Inc on 29 May 2023.

Accounting policy

its power over the entity.

The consolidated financial report incorporates all of the assets, liabilities and results of Appen Limited and all of the 

subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, 

or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through 

The assets, liabilities and results of all subsidiaries are fully consolidated into the financial statements of the Group 

from the date control is obtained by the Group. Acquisition of subsidiaries are accounted for using the acquisition 

method of accounting. A change in ownership interest without the loss of control, is accounted for as an equity 

transaction, where the difference between the consideration transferred and the book value of the share of the 

non-controlling interest acquired is recognised as directly attributable to the parent.

The consolidation of a subsidiary is discontinued from the date control ceases. When the Group loses control over 

a subsidiary, it de-recognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, and any related non-controlling interest and 

other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former 

subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost. Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains 

or losses on transactions between Group members/subsidiaries are fully eliminated on consolidation. Accounting 

policies of subsidiaries are regularly reviewed and adjusted where necessary to ensure uniformity of the accounting 

policies adopted by the Group.

126

Appen 2023 Annual Report

127

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Other information

Note 25. Contingent liabilities 

The Group has provided security for bank guarantees regarding contractual obligations on commercial real estate leases. 

The total amount is A$134,000 as at 31 December 2023 (2022: A$134,000). 

The Company is a party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee entered into with various Group entities. The operation of the Deed 

of Cross Guarantee has the effect of joining the Company as a guarantor to the Group’s commitments and contingencies. 

Further details are disclosed in Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee.

Note 26. Parent entity information

The Group’s parent entity is Appen Limited, and its supplementary information are as follows:

Statement of profit or loss

Profit/(loss) after income tax

Statement of financial position

Total current assets

Total assets

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Profits reserve

Translation reserve

Other reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Share-based payments reserve

2023

$ 000

4,388

2022

$ 000

(205,235)

2023

$ 000

2,848

122,745

1,468

1,468

121,277

2022

$ 000

1,459

63,157

1,247

1,247

61,910

320,435

262,917

34,902

7,355

29,211

7,355

(33,592)

(25,362)

2,002

2,002

(209,825)

(214,213)

 121,277 

61,910

The accounting policies of the parent entity are consistent with those of the Group, except for that investments in subsidiaries 

are measured at cost in the parent entity.

The parent entity had a deed of cross guarantee in relation to the debtors of its subsidiaries in the prior year and as at 31 December 

2023. Further information are disclosed in Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee.

The parent entity had no contingent liabilities and no significant capital commitments as at 31 December 2023. 

Note 27. Subsidiaries 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance 
with the accounting policy described in Note 2. Basis of preparation.

Interest %

Entity

Appen AI Pty Ltd 2

Appen Financial Services Pty Ltd

Appen AI Inc 1,3

Leapforce Inc.

RaterLabs Inc.

Figure Eight Technologies Inc.

Figure Eight Federal LLC

Appen AI Europe Limited 1

Appen (UK) Limited 1

Mendip Media Group Limited

Appen Butler Hill Limited 1

Beijing Appen Technology Co., Ltd 1

Appen Technology (Wuxi) Co. Ltd

Appen Data Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

Appen Limited Korea 1

Appen Japan Pty Ltd 1

Quadrant Pte Ltd 1

Quadrant Protocol Ltd 1

Appen Canada Limited 1

Appen AI India Private Limited 1

Country of incorporation

Australia

Australia

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

Ireland

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Hong Kong

China

China

China

Korea

Japan

Singapore

British Virgin Islands

Canada

India

2023

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2022

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

–

–

1  Wholly owned subsidiaries of Appen AI Pty Ltd (previously by entity name Appen Butler Hill Pty Limited). 
2  Entity name changed from Appen Butler Hill Pty Limited to Appen AI Pty Ltd on 21 May 2023. 
3  Entity name changed from Appen Butler Hill Inc. to Appen AI Inc on 29 May 2023.

Accounting policy
The consolidated financial report incorporates all of the assets, liabilities and results of Appen Limited and all of the 
subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, 
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through 
its power over the entity.

The assets, liabilities and results of all subsidiaries are fully consolidated into the financial statements of the Group 
from the date control is obtained by the Group. Acquisition of subsidiaries are accounted for using the acquisition 
method of accounting. A change in ownership interest without the loss of control, is accounted for as an equity 
transaction, where the difference between the consideration transferred and the book value of the share of the 
non-controlling interest acquired is recognised as directly attributable to the parent.

The consolidation of a subsidiary is discontinued from the date control ceases. When the Group loses control over 
a subsidiary, it de-recognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, and any related non-controlling interest and 
other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former 
subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost. Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains 
or losses on transactions between Group members/subsidiaries are fully eliminated on consolidation. Accounting 
policies of subsidiaries are regularly reviewed and adjusted where necessary to ensure uniformity of the accounting 
policies adopted by the Group.

126

Appen 2023 Annual Report

127

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee 

Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

The following subsidiaries together with the parent entity are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which each party 
has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of the winding up of any of the members in the Closed Group. By entering 
into the Deed, the wholly-owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report and directors’ 
report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned companies) Instrument 2016/785. 

•  Appen AI Pty Ltd (entity name changed from Appen Butler Hill Pty Limited on 21 May 2023)

•  Appen Financial Services Pty Ltd

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and financial position of the entities that are members of the Closed Group 
is as follows:

Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

2023
$ 000

43,883

2022
$ 000

55,864

(3,765)

(17,818)

(754)

(2,288)

(1,591)

(1,020)

(7,343)

(3,508)

(1,578)

(2,873)

(519)

(1,959)

(660)

(354)

15,994

(7,675)

(23,689)

(2,034)

(2,067)

(1,201)

(1,388)

(9,692)

(4,206)

569

15,494

(1,209)

(21)

(721)

(772)

–

(4,079)

(204,326)

9,768

(187,074)

(37)

350

9,731

(186,724)

6,530

6,530

16,261

14,798

14,798

(171,926)

Revenue

Expenses

Crowd service costs

Employee expenses

Recruitment costs

Professional fees

Information technology costs

Communication and travel expenses

Other expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments expense 

Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)

Transaction costs

Restructure costs

Finance costs 

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Earn-out adjustment

Impairment

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Profit/(loss) after income tax

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Foreign currency translation

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period

128

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Statement of financial position

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Contract assets

Inventory

Prepayments and other assets

Income tax receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Prepayments and other assets 

Intangible assets

Plant and equipment

Lease right of use assets

Deferred tax assets

Intercompany transactions

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Earn-out liability

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Total equity

Reserves and retained earnings

2023

$ 000

2022

$ 000

16,105

12,200

2,842

3,788

3,774

1,069

2,768

1,760

104

14

7,251

157

756

7,251

3,095

148,523

167,047

183,152

4,254

777

4,698

966

306

3,453

3,750

3,511

11,020

21,715

161,437

1,947

6,036

–

650

1,049

2,256

262

424

9,246

1,363

4,081

7,560

3,095

88,738

114,507

126,707

5,876

1,322

3,374

–

507

4,730

19,131

4,109

28,477

39,049

87,658

10,695

10,572

320,435

262,917

(158,998)

(175,259)

161,437

87,658

Appen 2023 Annual Report

129

 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee 

Note 28. Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

The following subsidiaries together with the parent entity are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which each party 

has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of the winding up of any of the members in the Closed Group. By entering 

into the Deed, the wholly-owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report and directors’ 

report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned companies) Instrument 2016/785. 

•  Appen AI Pty Ltd (entity name changed from Appen Butler Hill Pty Limited on 21 May 2023)

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and financial position of the entities that are members of the Closed Group 

Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

•  Appen Financial Services Pty Ltd

is as follows:

Revenue

Expenses

Crowd service costs

Employee expenses

Recruitment costs

Professional fees

Information technology costs

Communication and travel expenses

Other expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments expense 

Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)

Transaction costs

Restructure costs

Finance costs 

Deemed interest on earn-out liability

Earn-out adjustment

Impairment

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Profit/(loss) after income tax

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Foreign currency translation

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period

2023

$ 000

43,883

2022

$ 000

55,864

(3,765)

(17,818)

(754)

(2,288)

(1,591)

(1,020)

(7,343)

(3,508)

(1,578)

(2,873)

(519)

(1,959)

(660)

(354)

15,994

(7,675)

(23,689)

(2,034)

(2,067)

(1,201)

(1,388)

(9,692)

(4,206)

569

15,494

(1,209)

(21)

(721)

(772)

–

(4,079)

(204,326)

9,768

(187,074)

(37)

350

9,731

(186,724)

6,530

6,530

16,261

14,798

14,798

(171,926)

Statement of financial position

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Contract assets

Inventory

Prepayments and other assets

Income tax receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Prepayments and other assets 

Intangible assets

Plant and equipment

Lease right of use assets

Deferred tax assets

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Intercompany transactions

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Earn-out liability

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Reserves and retained earnings

Total equity

2023
$ 000

2022
$ 000

2,842

3,788

3,774

1,069

2,768

1,760

104

1,947

6,036

–

650

1,049

2,256

262

16,105

12,200

14

7,251

157

756

7,251

3,095

148,523

167,047

183,152

4,254

777

4,698

966

424

9,246

1,363

4,081

7,560

3,095

88,738

114,507

126,707

5,876

1,322

3,374

–

10,695

10,572

306

3,453

3,750

3,511

11,020

21,715

161,437

507

4,730

19,131

4,109

28,477

39,049

87,658

320,435

262,917

(158,998)

(175,259)

161,437

87,658

128

Appen 2023 Annual Report

129

 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 29. Related party transactions

Note 30. Share-based payments 

Parent entities
Appen Limited is the parent entity. Supplementary information of the parent entity is disclosed in Note 26. 

Subsidiaries 
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in Note 27.

Key management personnel compensation
Detailed disclosure relating to key management personnel (KMP) are disclosed in the remuneration report included in the 
Directors’ Report. 

The aggregate remuneration received/receivable by the Directors and other key management personnel of the Group 
is as follows: 

Short-term benefits

Post-employment benefits

Long-term benefits

Share-based payments 

Total compensation

Detailed remuneration disclosures are contained in the remuneration report.

Loans to/from related parties 
There were no formal loans to or from related parties during the year or the prior year. 

2023
$

2022
$

 1,750,025 

1,957,104

 280,730 

400,432

 78,973 

69,547

 2,634,705 

(1,552,631)

 4,744,433 

874,452

The Group provides benefits to employees (including key management personnel) of the Group through share-based 

incentives. Employees are paid for their services or incentivised for their performance in part through shares or rights over 

shares. These share-based payments are settled via equity and the expense arising from these transactions is recorded and 

disclosed in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. 

Performance rights – Long-term incentive plan

Appen has two LTI schemes: 1) Core Executive LTI scheme which aligns with Australian market practice and 2) Global Executive 

LTI scheme is tailored to the North American market.

The Core Executive LTI scheme is 100% performance and service hurdle-based with all LTI vesting at the end of year three, 

subject to hurdle requirements relating to key performance metrics and tenure with no re-testing. 

The Global Executive LTI scheme is tailored to the North American market with 50% of rights issued subject to a time-based 

vesting condition only, that vest annually. The remaining 50% is subject to the same performance-based hurdles that apply 

to Core Executives and these rights may vest after three years, like the Core Executive LTI scheme. It also contains the 

continuation of employment service condition.

Performance rights lapse on cessation of employment before vesting and no performance rights would be granted under such 

circumstances, even if the relevant performance hurdles are met. 

For rights to vest for Executive KMP, the requirements are disclosed in detail in the remuneration report. The vesting levels for 

the achievement of targets are summarised as follows:

Absolute TSR 1 over the performance period

% of Rights that vest

TSR is below 190%

TSR is 190%

TSR is greater than or equal to 320%

Nil

50%

100%

TSR is between 190% and 320%

Pro-rata straight line vesting between 50% and 100%

1  Absolute Total Shareholder Return (aTSR) is defined as growth in the price of shares (modified to account for capital adjustments where 

appropriate) together with the value of the dividends over the performance period, assuming that all those dividends are re-invested into 

new shares. The aTSR is measured over the three-year vesting period. 

The following tables set out an overview of all performance rights granted under the existing plans:

Year ended 31 December 2023

Plans and number of rights

Year ended 31 December 2022

Plans and number of rights

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023 

2019

2020

2021

2022

Balance at 

the start of 

the year

121,459

227,448

583,641

3,830,336

Balance at 

the start of 

the year

518,733

720,824

787,775

Granted

Exercised

Expired/

forfeited/

other

Balance at 

the end of 

the year

(2,640)

(72,117)

(118,096)

(138,728)

723

16,603

(16,266)

(164,187)

403,188

(921,818)

(1,983,467)

925,051

–

18,346,408

(277,041)

(6,149,550)

11,919,817

4,762,884

18,346,408

(1,289,882)

(8,554,028)

13,265,382

Granted

Exercised

Expired/

forfeited/

other

Balance at 

the end of 

the year

(185,081)

(212,193)

121,459

(96,841)

(396,535)

227,448

(84,589)

(119,545)

583,641

–

5,044,566

–

(1,214,230)

3,830,336

2,027,332

5,044,566

(366,511)

(1,942,503)

4,762,884

The fair value of the performance rights has been measured based on the share price at the date of the grant less the present 

value of the future dividend stream. The weighted average remaining contractual life of performance rights outstanding at the 

end of the financial year was 1.30 years (2022: 1.33 years).

Appen 2023 Annual Report

131

130

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 29. Related party transactions

Note 30. Share-based payments 

Appen Limited is the parent entity. Supplementary information of the parent entity is disclosed in Note 26. 

Parent entities

Subsidiaries 

Interests in subsidiaries are set out in Note 27.

Key management personnel compensation

Detailed disclosure relating to key management personnel (KMP) are disclosed in the remuneration report included in the 

The aggregate remuneration received/receivable by the Directors and other key management personnel of the Group 

Directors’ Report. 

is as follows: 

Short-term benefits

Post-employment benefits

Long-term benefits

Share-based payments 

Total compensation

Detailed remuneration disclosures are contained in the remuneration report.

Loans to/from related parties 

There were no formal loans to or from related parties during the year or the prior year. 

2023

$

2022

$

 1,750,025 

1,957,104

 280,730 

400,432

 78,973 

69,547

 2,634,705 

(1,552,631)

 4,744,433 

874,452

130

The Group provides benefits to employees (including key management personnel) of the Group through share-based 
incentives. Employees are paid for their services or incentivised for their performance in part through shares or rights over 
shares. These share-based payments are settled via equity and the expense arising from these transactions is recorded and 
disclosed in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. 

Performance rights – Long-term incentive plan
Appen has two LTI schemes: 1) Core Executive LTI scheme which aligns with Australian market practice and 2) Global Executive 
LTI scheme is tailored to the North American market.

The Core Executive LTI scheme is 100% performance and service hurdle-based with all LTI vesting at the end of year three, 
subject to hurdle requirements relating to key performance metrics and tenure with no re-testing. 

The Global Executive LTI scheme is tailored to the North American market with 50% of rights issued subject to a time-based 
vesting condition only, that vest annually. The remaining 50% is subject to the same performance-based hurdles that apply 
to Core Executives and these rights may vest after three years, like the Core Executive LTI scheme. It also contains the 
continuation of employment service condition.

Performance rights lapse on cessation of employment before vesting and no performance rights would be granted under such 
circumstances, even if the relevant performance hurdles are met. 

For rights to vest for Executive KMP, the requirements are disclosed in detail in the remuneration report. The vesting levels for 
the achievement of targets are summarised as follows:

Absolute TSR 1 over the performance period

% of Rights that vest

TSR is below 190%

TSR is 190%

Nil

50%

TSR is between 190% and 320%

Pro-rata straight line vesting between 50% and 100%

TSR is greater than or equal to 320%

100%

1  Absolute Total Shareholder Return (aTSR) is defined as growth in the price of shares (modified to account for capital adjustments where 
appropriate) together with the value of the dividends over the performance period, assuming that all those dividends are re-invested into 
new shares. The aTSR is measured over the three-year vesting period. 

The following tables set out an overview of all performance rights granted under the existing plans:

Year ended 31 December 2023
Plans and number of rights

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023 

Year ended 31 December 2022
Plans and number of rights

2019

2020

2021

2022

Balance at 
the start of 
the year

121,459

227,448

583,641

3,830,336

Granted

Exercised

Expired/
forfeited/
other

Balance at 
the end of 
the year

(2,640)

(72,117)

(118,096)

(138,728)

723

16,603

(16,266)

(164,187)

403,188

(921,818)

(1,983,467)

925,051

–

18,346,408

(277,041)

(6,149,550)

11,919,817

4,762,884

18,346,408

(1,289,882)

(8,554,028)

13,265,382

Balance at 
the start of 
the year

518,733

720,824

787,775

Granted

Exercised

Expired/
forfeited/
other

Balance at 
the end of 
the year

(185,081)

(212,193)

121,459

(96,841)

(396,535)

227,448

(84,589)

(119,545)

583,641

–

5,044,566

–

(1,214,230)

3,830,336

2,027,332

5,044,566

(366,511)

(1,942,503)

4,762,884

The fair value of the performance rights has been measured based on the share price at the date of the grant less the present 
value of the future dividend stream. The weighted average remaining contractual life of performance rights outstanding at the 
end of the financial year was 1.30 years (2022: 1.33 years).

Appen 2023 Annual Report

131

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 30. Share-based payments (continued)

Note 30. Share-based payments (continued)

An overview of the 2023 performance rights granted to employees including KMPs is disclosed in the following table. 

Grant 

date

Expiry 
date

Exercise 
price

Tranche

Performance 
measurement

Performance 
target

Performance 
target 
measurement 
date

Target 
achieved

Vesting 
condition

9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

1–11

N/A

9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

12–24

N/A

N/A

Yes

N/A

Pending

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

Plan

One-off 
sign on LTI

One-off 
sign on LTI

2023 
One-time

Employed 
at 9 Feb 23
–9 Dec 23

Employed 
at 9 Jan 24
–9 Jan 25

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Vesting date

14 Jul 23 /  
Release of 
23 results

Release of 
23 results / 
Monthly from 
9 Mar 2024

Release of 
25 results

Release of 
23 results

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

22 May 
23

22 May 
23

22 May 
23

22 May 
23

24 May 
23

24 May 
23

24 May 
23

24 May 
23

26 Sep 
23

26 Sep 
23

26 Sep 
23

26 Sep 
23

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

No 
performance 
condition

N/A

Pending

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
25 results

Release of 
23 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
25 results

Release of 
23 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Employed 
at 1 Jan 24

Release of 
25 results

Release of 
23 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 25

Release of 
24 results

N/A

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

Employed 
at 1 Jan 26

Release of 
25 results

Accounting policy

period of the awards. 

The grant date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements granted to employees is generally 

recognised as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity – share-based payment reserve, over the vesting 

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects the 

extent to which the vesting period has expired and the proportion of the awards that are expected to ultimately vest. 

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest due to a non-market performance condition not being 

met. The expense is recognised in full if the awards do not vest (or are not exercised) due to a market performance 

condition not being met. 

For share-based payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment 

is measured to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and accrual outcomes.

Note 31. Remuneration of auditors

During the financial year the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by KPMG, the auditor of the Company, 

and its network firms:

Audit and review services

 Audit or review of the financial statements – Group

 Audit of the financial statements-controlled entities

Total audit services

Other services

 Tax compliance services – transfer pricing 

 Other services 

Total non-audit services

Total audit and non-audit services

2023

$

2022

$

365,435

309,924

25,145

23,362

390,580

333,286

86,262

150,450

238,395

324,657

7,256

157,706

715,237

490,992

Value 
per right 

at grant 
date

$2.67

$2.67

$2.67

$2.25

$2.25

$2.25

$2.25

$2.34

$2.34

$2.34

$2.34

$2.23

$2.23

$2.23

$2.23

$1.23

$1.23

$1.23

$1.23

132

Appen 2023 Annual Report

133

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 30. Share-based payments (continued)

Note 30. Share-based payments (continued)

An overview of the 2023 performance rights granted to employees including KMPs is disclosed in the following table. 

Plan

date

Tranche

measurement

target

achieved

condition

Vesting date

Expiry 

Exercise 

Performance 

Performance 

measurement 

Target 

Vesting 

Grant 

date

One-off 

9 Jan 23 N/A

1–11

N/A

No 

Yes

Employed 

14 Jul 23 /  

price

N/A

Performance 

target 

date

N/A

Value 

per right 

at grant 

date

$2.67

One-off 

9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

12–24

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.67

2023 

9 Jan 23 N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.67

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.25

sign on LTI

sign on LTI

One-time

Accounting policy
The grant date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements granted to employees is generally 
recognised as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity – share-based payment reserve, over the vesting 
period of the awards. 

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects the 
extent to which the vesting period has expired and the proportion of the awards that are expected to ultimately vest. 

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest due to a non-market performance condition not being 
met. The expense is recognised in full if the awards do not vest (or are not exercised) due to a market performance 
condition not being met. 

For share-based payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment 
is measured to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and accrual outcomes.

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.25

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.25

Note 31. Remuneration of auditors

During the financial year the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by KPMG, the auditor of the Company, 
and its network firms:

Audit and review services

 Audit or review of the financial statements – Group

 Audit of the financial statements-controlled entities

Total audit services

Other services

 Tax compliance services – transfer pricing 

 Other services 

Total non-audit services

Total audit and non-audit services

2023
$

2022
$

365,435

309,924

25,145

23,362

390,580

333,286

86,262

150,450

238,395

324,657

7,256

157,706

715,237

490,992

at 9 Feb 23

Release of 

–9 Dec 23

23 results

at 9 Jan 24

23 results / 

–9 Jan 25

Monthly from 

9 Mar 2024

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 24

23 results

at 1 Jan 25

24 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

at 1 Jan 26

25 results

2023

1 Mar 23 N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.25

2023

22 May 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.34

2023

22 May 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.34

2023

22 May 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.34

2023

22 May 

N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.34

2023

24 May 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.23

2023

24 May 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.23

2023

24 May 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.23

2023

24 May 

N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$2.23

2023

26 Sep 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$1.23

2023

26 Sep 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$1.23

2023

26 Sep 

N/A

N/A

N/A

No 

N/A

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$1.23

2023

26 Sep 

N/A

N/A

aTSR

190%

31 Dec 25

Pending

Employed 

Release of 

$1.23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

performance 

condition

1

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

132

Appen 2023 Annual Report

133

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Directors’ declaration

Note 32. Events after the reporting period

In the directors’ opinion:

Material customer loss
On 22 January 2024, the Board announced that Appen received notification on Saturday, 20 January 2024 AEDT from a material 
customer, Google LLC, that as part of a strategic review process it will be terminating its global inbound services contract 
with Appen, resulting in the cessation of all projects with Appen by 19 March 2024. Appen had no prior knowledge of Google’s 
decision to terminate the contract.

Revenue recognised for the year ended 31 December 2023 relating to Google LLC was $82.8 million at 26% gross margin. 
Gross margin refers to revenue less crowd expenses.

Implementation of cost saving measures
On 12 February 2024, the Board announced that Appen will implement measures to achieve $13.5 million in annualised cost 
savings. The cost initiatives represent direct and indirect costs associated with the delivery of Google LLC projects. 

Appen expects to complete 80% of the cost initiatives by March 2024 and the remainder by June 2024. The bulk of the costs 
are direct costs, however indirect costs have been further scrutinised resulting in the eventual closure of the Toronto and 
Bellevue offices in North America.

The first full year benefit of these cost savings is expected to be realised in FY25. The one-off costs associated with implementing 
the cost reduction initiatives are expected to be approximately $1.5 million to $2.5 million and will be reported as a non-recurring 
expense and excluded from underlying EBITDA for FY24.

Appointment of Chief Executive Officer
On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Ryan Kolln, formerly the Chief Operating Officer (COO) as CEO 
and Managing Director.

Armughan Ahmad stepped down from his role as CEO, President and Managing Director on 5 February 2024. Mr Ahmad will 
receive his statutory entitlements and payment in lieu of notice (12 months – US$600,000). 

Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant was forfeited upon his termination. The board exercised its discretion and no STI was awarded 
to Mr Ahamd. However, Mr Ahamd’s share-based sign-on bonus will remain on-foot and continue to vest in accordance with 
the terms of this contract.

On behalf of the directors

Richard Freudenstein 

Non-executive Chair

27 February 2024 

Sydney

• 

the attached financial statements and notes comply with the Corporations Act 2001, the Australian Accounting Standards, 

the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements;

• 

the attached financial statements and notes comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 

International Accounting Standards Board as described in the financial statements;

• 

the attached financial statements and notes give a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 December 2023 

and of its performance for the financial year ended on that date;

• 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

payable; and

•  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group 

will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross 

guarantee described in note 28 to the financial statements.

The directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of directors made pursuant to section 295(5)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001.

134

Appen 2023 Annual Report

135

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Directors’ declaration

for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note 32. Events after the reporting period

In the directors’ opinion:

Material customer loss

On 22 January 2024, the Board announced that Appen received notification on Saturday, 20 January 2024 AEDT from a material 

customer, Google LLC, that as part of a strategic review process it will be terminating its global inbound services contract 

with Appen, resulting in the cessation of all projects with Appen by 19 March 2024. Appen had no prior knowledge of Google’s 

decision to terminate the contract.

Revenue recognised for the year ended 31 December 2023 relating to Google LLC was $82.8 million at 26% gross margin. 

Gross margin refers to revenue less crowd expenses.

Implementation of cost saving measures

On 12 February 2024, the Board announced that Appen will implement measures to achieve $13.5 million in annualised cost 

savings. The cost initiatives represent direct and indirect costs associated with the delivery of Google LLC projects. 

Appen expects to complete 80% of the cost initiatives by March 2024 and the remainder by June 2024. The bulk of the costs 

are direct costs, however indirect costs have been further scrutinised resulting in the eventual closure of the Toronto and 

Bellevue offices in North America.

The first full year benefit of these cost savings is expected to be realised in FY25. The one-off costs associated with implementing 

the cost reduction initiatives are expected to be approximately $1.5 million to $2.5 million and will be reported as a non-recurring 

expense and excluded from underlying EBITDA for FY24.

Appointment of Chief Executive Officer

On 5 February 2024, Appen announced the appointment of Ryan Kolln, formerly the Chief Operating Officer (COO) as CEO 

and Managing Director.

Armughan Ahmad stepped down from his role as CEO, President and Managing Director on 5 February 2024. Mr Ahmad will 

receive his statutory entitlements and payment in lieu of notice (12 months – US$600,000). 

Mr Ahmad’s LTI grant was forfeited upon his termination. The board exercised its discretion and no STI was awarded 

to Mr Ahamd. However, Mr Ahamd’s share-based sign-on bonus will remain on-foot and continue to vest in accordance with 

the terms of this contract.

• 

• 

• 

• 

the attached financial statements and notes comply with the Corporations Act 2001, the Australian Accounting Standards, 
the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements;

the attached financial statements and notes comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board as described in the financial statements;

the attached financial statements and notes give a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 December 2023 
and of its performance for the financial year ended on that date;

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 
payable; and

•  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group 
will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross 
guarantee described in note 28 to the financial statements.

The directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of directors made pursuant to section 295(5)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001.

On behalf of the directors

Richard Freudenstein 
Non-executive Chair

27 February 2024 
Sydney

134

Appen 2023 Annual Report

135

 
Independent auditor’s report
to the shareholders of Appen Limited

Independent auditor’s report

to the shareholders of Appen Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the Financial Report of Appen Limited 
(the Company).

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial Report of the 
Company is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including: 

•  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial 

position as at 31 December 2023 and of its financial 
performance for the year ended on that date; and

The Financial Report comprises:

•  Consolidated statement of financial position as at 

31 December 2023;

•  Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 

comprehensive income, Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity, and Consolidated statement 
of cash flows for the year then ended;

•  Notes including a summary of material accounting 

•  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and 

policies;

the Corporations Regulations 2001.

•  Directors’ Declaration.

The Group consists of the Company and the entities 
it controlled at the year-end or from time to time during 
the financial year.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
Financial Report section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the 
Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including 
Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

Material uncertainty related to going concern

We draw attention to Note 2, “Going Concern” in the financial report. The conditions disclosed in Note 2, indicate a material 
uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, 
whether it will realise its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business, and at the amounts stated 
in the financial report. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

In concluding there is a material uncertainty related to going concern we evaluated the extent of uncertainty regarding 
events or conditions casting significant doubt in the Group’s assessment of going concern. Our approach to this involved: 

•  Evaluating the feasibility, quantum and timing of the Group’s plans to manage business performance and working capital 

to address going concern;

•  Assessing the Group’s cash flow forecasts for incorporation of the Group’s operations and plans to address going 

concern, in particular in light of the recent history of loss making operations;

•  Determining the completeness of the Group’s going concern disclosures for the principal matters casting significant 
doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Group’s plans to address these matters, and the 
material uncertainty.

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG 
International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used 
under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional 
Standards Legislation.

Key Audit Matters

Financial Report of the current period.

Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 

This matter was addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 

and we do not provide a separate opinion on this matter.

In addition to the matter described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section, we have determined the 

matter described below to be the Key Audit Matter.

Valuation of Goodwill 

Refer to Note 12 to the Financial Report

The key audit matter

How the matter was addressed in our audit

The Group’s annual testing of goodwill for impairment 

Working with our valuation specialists, our procedures 

is a key audit matter, due to the size of the balance and the 

included:

increased judgement applied by us when evaluating the 

forward-looking assumptions including:

•  We considered the appropriateness of the value in use 

method applied by the Group to perform the annual test 

•  Forecast cash flows, revenue growth rates and terminal 

of goodwill for impairment against the requirements 

value growth rates of the Group, which has experienced 

of the accounting standards.

a history of operating losses. This impacted the Group 

through a reduction in the demand for services, loss 

in revenue and margin pressure; and

•  Discount rates which are complicated in nature and 

vary according to the conditions and environment the 

specific cash generating unit (CGU) is subject to.

•  We assessed the integrity of the value in use model 

used, and the accuracy of the underlying calculations.

•  We checked the forecast cash flows in the Group’s value 

in use model to the Board approved FY24 budget;

•  We assessed the accuracy of the Group’s previous 

forecasts to inform our evaluation of forecasts 

In addition to the judgements described above, the 

incorporated in the model. We applied increased 

Group’s model is highly sensitive to small changes in these 

scepticism to assumptions in areas where previous 

assumptions, reducing available headroom, or increasing 

forecasts were not achieved;

impairment. This drives additional audit effort specific 

to their feasibility and consistency of application to the 

Group’s strategy.

The Group uses complex models to perform their annual 

testing of goodwill for impairment. The model uses 

adjusted historical performance, and a range of internal 

•  We challenged the Group’s forecast cash flows, 

revenue growth rates and terminal value growth rates 

assumptions and considered differences for the Group’s 

operations. We used our knowledge of the Group, their 

past performance, business and customers, and our 

industry understanding;

and external sources as inputs to the assumptions. 

•  We independently developed a discount rate range using 

Complex modelling using forward-looking assumptions 

publicly available data for comparable entities, adjusted 

tends to be prone to greater risk for potential bias, error 

by risk factors specific to the Group and the industry 

and inconsistent application. These conditions increase the 

it operates in;

possibility of goodwill being impaired, which necessitates 

additional scrutiny by us, in particular to address the 

objectivity of sources used for assumptions, and their 

consistent application.

We involved valuation specialists to supplement our senior 

audit team members in assessing this key audit matter.

•  We considered the sensitivity of the models by 

varying key assumptions, such as revenue growth 

rates, terminal value growth rates and discount rates 

within a reasonably possible range. We considered the 

interdependencies of key assumptions when performing 

the sensitivity analysis and what the Group consider 

to be reasonably possible. We then identified those 

assumptions at a higher risk of bias to focus our further 

procedures; and

•  We assessed the Group’s disclosures in the financial 

report using our understanding obtained from 

our testing and against the requirements of the 

accounting standards.

136

Appen 2023 Annual Report

137

Independent auditor’s report

to the shareholders of Appen Limited

Independent auditor’s report
to the shareholders of Appen Limited

We have audited the Financial Report of Appen Limited 

The Financial Report comprises:

•  Consolidated statement of financial position as at 

Valuation of Goodwill 

Key Audit Matters

Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
Financial Report of the current period.

This matter was addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on this matter.

In addition to the matter described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section, we have determined the 
matter described below to be the Key Audit Matter.

Refer to Note 12 to the Financial Report

The key audit matter

How the matter was addressed in our audit

The Group’s annual testing of goodwill for impairment 
is a key audit matter, due to the size of the balance and the 
increased judgement applied by us when evaluating the 
forward-looking assumptions including:

•  Forecast cash flows, revenue growth rates and terminal 
value growth rates of the Group, which has experienced 
a history of operating losses. This impacted the Group 
through a reduction in the demand for services, loss 
in revenue and margin pressure; and

•  Discount rates which are complicated in nature and 

vary according to the conditions and environment the 
specific cash generating unit (CGU) is subject to.

In addition to the judgements described above, the 
Group’s model is highly sensitive to small changes in these 
assumptions, reducing available headroom, or increasing 
impairment. This drives additional audit effort specific 
to their feasibility and consistency of application to the 
Group’s strategy.

The Group uses complex models to perform their annual 
testing of goodwill for impairment. The model uses 
adjusted historical performance, and a range of internal 
and external sources as inputs to the assumptions. 
Complex modelling using forward-looking assumptions 
tends to be prone to greater risk for potential bias, error 
and inconsistent application. These conditions increase the 
possibility of goodwill being impaired, which necessitates 
additional scrutiny by us, in particular to address the 
objectivity of sources used for assumptions, and their 
consistent application.

We involved valuation specialists to supplement our senior 
audit team members in assessing this key audit matter.

Working with our valuation specialists, our procedures 
included:

•  We considered the appropriateness of the value in use 

method applied by the Group to perform the annual test 
of goodwill for impairment against the requirements 
of the accounting standards.

•  We assessed the integrity of the value in use model 

used, and the accuracy of the underlying calculations.

•  We checked the forecast cash flows in the Group’s value 

in use model to the Board approved FY24 budget;

•  We assessed the accuracy of the Group’s previous 
forecasts to inform our evaluation of forecasts 
incorporated in the model. We applied increased 
scepticism to assumptions in areas where previous 
forecasts were not achieved;

•  We challenged the Group’s forecast cash flows, 

revenue growth rates and terminal value growth rates 
assumptions and considered differences for the Group’s 
operations. We used our knowledge of the Group, their 
past performance, business and customers, and our 
industry understanding;

•  We independently developed a discount rate range using 

publicly available data for comparable entities, adjusted 
by risk factors specific to the Group and the industry 
it operates in;

•  We considered the sensitivity of the models by 

varying key assumptions, such as revenue growth 
rates, terminal value growth rates and discount rates 
within a reasonably possible range. We considered the 
interdependencies of key assumptions when performing 
the sensitivity analysis and what the Group consider 
to be reasonably possible. We then identified those 
assumptions at a higher risk of bias to focus our further 
procedures; and

•  We assessed the Group’s disclosures in the financial 

report using our understanding obtained from 
our testing and against the requirements of the 
accounting standards.

Report on the audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

(the Company).

including: 

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial Report of the 

31 December 2023;

Company is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 

•  Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 

•  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial 

position as at 31 December 2023 and of its financial 

comprehensive income, Consolidated statement 

of changes in equity, and Consolidated statement 

of cash flows for the year then ended;

performance for the year ended on that date; and

•  Notes including a summary of material accounting 

•  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and 

policies;

the Corporations Regulations 2001.

•  Directors’ Declaration.

The Group consists of the Company and the entities 

it controlled at the year-end or from time to time during 

the financial year.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit evidence we have 

obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 

Financial Report section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the 

Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including 

Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our 

other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

Material uncertainty related to going concern

We draw attention to Note 2, “Going Concern” in the financial report. The conditions disclosed in Note 2, indicate a material 

uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, 

whether it will realise its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business, and at the amounts stated 

in the financial report. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

In concluding there is a material uncertainty related to going concern we evaluated the extent of uncertainty regarding 

events or conditions casting significant doubt in the Group’s assessment of going concern. Our approach to this involved: 

•  Evaluating the feasibility, quantum and timing of the Group’s plans to manage business performance and working capital 

to address going concern;

•  Assessing the Group’s cash flow forecasts for incorporation of the Group’s operations and plans to address going 

concern, in particular in light of the recent history of loss making operations;

•  Determining the completeness of the Group’s going concern disclosures for the principal matters casting significant 

doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Group’s plans to address these matters, and the 

material uncertainty.

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG 

International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used 

under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional 

Standards Legislation.

136

Appen 2023 Annual Report

137

Independent auditor’s report
to the shareholders of Appen Limited

Independent auditor’s report

to the shareholders of Appen Limited

Other Information

Report on the Remuneration Report

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Appen Limited’s annual reporting which is provided in addition 
to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors are responsible for the Other Information. 

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit 
opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and our related 
assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In doing so, 
we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Report or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information, and based on 
the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have 
nothing to report.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:

•  preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and 

the Corporations Act 2001

• 

implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a true and fair view 
and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error

•  assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the going concern 
basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group and Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objective is:

• 

to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error; and 

• 

to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion. 

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing and Assurance 
Standards Board website at: https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf 
This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.

Opinion

Directors’ responsibilities

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Appen Limited 

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 

for the year ended 31 December 2023, complies with 

preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in 

Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included 

in pages 62–85 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 

31 December 2023. 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 

Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted 

in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

KPMG

Cameron Slapp 

Partner

Sydney 

27 February 2024

138

Appen 2023 Annual Report

139

Independent auditor’s report

to the shareholders of Appen Limited

Independent auditor’s report
to the shareholders of Appen Limited

Other Information

Report on the Remuneration Report

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Appen Limited’s annual reporting which is provided in addition 

Opinion

Directors’ responsibilities

to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors are responsible for the Other Information. 

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit 

opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and our related 

assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In doing so, 

we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Report or our knowledge obtained 

in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information, and based on 

the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have 

nothing to report.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:

the Corporations Act 2001

•  preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and 

• 

implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a true and fair view 

and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error

•  assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the going concern 

basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 

the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group and Company or to cease 

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

• 

to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material misstatement, 

Our objective is:

whether due to fraud or error; and 

• 

to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion. 

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 

Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 

reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing and Assurance 

Standards Board website at: https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf 

This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Appen Limited 
for the year ended 31 December 2023, complies with 
Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 
preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in 
accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included 
in pages 62–85 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 
31 December 2023. 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted 
in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

KPMG

Cameron Slapp 
Partner

Sydney 
27 February 2024

138

Appen 2023 Annual Report

139

Additional information

Additional information

Additional information required under ASX Listing Rule 4.10 and not shown elsewhere in this Annual Report is as follows. 
This information is current as at 01 February 2024.

Less than marketable parcels of ordinary shares

Distribution of shareholders

The distribution of issued capital is as follows:

Size of holding

100,001 and over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

Number of 

shareholders Ordinary shares

% of issued 
capital

183

1,717

1,562

8,045

27,309

133,691,296

47,451,154

11,431,502

18,762,905

7,905,013

 60.98

 21.64

 5.21

 8.56 

 3.60

38,816

219,241,870

100.00

Distribution of performance rights holders

The distribution of unquoted performance rights on issue is as follows:

Size of Holding

100,001 and over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

Number of 
performance 
rights holders

Unlisted 
performance 
rights

% of total 
performance 
rights

16

86

33

115

49

10,385,897

2,380,138

248,587

296,077

26,668

77.87

17.85

1.86

2.22

0.20

299

13,337,367

100.00

The performance rights on issue are unquoted and have been issued under our employee incentive scheme.

Distribution of warrant holders

The distribution of unquoted performance rights on issue is as follows:

Size of Holding

100,001 and over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

Number of 
performance 
rights holders

Unlisted 
performance 
rights

% of total 
performance 
rights

1

0

0

0

0

1

2,591,598

0

0

0

0

2,591,598

54.41

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

54.41

The warrants on issue are unquoted and were issued in connection with the acquisition of Quadrant.

PENG CHENG INVESTMENT PTY LTD 

MATTHEW WONG INVESTMENTS (AUS) PTY LTD 

2,802,386

There are 30,174 shareholders with unmarketable parcels, holding 11,604,797 shares.

Twenty largest shareholders 

The names of the twenty largest shareholders of quoted equity securities are as follows:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED 

C & J VONWILLER PTY LTD 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

WARBONT NOMINEES PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

MICHAEL ANDREW DAVIE 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

MS BO XU 

10 MS HUA LU 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED – A/C 3 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

QY LONG RIVER PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD ACF CLEARSTREAM 

PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED APX PLANS CTRL A/C

MR GUOXIN HU 

MS DONGMEI CHEN 

20

FINCLEAR PTY LTD 

Remaining quoted equity securities

Total number of ordinary shares on issue

Unquoted equity securities

The Company had the following unquoted securities on issue as at 01 February 2024:

Performance rights

Warrants

Ordinary shares

Number held

% of issued 

capital

23,248,231

10.60

11,137,923

9,600,827

8,940,253

5,826,865

3,988,327

3,925,865

3,821,153

3,006,576

2,926,833

2,850,000

2,632,066

2,228,095

2,106,326

2,039,314

1,508,716

1,200,000

1,100,000

868,683

5.08

4.38

4.08

2.66

1.82

1.79

1.74

1.37

1.33

1.30

1.28

1.20

1.02

0.96

0.93

0.69

0.55

0.50

0.40

95,758,439

123,483,431

43.68

56.32

219,241,870

100.00

Number 

on issue

Number 

of holders 

13,337,367 

 2,591,598 

 299

 1 

140

Appen 2023 Annual Report

141

Additional information

Additional information

Additional information required under ASX Listing Rule 4.10 and not shown elsewhere in this Annual Report is as follows. 

This information is current as at 01 February 2024.

Less than marketable parcels of ordinary shares

There are 30,174 shareholders with unmarketable parcels, holding 11,604,797 shares.

Twenty largest shareholders 

The names of the twenty largest shareholders of quoted equity securities are as follows:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED 

C & J VONWILLER PTY LTD 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

WARBONT NOMINEES PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

MICHAEL ANDREW DAVIE 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

MS BO XU 

10 MS HUA LU 

Distribution of shareholders

The distribution of issued capital is as follows:

Distribution of performance rights holders

The distribution of unquoted performance rights on issue is as follows:

Number of 

shareholders Ordinary shares

% of issued 

capital

183

1,717

1,562

8,045

27,309

133,691,296

47,451,154

11,431,502

18,762,905

7,905,013

 60.98

 21.64

 5.21

 8.56 

 3.60

38,816

219,241,870

100.00

Number of 

performance 

rights holders

Unlisted 

% of total 

performance 

performance 

rights

rights

16

86

33

115

49

10,385,897

2,380,138

248,587

296,077

26,668

77.87

17.85

1.86

2.22

0.20

299

13,337,367

100.00

Number of 

performance 

rights holders

Unlisted 

% of total 

performance 

performance 

rights

2,591,598

0

0

0

0

2,591,598

1

0

0

0

0

1

rights

54.41

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

54.41

The performance rights on issue are unquoted and have been issued under our employee incentive scheme.

Distribution of warrant holders

The distribution of unquoted performance rights on issue is as follows:

The warrants on issue are unquoted and were issued in connection with the acquisition of Quadrant.

Size of holding

100,001 and over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

Size of Holding

100,001 and over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

Size of Holding

100,001 and over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

PENG CHENG INVESTMENT PTY LTD 

MATTHEW WONG INVESTMENTS (AUS) PTY LTD 

2,802,386

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED – A/C 3 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

QY LONG RIVER PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD ACF CLEARSTREAM 

PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED APX PLANS CTRL A/C

MR GUOXIN HU 

MS DONGMEI CHEN 

20

FINCLEAR PTY LTD 

Remaining quoted equity securities

Total number of ordinary shares on issue

Unquoted equity securities

The Company had the following unquoted securities on issue as at 01 February 2024:

Performance rights

Warrants

Ordinary shares

Number held

% of issued 
capital

23,248,231

10.60

11,137,923

9,600,827

8,940,253

5,826,865

3,988,327

3,925,865

3,821,153

3,006,576

2,926,833

2,850,000

2,632,066

2,228,095

2,106,326

2,039,314

1,508,716

1,200,000

1,100,000

868,683

5.08

4.38

4.08

2.66

1.82

1.79

1.74

1.37

1.33

1.30

1.28

1.20

1.02

0.96

0.93

0.69

0.55

0.50

0.40

95,758,439

123,483,431

43.68

56.32

219,241,870

100.00

Number 
on issue

Number 
of holders 

13,337,367 

 2,591,598 

 299

 1 

140

Appen 2023 Annual Report

141

Additional information

Materiality assessment

Substantial shareholders

This year, our materiality assessment was a three-step process. 

The names of the substantial shareholders as disclosed in notices submitted to the ASX as at 01 February 2024 are:

Identify 

We identify our most material issues by considering Appen’s economic, environmental, and social 

impacts and the risks associated with these. In determining what issues are most material to our 

Ordinary shares

Number held

% of issued 
capital

11,471,576

13,380,447

13,271,154

9,060,083

5.23

6.33

7.38

6.14

Date of last 
notice received

23 January 2024

Shareholder

Bank of America Corporation

18 December 2023

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc

8 December 2023

First Sentier Investor Holdings Pty Limited

26 May 2023

C & J Vonwiller Pty Limited

Restricted securities

The Company had 23,197 restricted securities on issue as at 01 February 2024.

Voting rights

In accordance with the Constitution each member present at a meeting whether in person, or by proxy, or by power of attorney, 
or a duly authorised representative in the case of a corporate member, shall have one vote on a show of hands, and one vote for 
each fully paid ordinary share, on a poll.

Technology, 

processes 

and systems 

•  Data security and governance 

•  Cyber security 

•  Technology innovation

Holders of performance rights have no voting rights.

On-market buy-backs

There is no current on-market buy-back in relation to the Company’s securities.

business we consider the following: 

1  existing and emerging ESG issues

relevant ESG frameworks, assessments and standards 

2 

3 

topics in the media impacting our industry

4  changes to our key and emerging risks

5 

feedback captured from internal and external stakeholders

Evaluate 

We evaluate each material issue based on its importance to Appen’s business and to our 

stakeholders. We typically engage with each stakeholder group during the year through many forums 

such as face-to-face and virtual meetings, surveys and by responding to queries and concerns. 

Through this process we have identified 26 material issues on which we report. We have also identified 

and reported on other important issues and risks that are of interest to our stakeholders. 

Review and report  Our Risk, Trust and Safety team and senior management, and the Board review our materials issues. 

Our material issues provide a basis of what we report and how we measure our success by the 

outcomes we deliver through our six value drivers. We also corroborate the material issues raised with 

our risk reporting and ensure they are incorporated into the appropriate risk registers. 

Value driver 

2023 material issues 

Principle risks 

Page reference

•  Protection of intellectual property

•  Managing technology disruptions and 

business continuity 

•  Platform availability 

Global crowd

•  Fair pay, treatment and wellbeing 

•  Crowd diversity and inclusion 

•  Crowd integrity

Customer 

and brand 

•  Customer experience and satisfaction 

• 

Innovative customer solutions

•  Customer concentration 

Our people 

•  Culture and engagement 

•  Diversity, equity and inclusion 

•  Talent attraction and retention 

•  Wellbeing and safety 

•  Workplace training and development 

  Investment in 

technology innovation 

and transformation 

  Compliance with 

security privacy and 

other data regulations

  Crowd conditions 

  Crowd supply meets 

customer demand

  Changing customer 

strategy and needs 

  Ability to execute on 

operational requirements

  Talent strategy and 

employee value 

proposition

12–14

15–17

18–21

22–26

Financial 

•  Sustainable earnings

  Strategic direction of business

27–31

•  Ongoing customer demand for data 

•  Evolution of the AI market

 – Capture potential of 

generative AI

 –

Implement turnaround 

Social and 

environment 

•  Responsible AI

•  Environmental impact and climate change

statutory and ethical 

  Compliance with legal, 

32–38

•  Corporate Governance 

•  Corporate citizenship and reputation 

•  Labour and Human rights 

•  Supply chain management 

obligations 

  Environmental, social and 

governance (ESG) risks 

and performance

142

Appen 2023 Annual Report

143

Additional information

Materiality assessment

Substantial shareholders

This year, our materiality assessment was a three-step process. 

The names of the substantial shareholders as disclosed in notices submitted to the ASX as at 01 February 2024 are:

Identify 

We identify our most material issues by considering Appen’s economic, environmental, and social 
impacts and the risks associated with these. In determining what issues are most material to our 
business we consider the following: 

Ordinary shares

Number held

% of issued 

capital

11,471,576

13,380,447

13,271,154

9,060,083

5.23

6.33

7.38

6.14

Date of last 

notice received

23 January 2024

Shareholder

Bank of America Corporation

18 December 2023

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc

8 December 2023

First Sentier Investor Holdings Pty Limited

26 May 2023

C & J Vonwiller Pty Limited

Restricted securities

Voting rights

The Company had 23,197 restricted securities on issue as at 01 February 2024.

each fully paid ordinary share, on a poll.

Holders of performance rights have no voting rights.

On-market buy-backs

There is no current on-market buy-back in relation to the Company’s securities.

In accordance with the Constitution each member present at a meeting whether in person, or by proxy, or by power of attorney, 

or a duly authorised representative in the case of a corporate member, shall have one vote on a show of hands, and one vote for 

1  existing and emerging ESG issues

2 

3 

relevant ESG frameworks, assessments and standards 

topics in the media impacting our industry

4  changes to our key and emerging risks

5 

feedback captured from internal and external stakeholders

Evaluate 

We evaluate each material issue based on its importance to Appen’s business and to our 
stakeholders. We typically engage with each stakeholder group during the year through many forums 
such as face-to-face and virtual meetings, surveys and by responding to queries and concerns. 
Through this process we have identified 26 material issues on which we report. We have also identified 
and reported on other important issues and risks that are of interest to our stakeholders. 

Review and report  Our Risk, Trust and Safety team and senior management, and the Board review our materials issues. 

Our material issues provide a basis of what we report and how we measure our success by the 
outcomes we deliver through our six value drivers. We also corroborate the material issues raised with 
our risk reporting and ensure they are incorporated into the appropriate risk registers. 

Value driver 

2023 material issues 

Principle risks 

Page reference

Technology, 
processes 
and systems 

•  Data security and governance 

•  Cyber security 

•  Technology innovation

•  Protection of intellectual property

•  Managing technology disruptions and 

business continuity 

•  Platform availability 

Global crowd

•  Fair pay, treatment and wellbeing 

•  Crowd diversity and inclusion 

•  Crowd integrity

Customer 
and brand 

•  Customer experience and satisfaction 

• 

Innovative customer solutions

•  Customer concentration 

Our people 

•  Culture and engagement 

•  Diversity, equity and inclusion 

•  Talent attraction and retention 

•  Wellbeing and safety 

•  Workplace training and development 

  Investment in 

technology innovation 
and transformation 

  Compliance with 

security privacy and 
other data regulations

  Crowd conditions 

  Crowd supply meets 
customer demand

  Changing customer 
strategy and needs 

  Ability to execute on 

operational requirements

  Talent strategy and 
employee value 
proposition

12–14

15–17

18–21

22–26

Financial 

•  Sustainable earnings

  Strategic direction of business

27–31

Social and 
environment 

•  Ongoing customer demand for data 

•  Evolution of the AI market

•  Responsible AI

•  Environmental impact and climate change

•  Corporate Governance 

•  Corporate citizenship and reputation 

•  Labour and Human rights 

•  Supply chain management 

 – Capture potential of 

generative AI

 –

Implement turnaround 

  Compliance with legal, 
statutory and ethical 
obligations 

  Environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) risks 
and performance

32–38

142

Appen 2023 Annual Report

143

Prioritised United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals

Non-financial data metrics

Sustainable Development 
Goals (SGDs)

Playing our part

9 Industry innovation 
and infrastructure

Our services support technology development, research and innovation across the globe, 
many of which are used to increase access to technology in developing countries. 

8 Decent work and 
economic growth

Our work from anywhere model provides income generating opportunities for individuals 
whose personal circumstances make it difficult for them to access traditional employment. 
For many communities, the ability to access digital work through our platform has unlocked 
a new world of possibilities for economic development, skills training, and the ability to 
participate in the digital economy.

10 Reduced inequalities

We believe in digital equality through responsible AI practices. By ensuring training data 
is representative of the real world this reduces the potential for technology to introduce further 
bias and discrimination to underrepresented and marginalised communities. Our diverse 
global crowd is fundamental to ensuring this and we continue to invest in research to ensure 
that our crowd reflects the real world. 

5 Gender equality

We believe in opportunities for all and embed this in our day-to-day practices as guided 
by our Diversity Policy. We have a 50% gender balance across our board and looking 
to increase female representation in our senior management team. 

13 Climate action

We believe we can help drive the global net zero agenda by playing our part and have 
committed to the following:

•  Net zero across our operations and supply chain by 2030

•  Becoming a signatory to the SBTi

Employee Engagement 1

People

Score (%)

Training hours 1

Total training hours

1  Data from Appen University.

Compliance courses (%)

1  Data from Appen University.

Female

Overall workforce (%)

Board director (%)

Executive Team/SVP (%)

Vice President (%)

Senior Director (%)

Director (%)

Manager (%)

Male

Overall workforce (%)

Board director (%)

Executive Team/SVP (%)

Vice President (%)

Senior Director (%)

Director (%)

Manager (%)

on Board director.

1  Measures the likelihood of full time permanent employees (including those in PEOS) referring a friend or colleague to Appen based on their 

employee experience. The scale is a 5 point Likert resulting in 1–2 Detractor, 3 Passive and 4–5 Promoter. NPS is calculated by subtracting 

the % of total detractors from the % of total promoters. Survey results are provided by Workday Peakon.

2020

82

2021

76

2022

78

2023

75

Mandatory training completion rates 1

2  Appen University was setup in 2019, however was not consistently tracked until 2021.

Employee demographics – gender 1

2020

29,380

2021

32,527

2022

41,665

2023

35,156

2020

–

2021

91

2022

91

2023

95

2020

2021

2022

2023

58

43

13

25

50

60

61

42

57

87

75

50

40

39

58

50

30

28

53

41

60

42

50

70

72

47

59

40

57

50

30

32

63

45

57

43

50

70

68

37

55

43

55

50

22

35

47

40

61

45

50

78

65

53

60

39

1  HR report for all employees generated from Workday. Refer to link https://appen.com/company-about-us/#Leadership for percentage 

144

Appen 2023 Annual Report

145

Development Goals

Sustainable Development 

Goals (SGDs)

Playing our part

9 Industry innovation 

Our services support technology development, research and innovation across the globe, 

and infrastructure

many of which are used to increase access to technology in developing countries. 

is representative of the real world this reduces the potential for technology to introduce further 

bias and discrimination to underrepresented and marginalised communities. Our diverse 

global crowd is fundamental to ensuring this and we continue to invest in research to ensure 

that our crowd reflects the real world. 

5 Gender equality

We believe in opportunities for all and embed this in our day-to-day practices as guided 

by our Diversity Policy. We have a 50% gender balance across our board and looking 

to increase female representation in our senior management team. 

13 Climate action

We believe we can help drive the global net zero agenda by playing our part and have 

committed to the following:

•  Net zero across our operations and supply chain by 2030

•  Becoming a signatory to the SBTi

Prioritised United Nations Sustainable

Non-financial data metrics

People

Employee Engagement 1

Score (%)

2020

82

2021

76

2022

78

2023

75

1  Measures the likelihood of full time permanent employees (including those in PEOS) referring a friend or colleague to Appen based on their 
employee experience. The scale is a 5 point Likert resulting in 1–2 Detractor, 3 Passive and 4–5 Promoter. NPS is calculated by subtracting 
the % of total detractors from the % of total promoters. Survey results are provided by Workday Peakon.

8 Decent work and 

economic growth

Our work from anywhere model provides income generating opportunities for individuals 

whose personal circumstances make it difficult for them to access traditional employment. 

For many communities, the ability to access digital work through our platform has unlocked 

a new world of possibilities for economic development, skills training, and the ability to 

participate in the digital economy.

Training hours 1

Total training hours

1  Data from Appen University.

10 Reduced inequalities

We believe in digital equality through responsible AI practices. By ensuring training data 

Mandatory training completion rates 1

2020

29,380

2021

32,527

2022

41,665

2023

35,156

Compliance courses (%)

2020

–

2021

91

2022

91

2023

95

1  Data from Appen University.
2  Appen University was setup in 2019, however was not consistently tracked until 2021.

Employee demographics – gender 1

Female

Overall workforce (%)

Board director (%)

Executive Team/SVP (%)

Vice President (%)

Senior Director (%)

Director (%)

Manager (%)

Male

Overall workforce (%)

Board director (%)

Executive Team/SVP (%)

Vice President (%)

Senior Director (%)

Director (%)

Manager (%)

2020

2021

2022

2023

58

43

13

25

50

60

61

42

57

87

75

50

40

39

58

50

30

28

53

41

60

42

50

70

72

47

59

40

57

50

30

32

63

45

57

43

50

70

68

37

55

43

55

50

22

35

47

40

61

45

50

78

65

53

60

39

1  HR report for all employees generated from Workday. Refer to link https://appen.com/company-about-us/#Leadership for percentage 

on Board director.

144

Appen 2023 Annual Report

145

Non-financial data metrics

Non-financial data metrics

Employee demographics – ethnicity 1

US Only

Breakdown

Asian

Black or African American

Hispanic or Latino

White

Indigenous or Native

Other

Not disclosed

2022

2023

Share of total 
workforce (%)

Share in all mgmt. 
positions (%)

Share of total 
workforce (%) 

Share in all mgmt. 
positions (%)

21.5

6.5

4.3

54.8

0.0

12.9

0.0

22.0

2.0

2.0

64.0

0.0

10.0

0.0

18.1

0.6

3.6

59.5

0.0

4.8

13.4

13.2

0.0

4.0

65.7

0.0

6.6

10.5

1  HR report for all permanent employees generated from Workday.

All regions

Breakdown

Asian

Black or African American

Hispanic or Latino

White

Indigenous or Native

Other

Not disclosed

Crowd

Crowd NPS 1

Score (%)

2022

2023

Share of total 
workforce (%)

Share in all mgmt. 
positions (%)

Share of total 
workforce (%)

Share in all mgmt. 
positions (%)

40.9

1.5

1.0

16.9

0.0

3.6

36.1

32.5

0.6

0.6

21.4

0.0

3.3

41.6

41.5

0.1

1.1

19.5

0.0

1.6

36.2

37.9

0.0

1.0

21.2

0.0

2.2

37.7

2020

47

2021

40

2022

31

2023

27

1  Measures the likelihood of crowd contractors to recommend Appen to a friend or colleague, according to a scale of 1–10 where 10 means 

extremely likely (0–6 Detractor, 7–8 Passive, 9–10 Promoter). NPS is calculated by subtracting the % of total detractors from the % of total 
promoters. Scores can range from -100 to +100. Source: Cascade Insights.

2  Based on report from third-party website monitoring company, StatusCake.

Customer

Customer NPS 1

Score (%)

2020

2021

Not disclosed

Not disclosed

2022

22

2023

35

1  Measures the likelihood of Customer to recommend Appen to a friend or colleague, according to a scale of 1–10 where 10 means extremely 
likely (0–6 Detractor, 7–8 Passive, 9–10 Promoter). NPS is calculated by subtracting the % of total detractors from the % of total promoters. 
Scores can range from -100 to +100. Source: ChurnZero.

146

Appen 2023 Annual Report

147

Environment

Geographic distribution of emissions (Scope 1 and 2) 1,2

Australia

US and Canada

China and Japan

UK

Total

Philippines

Scope 3 1

Category

Gas 

Electricity 

Electricity 

-renewable 

(MWh)

Scope 1 

tCO2e

Scope 2 

tCO2e

(MWh)

–

578.8

1,033.6

94.6

–

1,707.0

(MWh)

36.7

1,014.2

651.1

–

1,154.5

2,856.5

18.3

44.7

–

–

–

63

–

104.9

187.3

17.2

–

309.4

24.9

311.6

560.1

–

734.3

1,630.9

Scope 2 

(location 

based) 

tCO2e

37.4

295.7

560.1

9.3

734.3

1,636.8

1  Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions for scope 1 and 2 are calculated based on the GHG Protocol.

2  Electricity and Gas consumptions are based on utility bills (if available) or estimation by leased floor area.

Description

Emissions

Category 1 – Purchased goods and services 2

Suppliers and Crowd contractors

Category 5 – Waste generated in operations 3

Disposal and treatment of waste generated in the 

company’s operations

Category 6 – Business travel 4

Business flights and accommodation

Category 7 – Employee commuting 5

Employees commuting between their homes and their 

worksites and employees working from home

Category 11 – Use of sold products 6

End use of goods and services sold

9,974

33

2,062

425

2

1  Scope 3 categories and GHG emissions are calculated based on GHG Protocol Scope 3 value chain reporting.

2  Estimated emissions based on supplier spend data and crowd contractors’ work hours in 2023.

3  Estimated waste generation based on employee attendance in 2023.

4  Based on business travel information retrieved from travel agency Egencia, Navan and credit card bookings. Estimated emissions are calculated 

using web-based calculators for flight (provided by International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO)) and hotel (provided by Greenview).

5  Based on employee attendance in 2023.

6  Based on carbon footprint report from Amazon Web Service, our third-party cloud service provider.

Technology

Data privacy breaches (number) 1

System availability 2 (%)

1  Based on report from Legal Team.

Governance

Political donations 1

1  Based on financial data from Workday.

Social

Philanthropic donations 1

2020

1

99.98

2021

0

99.9

2022

0

99.9

2023

0

99.9

2020

2021

2022

2023

$

0

$

0

$

0

$

0

Matched Contributions

Campaigns

1  Based on Employee Services Committee (ESC) donation report.

2020

$

2021

$

Not disclosed Not disclosed

Not disclosed Not disclosed

2022

$

25,953

18,628

2023

$

9,393

8,093

Non-financial data metrics

Non-financial data metrics

Employee demographics – ethnicity 1

1  HR report for all permanent employees generated from Workday.

2022

2023

Share of total 

workforce (%)

Share in all mgmt. 

positions (%)

Share of total 

workforce (%) 

Share in all mgmt. 

positions (%)

21.5

6.5

4.3

54.8

0.0

12.9

0.0

40.9

1.5

1.0

16.9

0.0

3.6

36.1

22.0

2.0

2.0

64.0

0.0

10.0

0.0

32.5

0.6

0.6

21.4

0.0

3.3

41.6

18.1

0.6

3.6

59.5

0.0

4.8

13.4

41.5

0.1

1.1

19.5

0.0

1.6

36.2

13.2

0.0

4.0

65.7

0.0

6.6

10.5

37.9

0.0

1.0

21.2

0.0

2.2

37.7

2022

2023

Share of total 

workforce (%)

Share in all mgmt. 

positions (%)

Share of total 

workforce (%)

Share in all mgmt. 

positions (%)

US Only

Breakdown

Asian

Black or African American

Hispanic or Latino

White

Other

Indigenous or Native

Not disclosed

All regions

Breakdown

Asian

Black or African American

Hispanic or Latino

White

Other

Indigenous or Native

Not disclosed

Crowd

Crowd NPS 1

Score (%)

Customer

Customer NPS 1

Score (%)

Environment

Geographic distribution of emissions (Scope 1 and 2) 1,2

Australia

US and Canada

China and Japan

UK

Philippines

Total

Gas 
(MWh)

Electricity 
(MWh)

Electricity 
-renewable 
(MWh)

Scope 1 
tCO2e

Scope 2 
tCO2e

–

578.8

1,033.6

94.6

–

1,707.0

36.7

1,014.2

651.1

–

1,154.5

2,856.5

18.3

–

–

44.7

–

63

–

104.9

187.3

17.2

–

309.4

24.9

311.6

560.1

–

734.3

1,630.9

Scope 2 
(location 
based) 
tCO2e

37.4

295.7

560.1

9.3

734.3

1,636.8

1  Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions for scope 1 and 2 are calculated based on the GHG Protocol.
2  Electricity and Gas consumptions are based on utility bills (if available) or estimation by leased floor area.

Scope 3 1
Category

Description

Emissions

Category 1 – Purchased goods and services 2

Suppliers and Crowd contractors

Category 5 – Waste generated in operations 3

Disposal and treatment of waste generated in the 
company’s operations

Category 6 – Business travel 4

Business flights and accommodation

Category 7 – Employee commuting 5

Employees commuting between their homes and their 
worksites and employees working from home

Category 11 – Use of sold products 6

End use of goods and services sold

9,974

33

2,062

425

2

1  Scope 3 categories and GHG emissions are calculated based on GHG Protocol Scope 3 value chain reporting.
2  Estimated emissions based on supplier spend data and crowd contractors’ work hours in 2023.
3  Estimated waste generation based on employee attendance in 2023.
4  Based on business travel information retrieved from travel agency Egencia, Navan and credit card bookings. Estimated emissions are calculated 

using web-based calculators for flight (provided by International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO)) and hotel (provided by Greenview).

5  Based on employee attendance in 2023.
6  Based on carbon footprint report from Amazon Web Service, our third-party cloud service provider.

1  Measures the likelihood of crowd contractors to recommend Appen to a friend or colleague, according to a scale of 1–10 where 10 means 

extremely likely (0–6 Detractor, 7–8 Passive, 9–10 Promoter). NPS is calculated by subtracting the % of total detractors from the % of total 

promoters. Scores can range from -100 to +100. Source: Cascade Insights.

2020

47

2021

40

2022

31

2023

27

Technology

Data privacy breaches (number) 1

System availability 2 (%)

1  Based on report from Legal Team.
2  Based on report from third-party website monitoring company, StatusCake.

1  Measures the likelihood of Customer to recommend Appen to a friend or colleague, according to a scale of 1–10 where 10 means extremely 

likely (0–6 Detractor, 7–8 Passive, 9–10 Promoter). NPS is calculated by subtracting the % of total detractors from the % of total promoters. 

Scores can range from -100 to +100. Source: ChurnZero.

2020

2021

Not disclosed

Not disclosed

2022

22

2023

35

Governance

Political donations 1

1  Based on financial data from Workday.

Social
Philanthropic donations 1

2020

1

99.98

2020
$

0

2021

0

99.9

2021
$

0

2022

0

99.9

2023

0

99.9

2022
$

0

2023
$

0

Matched Contributions

Campaigns

1  Based on Employee Services Committee (ESC) donation report.

2020
$

2021
$

Not disclosed Not disclosed

Not disclosed Not disclosed

2022
$

25,953

18,628

2023
$

9,393

8,093

146

Appen 2023 Annual Report

147

Corporate directory

Registered office
Level 6, 9 Help Street
Chatswood NSW 2067
+61 2 9468 6300
www.appen.com

Company secretary
Carl Middlehurst

Investor relations
Rosalie Duff
+61 2 9468 6300
investorrelations@appen.com
www.appen.com/investors

Shareholder enquiries
Link Market Services
Locked Bag A14
Sydney South NSW 1235
+61 1300 554 474
registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Auditor
KPMG
Tower Three
International Towers Sydney
300 Barangaroo Avenue
Sydney NSW 2000

Stock exchange listing
Appen Limited shares are listed on the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX code: APX)

Corporate Governance Statement
www.appen.com/corporate-governance

148

Corporate directory

Registered office

Level 6, 9 Help Street

Chatswood NSW 2067

+61 2 9468 6300

www.appen.com

Company secretary

Carl Middlehurst

Investor relations

Rosalie Duff

+61 2 9468 6300

investorrelations@appen.com

www.appen.com/investors

Shareholder enquiries

Link Market Services

Locked Bag A14

Sydney South NSW 1235

+61 1300 554 474

registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au

www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Auditor

KPMG

Tower Three

International Towers Sydney

300 Barangaroo Avenue

Sydney NSW 2000

Stock exchange listing

Appen Limited shares are listed on the 

Australian Securities Exchange (ASX code: APX)

Corporate Governance Statement

www.appen.com/corporate-governance

148